Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 001-37443

 

 

Univar Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   26-1251958

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200 Downers Grove, Illinois   60515
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (331) 777-6000

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock ($0.01 par value)   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes ¨     No x

Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of registrant on June 30, 2015: $1.4 billion (see Item 12, under Part III hereof), based on a closing price of registrant’s Common Stock of $26.03 per share.

At February 12, 2016, 137,960,460 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, were outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Certain portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 5, 2016 and to be filed within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (hereinafter referred to as “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Univar Inc.

Form 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I   

Item 1.

 

Business

     5   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     26   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     49   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     49   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     49   

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

     49   
Part II     

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     50   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     50   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     52   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     80   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     83   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     141   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     141   

Item 9B.

 

Other information

     141   
Part III     

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     141   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

     142   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     142   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     142   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     142   
Part IV  

Item 15.

 

Exhibits

     143   
Signatures      148   

 

2


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, as used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, (i) the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “Univar” and the “Company,” refer to Univar Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (ii) the term “issuer” refers to Univar Inc. exclusive of its subsidiaries.

Our fiscal year ends on December 31, and references to “fiscal” when used in reference to any twelve month period ended December 31, refer to our fiscal years ended December 31.

The term “GAAP” refers to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

Forward-looking statements and information

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities litigation Reform Act of 1995. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or other comparable terms. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth strategies and the industries in which we operate and including, without limitation, statements relating to our estimated or anticipated financial performance or results. Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which may be beyond our control. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industries in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industries in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those reflected in forward-looking statements relating to our operations and business and the risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors.” Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements relating to our operations and business include:

 

    general economic conditions, particularly fluctuations in industrial production;

 

    disruption in the supply of chemicals we distribute or our customers’ operations;

 

    termination of contracts or relationships by customers or producers on short notice;

 

    the price and availability of chemicals, or a decline in the demand for chemicals;

 

    our ability to pass through cost increases to our customers;

 

    our ability to meet customer demand for a product;

 

    trends in oil and gas prices;

 

    our ability to execute strategic investments, including pursuing acquisitions and/or dispositions, and successfully integrating and operating acquired companies;

 

    challenges associated with international operations, including securing producers and personnel, compliance with foreign laws and changes in economic or political conditions;

 

    our ability to effectively implement our strategies or achieve our business goals;

 

    exposure to interest rate and currency fluctuations;

 

3


Table of Contents
    competitive pressures in the chemical distribution industry;

 

    consolidation of our competitors;

 

    our ability to implement and efficiently operate the systems needed to manage our operations;

 

    the risks associated with security threats, including cybersecurity threats;

 

    increases in transportation costs and changes in our relationship with third party carriers;

 

    the risks associated with hazardous materials and related activities;

 

    accidents, safety failures, environmental damage, product quality issues, major or systemic delivery failures involving our distribution network or the products we carry or adverse health effects or other harm related to the materials we blend, manage, handle, store, sell or transport;

 

    evolving laws and regulations relating to hydraulic fracturing;

 

    losses due to potential product liability claims and recalls and asbestos claims;

 

    compliance with extensive environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the investigation and remediation of contamination, that could require material expenditures or changes in our operations;

 

    general regulatory and tax requirements;

 

    operational risks for which we may not be adequately insured;

 

    ongoing litigation and other legal and regulatory actions and risks, including asbestos claims;

 

    potential impairment of goodwill;

 

    inability to generate sufficient working capital;

 

    loss of key personnel;

 

    labor disruptions and other costs associated with the unionized portion of our workforce;

 

    negative developments affecting our pension plans;

 

    the impact of labeling regulations; and

 

    our substantial indebtedness and the restrictions imposed by our debt instruments and indenture.

All forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are qualified by these cautionary statements. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and we do not undertake any obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking or cautionary statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of events, unanticipated or otherwise and changes in future operating results over time or otherwise.

Comparisons of results between current and prior periods are not intended to express any future trends, or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

 

4


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading global chemical distributor and provider of innovative value-added services. We source chemicals from over 8,000 producers worldwide and provide a comprehensive array of products and services to over 160,000 customer locations in over 150 countries. Our scale and broad geographic reach, combined with our deep product knowledge and end market expertise and our differentiated value-added services, provide us with a distinct competitive advantage and enable us to offer customers a “one-stop shop” for their chemical needs. As a result, we believe we are strategically positioned for growth.

The global chemical distribution industry is large, fragmented and growing, as producers and customers increasingly realize the benefits of outsourcing. Chemical producers rely on us to warehouse, transport and sell their products as a way to improve their market access, geographic reach, and lower their costs. Customers who purchase products and services from us benefit from a lower total cost of ownership, as they are able to simplify the chemical sourcing process and outsource a variety of functions such as packaging, inventory management, mixing, blending and formulating.

Since hiring our President and CEO, Erik Fyrwald, in May 2012, we have significantly enhanced our management team and have implemented a series of transformational initiatives to drive growth and improved operating performance. These initiatives include:

 

    focusing increased efforts on strengthening our market, technical and product expertise in attractive, high-growth industry sectors;

 

    increasing and enhancing our value-added services, such as specialty product blending, automated tank monitoring and refill of less than truckload quantities, chemical waste management and digitally-enabled marketing and sales;

 

    undertaking a series of measures to drive operational excellence, such as enhancing our supply chain and logistics expertise, enhancing our global sourcing capabilities, reducing procurement costs, streamlining back-office functions and improving our working capital efficiency;

 

    pursuing commercial excellence programs, including significantly increasing our global sales force, establishing a performance driven sales culture and developing our proprietary, analytics-based mobile sales force tools; and

 

    continuing to improve upon our distribution industry leadership in safety performance, which serves as a differentiating factor for both producers and our customers.

As a result of these initiatives, we believe we are well-positioned to capture market share and to improve our margins. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, we generated $9.0 billion in net sales and $600.1 million in Adjusted EBITDA. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), see Footnote (1) in “Selected Financial Data” in Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

While we seek to grow volumes across our business, our enhanced focus on end markets and regions with the most attractive growth prospects is a key element of our strategy, as demand within the majority of these end markets and regions is growing faster than overall global chemical distribution demand. We are continuously strengthening our market, technological and product expertise in these attractive, higher-growth end markets, including food ingredients, pharmaceutical ingredients, personal care, water treatment and agricultural sciences. In addition to successfully focusing our sales organization and operating assets to target high-growth end markets, we have made several recent acquisitions that expand our capabilities and technology offerings with

 

5


Table of Contents

active pharmaceutical ingredients (Arrow Chemical), agriculture chemical formulation and services (Future /BlueStar), natural oleochemical blends (Chemical Associates), and specialty products used to formulate environmentally friendly coatings (Polymer Technologies).

The following charts illustrate the geographical and end market diversity of our 2015 net sales:

 

2015 Net Sales by Region

  

2015 Net Sales by End Market

LOGO    LOGO

We maintain strong, long-term relationships with both producers and our customers, many of which span multiple decades. We source materials from thousands of producers worldwide, including global leaders such as Dow Chemical Company, ExxonMobil, Eastman Chemical Company, LyondellBasell, Dow Corning, BASF and Formosa Chemicals. Our 10 largest producers accounted for approximately 36% of our total chemical purchases in the year ended December 31, 2015. Similarly, we sell products to thousands of customers globally, ranging from small and medium-sized businesses to large industrial customers, including Akzo Nobel, Dow Chemical Company, Henkel, Ecolab, PPG, Valero Energy, FMC Corporation, Georgia-Pacific and Kellogg Company. Our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 11% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Our Segments

Our business is organized and managed in four geographical segments: Univar USA (“USA”), Univar Canada (“Canada”), Univar Europe and the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), and Rest of World (“Rest of World”), which includes developing businesses in Latin America (including Brazil and Mexico) and the Asia-Pacific region. For additional information on our geographical segments, see “Note 20: Segments” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

USA

We supply a significant amount of commodity and specialty chemicals, as well as specialized value-added services to a wide range of end markets, touching a majority of the manufacturing and industrial production sectors in the United States. Our close proximity to customers serves as a competitive advantage and we believe that nearly 100% of U.S. manufacturing GDP is located within 150 miles of a Univar location. Moreover, our global sourcing capabilities and focus allows us to globally source lower cost chemicals.

In the United States, we service these multiple end-markets with nearly one day order times and on-time delivery more than 95 percent of the time from our 121 terminals. We repackage and blend bulk chemicals for shipment by our transportation fleet of over 2,600 tractors, tankers and trailers. Our highly skilled salesforce is deployed by sales district as well as by end-use market, e.g., coatings & adhesives, chemical manufacturing, food products and ingredients, pharmaceutical products and ingredients, water treatment, personal care, cleaning and sanitation and mining.

 

6


Table of Contents

Canada

Our Canadian operations are divided into two regions: Eastern Canada, where we focus primarily on key customer end markets, including cleaning and sanitization, coatings and adhesives, food ingredients, chemical manufacturing, personal care and pharmaceutical. In Western Canada, we focus primarily on forestry, chemical manufacturing, mining, and oil and gas markets such as midstream gas and oil sands processing as well as refining. Our Agricultural Sciences industry group distributes crop protection products to independent retailers and specialty applicators servicing the agricultural sciences end market in both Western Canada and Eastern Canada.

EMEA

We maintain a strong presence in the United Kingdom and Continental Europe with sales offices in 20 countries. We also have six sales offices in the Middle East and Africa.

In 2013, our management team began implementing a pan-European strategy to consolidate our European operations, including our information technology systems, raw materials procurement, logistics, route operations and the management of producer relationships, in order to benefit from economies of scale and improve cost efficiency. We are also strengthening our end market expertise and key account management capability across Europe to better support sales representatives in each country by moving from a country-based approach to a pan-European operation for serving our key customer end markets, namely pharmaceutical products and ingredients, food, coating and adhesives, and personal care as part of our focus on higher-growth end markets.

Rest of World

Our global footprint also includes sales offices and distribution sites in Mexico, Brazil and to a lesser extent the Asia-Pacific region. Chemical distribution demand growth within these regions has outpaced the overall global market, a trend which we expect to continue in the future. We further expanded our footprint in Latin America through our 2011 acquisition of Arinos, a distributor of specialty and commodity chemicals in Brazil, our 2013 acquisition of Quimicompuestos, a leading distributor of commodity chemicals in Mexico and our 2014 acquisition of D’Altomare, a Brazilian distributor of specialty chemicals and ingredients.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths have enabled us to become an integrated resource to both producers and our customers and to build and maintain leading market positions in many of the key regions and end markets that we serve.

Leading global market position in an attractive, growing industry

We are one of the world’s leading chemical distribution companies. We continue to focus on increasing our market share through organic growth, marketing alliances and strategic acquisitions in both established markets, such as the United States, and emerging markets, such as Latin America and the Middle East. We are also well positioned in attractive and high-growth end markets, including water treatment, agricultural sciences, food ingredients, cleaning and sanitization, pharmaceutical products and ingredients and personal care.

Our scale and geographic reach, combined with our broad product offerings, product knowledge and market expertise and our differentiated value-added service offerings, provide us with a significant competitive advantage in the highly fragmented third party chemical distribution market, which includes more than 10,000 participants, primarily comprised of smaller distributors with limited geographic and product reach.

We operate in a highly attractive, expanding market. This growth has outpaced the growth of total chemical demand and this trend is forecasted to continue as a result of increased outsourcing of distribution by producers

 

7


Table of Contents

and growing demand from customers for value-added services, safe operations and environmental regulatory compliance. Third party chemical distribution growth is expected to continue to be driven by these trends, as well as consolidation of the highly fragmented chemical distribution market. We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from this anticipated growth.

Global sourcing and distribution network producing operational and scale efficiencies

We operate one of the most extensive chemical distribution networks in the world, comprised of over 850 distribution facilities, more than 90 million gallons of storage capacity, approximately 3,100 tractors, tankers and trailers, approximately 1,400 railcars, approximately 127 rail/barge terminals and 38 deep sea terminals. We believe that nearly 100% of U.S. manufacturing GDP is located within 150 miles of one of our locations and we service demand in these zones on very short lead times, for example in 1 to 2 days. Our purchasing power and global procurement relationships provide us with competitive advantages over local and regional competitors due to economies of scale as well as our enhanced ability to manage our inventory and working capital. Our global distribution platform also creates significant value for both producers and our customers through the combination of our comprehensive inventory, electronic ordering and shipment tracking, “just-in-time” delivery, centralized order handling and fulfillment and access to networked inventory sourcing. In addition, our scale allows us to service an international customer base in both established and emerging markets and positions us to take market share as producers and customers streamline their distributor relationships. As one of the world’s largest chemical distributors, we are able to reduce costs by aggregating demand and implementing consistent processes to operate with increasing efficiency as we expand into new markets.

Long-standing, strong relationships with a broad set of producers and customers

We source chemicals from more than 8,000 producers, many of which are premier global chemical producers, including Dow Chemical Company, ExxonMobil, Eastman Chemical Company, LyondellBasell, Dow Corning, BASF and Formosa Chemicals. We distribute products to over 160,000 customer locations, from small and medium-sized businesses to global industrial customers, including Akzo Nobel, Dow Chemical Company, Henkel, Ecolab, PPG, Valero Energy, FMC Corporation, Georgia-Pacific and Kellogg Company, across a diverse range of high-value and high-growth end markets. We believe that our scale, geographic reach, diversified distribution channels, broad product and value-added services offerings, as well as our deep technical expertise and knowledgeable sales force, are key differentiators relative to smaller, regional and local competitors, and have enabled us to develop strong, long-term relationships, often spanning several decades, with both producers and customers. The strength of our relationships has provided opportunities for us to integrate our service and logistics capabilities into their business processes and to promote collaboration on supply chain optimization, and, in the case of producers, marketing and other revenue enhancement strategies. In addition, our strong safety record and environmental regulatory compliance is an increasingly important consideration for producers and our customers when choosing a chemical distributor.

Broad value-added service offerings driving customer loyalty

To complement our extensive product portfolio, we offer a broad range of value-added services, such as our unique distribution platform for specialty and fine chemicals (ChemPoint.com), automated tank monitoring and refill of less than truckload quantities (MiniBulk), chemical waste management (ChemCare), and specialty product blending (Magnablend). Our deep technical expertise, combined with our knowledgeable sales force, allows us to provide tailored solutions to our customers. We believe that our innovative and differentiated value-added service offerings provide efficiency and productivity benefits to our customers. In addition, these value-added services generally have higher margins than our chemical product sales.

Strategically positioned assets and sales force focused on high-growth end markets

We have successfully focused our sales organization and operating assets to target high-growth end markets, including water treatment, agricultural sciences, food products and ingredients, pharmaceutical products and

 

8


Table of Contents

ingredients and personal care. We have dedicated sales teams composed of professionals with technical and industry-specific expertise, allowing us to connect a broad set of chemical producers to a broad set of end-user markets. Along with our broad end market exposure, we touch a majority of the manufacturing and industrial production sectors in the United States. Our close proximity to customers serves as a competitive advantage and we believe that nearly 100% of U.S. manufacturing GDP is located within 150 miles of a Univar location. The location of our facilities and our logistics capabilities lead to high customer retention and a larger addressable market. In addition, the increased demand for drinking and waste water treatment has driven an increase in demand for the water treatment chemicals we distribute. We believe our technical expertise and the value-added services we provide to municipalities and industrial users will continue to deliver market share gains in our water vertical.

Resilient business platform with significant growth potential

We believe that the combination of our large geographic footprint, end market diversity, fragmented producer and customer base and broad product offerings provides us with a resilient business platform that enhances our flexibility and ability to take advantage of growth opportunities. We buy thousands of different chemical products in bulk quantities, process them, repack them in quantities that are matched to the needs of our customers, sell them and deliver them to approximately 160,000 customer locations in over 150 countries. In addition to our vast geographic reach, we serve a wide range of end markets with over 30,000 products and have no major exposure to any single end market or customer. Our 10 largest customers accounted for approximately 11% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015. We also benefit from sourcing our products from a diverse and large set of producers, with our ten largest producers accounting for approximately 36% of our chemical expenditures in 2015. For the past three years, capital expenditures have typically averaged less than 2% of sales annually. Capital expenditures for our business have historically been low and predictable year over year. We believe that the combination of our disciplined approach to cost control, our active asset management strategy and our low capital expenditure requirements has resulted in a strong business platform that is well positioned for growth and adaptable to changing industry dynamics.

Experienced and proven management team

We have assembled a highly experienced management team that have, on average, over 30 years of experience in the chemical industry. Our management team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Erik Fyrwald, formerly the President and Chief Executive Officer of Nalco Holding Company and President of Ecolab, Inc., who has over 30 years of experience in the chemical and distribution industries. Since mid-2012, our senior management team has implemented an enhanced business strategy and successfully transformed our pricing structure, sales force, capital efficiency and acquisition and integration strategy.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on industry growth trends and opportunities to increase our market share by focusing on expanding our scale and global infrastructure, while further cultivating our relationships with key producers and customers. We also intend to continue to implement strategies to improve our operating margins. The key elements of our growth strategy are to:

Leverage our market leading position to grow organically in existing and new geographies and end markets

We seek to build upon our position as a global market leader by leveraging our scale and global network to capitalize on market opportunities, as major chemical producers outsource an increasing portion of their distribution operations and rationalize their distributor relationships. Because many producers and customers look for distributors with specialized industry or product knowledge, we will continue to develop our technical

 

9


Table of Contents

and industry-specific expertise to become the preferred distributor for an even broader range of chemical producers and customers in existing and new markets. We will also continue to improve the customer experience through dedicated sales teams composed of professionals with industry-specific expertise in areas such as water treatment, agricultural services, food products and ingredients, pharmaceutical products and ingredients, personal care, coatings and adhesives. In addition, we are expanding the scope of our account management by appointing global account leaders to broaden our relationships with global customers. Our broad geographic footprint and extensive producer and customer relationships provide us with a unique opportunity to expand our operations in developing geographies. We believe that we are well-positioned to capture additional sales volume and grow organically as we reinforce our position as a “one-stop” provider of chemicals to customers and related supply chain management services for chemical producers.

Focus on continued development of innovative value-added services

We are focused on developing and offering a range of value-added services that provide efficiency gains for producers and lower the total cost of ownership for our customers. We will also continue to partner with customers to develop tailored solutions to meet their specific requirements. Our high-growth and value-added service offerings, including ChemPoint.com, MiniBulk, ChemCare, and Magnablend are key differentiators for us relative to our competitors and also enhance our profitability and growth prospects.

Pursue commercial excellence initiatives

We are currently focused on implementing a number of key commercial excellence programs including:

 

    strengthening our sales planning and execution process by focusing on a centralized account planning process, improving value documentation and conducting quarterly business reviews with customers;

 

    attracting, retaining, mentoring and developing our sales force talent to take advantage of markets that are underpenetrated by us, enhancing product knowledge and end market expertise across our sales force and focusing our sales force on high-growth, high-value end markets; and

 

    expanding our utilization of proprietary intelligent mobile sales force tools which provide market and customer insights, pricing analytics, to drive improved productivity and profitability for producers and us.

Continue to implement additional productivity improvements and operational excellence initiatives

We are committed to continued operational excellence and have implemented several initiatives to further improve operating performance and margins. Some of the key operational excellence initiatives include:

 

    Optimizing our global sourcing and supply chain network. We are focusing on our procurement organization to reduce sourcing costs and implementing robust inventory planning and stocking systems, and we centralized and consolidated our indirect-spend, including third party transportation, all in an effort to reduce costs and improve the reliability and level of service we offer customers:

 

    Refocusing our EMEA business . We completed the commercial realignment of our EMEA business, from a country-based structure to a pan-European platform, with increased focus on key growth markets, local knowledge and local profitability. We rationalized underperforming sites and reduce overhead to drive improved profitability in EMEA; and

 

    Resizing our infrastructure . We resized our infrastructure and support costs in light of the historic decline in oil prices in 2015 and associated reduction in demand for chemicals in the fracking sector of oil production.

 

10


Table of Contents

Undertake selective acquisitions and ventures

We will continue to evaluate selective acquisitions and ventures in both developed and emerging markets to complement our organic growth initiatives. Specifically, we seek acquisition and venture opportunities that will:

 

    expand our existing product portfolio and our value-added services capabilities;

 

    increase our market share of key products where increased volume provides enhanced margin opportunities;

 

    increase our market share in established markets, such as North America and Europe, to create operating leverage;

 

    enable us to enter or expand our presence in developing markets; and

 

    increase our presence in high-growth industries.

Company History

Our history dates back to 1924 when we were founded as a brokerage business. In 1986, we acquired McKesson Chemical Corporation, then the third largest U.S. chemical distributor, solidifying our presence throughout the United States and making us the largest chemical distributor in North America. In 2001, we continued our expansion into Europe through the acquisition of Ellis & Everard, which specialized in the distribution of chemicals in the United Kingdom and Ireland and had additional facilities in Europe and the Eastern United States. In 2007, we acquired ChemCentral, which enabled us to improve our market share and operational efficiencies in North America.

In 2007 we were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC Capital Partners Advisory (U.S.), Inc. (“CVC”) as well as investment funds associated with Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Parcom. On November 30, 2010, investment funds associated with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”) acquired a 42.5% ownership interest in us. Currently funds advised or managed by CD&R and CVC beneficially own approximately 46% of our company. CVC and CD&R are collectively referred to as the “Equity Sponsors”.

In December 2010, we acquired Basic Chemicals Solutions L.L.C., a global distributor and trader of commodity chemicals, which further strengthened our ability to provide value in the supply chain between chemical producers and end-users and reinforced our global sourcing capabilities. In January 2011, we completed our acquisition of Quaron, a chemical distributor operating in Belgium and the Netherlands, which complemented our strong European foothold in specialty chemicals with expanded product portfolio and increased logistical capability. We continued our expansion into the emerging markets in 2011 through our acquisition of Eral-Protek, a leading chemical distributor in Turkey, and the acquisition of Arinos, a leading chemical distributor of specialty and commodity chemicals and high-value services in Brazil. In December 2012, we acquired Magnablend, whose specialty chemical and manufactured products broadened our oil and gas offerings. In May 2013, we expanded our Mexican presence with the acquisition of Quimicompuestos, making us a leading chemical distributor in the Mexican market, which is increasingly connected to the North American market. In November 2014, we acquired D’Altomare Quimica Ltda, or D’Altomare, a Brazilian distributor of specialty chemicals and ingredients, which will expand our geographic footprint and market presence in Brazil and across Latin America. On April 10, 2015, we acquired Key Chemical, Inc., or Key, one of the largest distributors of fluoride to municipalities in the United States, which we expect to help us expand our offerings into the municipal and other industrial markets.

On June 23, 2015, we closed our initial public offering (“IPO”) in which we issued and sold 20.0 million shares of common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share. In addition, we completed a concurrent private placement of $350.0 million for shares of common stock (17.6 million shares) to Dahlia Investments Pte. Ltd., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (“Temasek”). We received total net proceeds of approximately $760.0 million in total from the IPO and the private placement after

 

11


Table of Contents

deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses of approximately $30.0 million. These expenses were recorded against the proceeds received from the IPO. Certain selling stockholders sold an additional 25.3 million shares of common stock in the IPO and concurrent private placement. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares.

In July 2015, we acquired the assets of Chemical Associates, Inc., or Chemical Associates, a marketer, manufacturer, and distributor of oleochemicals, many of which are based on renewable and sustainable resources, which we believe will help increase the value Univar can bring in a number of our key markets such as personal care, food, cleaning and sanitization, lubricants, and coatings and adhesives. On October 2, 2015, we entered into the agrochemical formulation market and expanded our capabilities in the third-party agriculture logistics market in Canada with the acquisition of Future Transfer Co., Inc. BlueStar Distribution Inc., and BDI Distribution West Inc, or Future/BlueStar. On November 3, 2015, we acquired Arrow Chemical, Inc., expanding our existing offering with a complementary portfolio of active pharmaceutical ingredients (“APIs”) and other specialty ingredients essential to the formulation of generic and over-the-counter pharmaceuticals. On December 1, 2015, we acquired Weaver Town Oil Services, Inc., and Weavertown Transport Leasing, Inc., operating as the Weavertown Environmental Group, or WEG, which strengthens our ChemCare SM waste management service offering with a broad range of complementary services, including industrial cleaning, waste management and transportation, site remediation, and 24/7 emergency response services. On December 17, 2015, we acquired Polymer Technologies Ltd., or Polymer Technologies, a U.K.-based developer and distributor of unique ultraviolet/electron beam curable chemistries used to formulate environmentally responsible paints, inks, and adhesives.

Products and End Markets

The main focus of our marketing approach is to identify attractive end-user markets and provide customers in those markets all of their commodity and specialty chemical needs. We also offer value-added services as well as procurement solutions that leverage our chemical, supply chain and logistics expertise, networked inventory sourcing and producer relationships. We provide our customers with a “one-stop shop” for their commodity and specialty chemical needs and offer a reliable and stable source of quality products.

We buy and inventory chemicals in large quantities such as barge loads, railcars or full truck loads from chemical producers and we sell and distribute smaller quantities to our customers. Approximately 35% of the chemicals we purchase are in bulk form, and we repackage them into various size containers for sale and distribution.

Commodity chemicals currently represent and have historically represented the largest portion of our business by sales and volume. Our commodity chemicals portfolio includes acids and bases, surfactants, glycols, inorganic compounds, alcohols and general chemicals used extensively throughout hundreds of end markets. Our specialty chemicals sales represent an important, high-value, higher-growth portion of the chemical distribution market. We typically sell specialty chemicals in lower volumes but at a higher profit than commodity chemicals. While many chemical producers supply these products directly to customers, there is an increasing trend toward outsourcing the distribution of these specialized, lower volume products. We believe that customers and producers value Univar’s ability to supply both commodity and specialty products, particularly as the markets continue to consolidate.

We focus on sourcing certain high volume products that we distribute to our customers. We buy products globally at attractive pricing. We largely sell chemicals sourced through our industry focused salesforce. However, a small proportion of the chemicals that we source are sold directly to certain high volume customers through our Basic Chemicals group. Our global sourcing capabilities help us enhance our global market presence and our product expertise across all market segments.

 

12


Table of Contents

We serve a diverse set of end markets and regions, with no end market accounting for more than 20% of our net sales over the past year. Our most significant end markets in recent years have included cleaning and sanitization, coatings and adhesives, chemical manufacturing, food ingredients and oil and gas.

Our key global end markets include:

 

    Agricultural Sciences . We are a leading wholesale distributor of crop protection products to independent retailers and specialty applicators in Canada. To support this end market, we distribute herbicides, fungicides, insecticides, seed, micronutrients, horticultural products and feed, among other products. In addition, we provide storage, packaging and logistics services for major crop protection companies, storing chemicals, feed-grade materials, seed and equipment. We supply pest control products to the public health, vegetation management, turf and ornamental, food processing and post-harvest storage, animal health and hay production markets. We operate a network of over 70 Univar ProCenter distribution centers in North America to serve this end market.

 

    Chemical Manufacturing. We distribute a full suite of chemical products in support of the chemical manufacturing industry (organic, inorganic, polymer chemistries and to a lesser extent oil refining). Our broad warehousing and delivery resources permit us to assure our chemical manufacturing customers efficient inventory management, just-in-time delivery, and custom blends and packages. Our industry expertise also assists our customers in making product selections which best suit the customer’s objectives and with chemical waste and wastewater issues.

 

    Cleaning and Sanitization . The cleaning and sanitization industry is made up of thousands of large and small formulators that require a multitude of chemical ingredients to make cleaning products and detergents for home and industrial use. We believe that we distribute chemicals manufactured by many of the industry’s leading producers of enzymes, surfactants, solvents, dispersants, thickeners, bleaching aides, builders, chelants, acids, alkalis and other chemicals that are used as processing aids in the manufacturing of cleaning products.

 

    Coatings and Adhesives . The coatings and adhesives industry is one of our largest customer end markets. We sell resins, pigments, solvents, thickeners, dispersants and other additives used to make paints, inks, and coatings. We have a large team of industry and product specialists with the market expertise that enables us to work closely with formulators and producers to offer new technologies, formulations and scale-up support. Our product line includes epoxy resins, polyurethanes, titanium dioxide, fumed silica, esters, plasticizers, silicones and specialty amines.

 

    Food Ingredients and Products . For the food and beverage industry, we inventory a diverse portfolio of commodity and specialty products that are sold as processing aids or food additives. We sell food ingredients such as thickeners, emulsifiers, sweeteners, preservatives, leavening agents and humectants, as well as texturizer and fat replacement products that include xanthan gum, locust bean gum, cellulosics and guar gum. We distribute acidulants such as citric acid, lactic acid and malic acid, as well as alkalis. Additional offerings include supplements and products such as proteins, vitamins and minerals. The major food and beverage markets we serve are meat processing, baked goods, dairy, grain mill products, processed foods, carbonated soft drinks, fruit drinks and alcoholic beverages. We manage our product portfolio to ensure quality standards, security of supply and cost competitiveness. We refresh our product offering with products that meet the key trends impacting the food industry. Our industry experts have developed marketing tools that simplify the ingredient selection process for our customers and provide product performance information and solutions.

 

    Mid/Downstream oil and gas. We provide chemicals and service to midstream pipeline and downstream refinery operators primarily in the US and Canada and to a lesser extent to oil sand markets in Western Canada. We offer an expansive product line with a team of highly skilled and uniquely dedicated specialists to stay on top of the latest trends, regulations and technologies.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
    Mining. We support the mining industry primarily in the US and Canada. We offer a wide range of products to service the different stages of mining operations, e.g., crushing to smelting, such as caustic soda, hydrochloric acid, solvents, absorbents, catalysts, fuel additives, water soluble polymers, gas treating amines and other products.

 

    Personal Care . We are a full-line distributor in the personal care industry providing a wide variety of specialty and basic chemicals used in skin care products, shampoos, conditioners, styling, hair color, body washes, sun care, color cosmetics, and pet care products. The chemicals that we distribute include surfactants, emollients, emulsifiers, rheology modifiers, active ingredients, color, preservatives and processing aids. Our dedicated team of industry experts and technical marketers work with our customers to formulate traditional and cutting-edge personal care products.

 

    Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Products . We are uniquely positioned in the pharmaceutical ingredients industry, both small and large molecule, due to the combination of our product portfolio, logistics footprint and customized solutions to meet the needs of a highly regulated industry. We represent some of the world’s leading excipient, process, solvent and active pharmaceutical ingredient producers, as well as producers of chemicals used to support water treatment, filtering and purification systems, thus offering our customers a broad product offering in the pharmaceutical industry. We sell active ingredients such as aspirin, ascorbic acid, caffeine and ibuprofen, and excipients that include phosphates, polyethylene glycols, polysorbates, methylcellulose, stearyl alcohol and stearates. We also make and sell certain finished pharmaceutical products.

 

    Upstream oil and gas . We service the upstream oil and gas production market, especially the US shale hydraulic fracturing sector, by providing a variety of bulk chemicals to the drill site and also specialty blended products used to fracture rock and stimulate oil and gas production from the well. Outside the US, our service to this market is relatively small but includes Mexico, the North Sea in Europe and parts of Africa. During 2015, the number of operating hydraulic fracturing rigs in the US dropped significantly with the fall in oil prices, as has the size of this end market for us.

In some geographic regions we target other markets in addition to the end-user markets described above. Our water treatment products and services are utilized by customers in many of our end markets, and we believe that this will continue to be a growth area for our business.

Services

In addition to selling and distributing chemicals, we use our transportation and warehousing infrastructure and broad knowledge of chemicals and hazardous materials handling to provide important distribution and value-added services for producers and our customers. This intermediary role is increasingly important, in particular due to the recent trend of increased outsourcing of distribution by chemical producers to satisfy their need for supply chain efficiency. These services include:

Distribution Services

 

    Inventory management.  We manage our inventory in order to meet customer demands on short notice whenever possible. Our key role in the supply chain to chemical producers also enables us to obtain access to chemicals in times of short supply, when smaller chemical distributors may not able to obtain or maintain stock. Further, our global distribution network permits us to stock products locally to enhance “just-in-time” delivery, providing outsourced inventory management to our customers in a variety of end markets.

 

    Product knowledge and technical expertise.  We partner with our customers in their production processes. For example, we employ a team of food technologists and chemicals and petroleum engineers who have the technical expertise to assist in the formulation of chemicals to meet specific customer performance requirements as well as provide customers with after-market support and consultation.

 

14


Table of Contents
    Mixing, blending and repackaging.  We provide our customers with a full suite of blending and repackaging services. Additionally, we can fulfill small orders through our repackaging services, enabling customers to maintain smaller inventories.

Value-Added Services

 

    MiniBulk and Remote Monitoring. MiniBulk is a complete storage and delivery system that improves plant safety and productivity. MiniBulk is a safe and efficient handling and use system for customers receiving less than full truckload quantities of chemicals. Our trained specialists deliver products that minimize employee exposure to hazardous chemicals. In addition drum storage and disposal are eliminated and access to products is improved. Similarly, our remote telemetry systems permit around-the-clock access to inventory information. The result is better inventory management, elimination of manual measurement and better assurance of timely/automatic replenishment.

 

    Specialized Blending . Leveraging our technical expertise, we are able to utilize our blending and mixing capabilities to create specialty chemical formulations to meet specific customer performance demands for agriculture and oil and gas products through our Future Transfer and Magnablend SM blending services.

 

    ChemCare.  Our ChemCare waste management service collects both hazardous and non-hazardous waste products at customer locations in the United States and Canada, and then works with select partners in the waste disposal business to safely transport these materials to licensed third party treatment, storage and disposal facilities. ChemCare reviews each waste profile, recommends disposal alternatives to the customer and offers transportation of the waste to the appropriate waste disposal company. Hazardous and non-hazardous waste management technologies provided from our approved treatment storage and disposal facility partners include recycling, incineration, fuels blending, lab packing, landfill, deep well injection and waste-to-energy. ChemCare also assists in the preparation of manifests, labels and reporting requirements and provides on-site project management for tank cleaning projects and site cleanups.

 

    ChemPoint.com . ChemPoint.com is our unique distribution platform that facilitates the marketing and sales of specialty and fine chemicals. ChemPoint.com operates principally in North America and EMEA. Our ChemPoint.com platform is primarily focused on connecting producers to customers who require a technical sales approach on relatively small volumes of high-value and highly-specialized chemicals. Through this platform, we also offer MarketConnect, our leading-edge, Web-based opportunity management system, which provides producers with market transparency to customers and allows them to review and participate in a high-value sales process.

Producers

We source chemicals from many of the premier global chemical manufacturers. Among our largest producers worldwide are the world’s largest general chemical and petrochemical producers, with many of the relationships with these producers having been in place for decades. We have both exclusive and nonexclusive arrangements with producers, depending on the type of chemicals involved. We typically maintain relationships with multiple producers of commodity chemicals to protect against disruption in supply and distribution logistics as well as to maintain pricing discipline in our supply. Specialty chemicals, which often require more in-depth technical application knowledge, tend to be sourced on an exclusive basis. Maintaining strong relationships with producers is important to our overall success. Our scale, geographic reach, diversified distribution channels and industry expertise enable us to develop strong, long-term relationships with producers, allowing us to integrate our service and logistics capabilities into their business processes, promoting collaboration on supply chain optimization, marketing and other revenue enhancement strategies. The producers we work with also benefit from the insight we provide into customer buying patterns and trends. Chemical producers have been using fewer independent distributors in an effort to develop more efficient marketing channels and to reduce their overall

 

15


Table of Contents

costs. More and more, chemical producers are depending on the sales forces and infrastructure of large chemical distributors to efficiently market, warehouse and deliver their chemicals to end users.

Our base of more than 8,000 chemical producers is highly diversified, with The Dow Chemical Company representing approximately 13% of our 2015 chemicals expenditures, and no other chemical producer accounting for more than 10% of the total. Our 10 largest producers accounted for approximately 36% of our total chemical purchases in 2015.

We typically purchase our chemicals through purchase orders rather than long-term contracts, although we have exclusive supply arrangements for certain specialty chemicals. We normally enter into framework supply contracts with key producers. These framework agreements generally operate on an annual basis either with pricing items fixed to an index or without fixed pricing terms, although they often include financial incentives if we meet or exceed specified purchase volumes. We also have a limited number of longer term agreements with certain producers of commodity chemicals. For all of these chemicals, once we purchase the products, we ship them either directly to a customer or, more commonly, to one of our distribution centers.

Our ability to earn volume-based incentives from producers is an important factor in achieving our financial results. We receive these volume-based incentives in the form of rebates that are payable only when our sales equal or exceed the relevant target. In order to record these incentives throughout the year, we estimate the amount of incentives we expect to receive in order to properly record our cost of sales during the period. Because our right to receive these incentives will depend on our purchases for the entire year, our accounting estimates depend on our ability to forecast our annual purchases accurately which ultimately will vary depending on our customers’ demand and consumption patterns which may be independent of our performance as a distributor.

Sales and Marketing

We organize our business regionally, mirroring our supply chain and logistics networks. We also further focus our salesforce towards four primary industry groups: Specialty Chemicals and Services; Basic Chemicals; Agricultural Sciences; and Oil, Gas and Mining. We train our sales personnel so that they develop expertise in the industries that they serve, such as coatings and adhesives, chemical manufacturing, food ingredients, cleaning and sanitization, pharmaceutical ingredients, personal care, oil and gas, and mining. Our salesforce leverages our strong supplier relationships to provide superior product insight and expertise to deliver critical-use specialty, organic, and inorganic chemicals to customers. In North America, we also have a salesforce that focuses on the Agricultural Sector. As part of our EMEA restructuring, we realigned our salesforce around a three-pronged approach to the market based on differing customer needs in bulk chemical distribution, local chemical distribution, and pan-European distribution to select focused industries, including food, coatings and adhesives, and personal care as part of our focus on higher-growth end markets. We believe that arranging our business into geographical segments that mirror our supply chain and logistics networks and our sales infrastructure into industry groups that share our supply chain assets and capabilities enables us to focus on key end markets and service offerings and to align our industry expertise with our customers’ industry specific needs.

We believe that our industry-focused model differentiates us in the market and provides superior technical support and innovation to meet customer needs, which increases our effectiveness as a sales channel for producers. We believe this industry-focused model enables us to provide application support for our customers and encourages customers to consolidate chemical purchasing with us, creating additional sales for us and producers. To fully penetrate various markets and industries, we also use outside sales representatives, telesales representatives and technically trained telemarketing personnel. In addition to pursuing producer diversification and volume-based pricing, we exercise discipline in pricing to customers in order to improve margins. We centrally establish and manage pricing guidelines for select products. Our product managers establish a price based on prices posted by chemical producers plus freight, storage and handling charges. Our field management and sales teams price our products based on order volume and local competitive conditions utilize proprietary tools to price the products. They are required to obtain authorization from the product manager to quote a price below the posted threshold.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our industry-focused marketing groups are responsible for product management, account management, program marketing product portfolio management and corporate communication with an industry focus to provide superior value-added services. Our industry product management groups work to analyze and identify product and technology trends in the marketplace and develop programs to promote enhanced sales. We have established an international marketing group to focus on the European market and to enter into corporate contracts on behalf of local operating companies. We believe that our European presence and broad product portfolio position us better than our local competitors to meet the requirements of the European corporate market.

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 2,900 sales and marketing professionals, representing approximately 31% of our total workforce. Our sales and marketing professionals as of that date were located in the following regions: 1,400 in USA, 300 in Canada, 900 in EMEA and 300 in Rest of World.

Distribution Channels

We continue to refine our distribution business model to provide producers and our customers with the highest level of service, reliability and timeliness of deliveries while offering cost competitive products. We have multiple channels to market, including warehouse delivery, and direct-to-consumer delivery. Additionally, through ChemPoint.com, we offer a unique distribution platform for specialty and fine chemicals primarily on an exclusive basis. The principal determinants of the way a customer is serviced include the size, scale and level of customization of a particular order, the nature of the product and the customer, and the location of the product inventories. For the year ended December 31, 2015, warehouse distribution accounted for approximately 81% of our net sales while direct distribution accounted for approximately 17% of our net sales, with the remaining approximate 2% of net sales derived primarily from our waste management services.

Warehouse Distribution

Our warehouse distribution business is the core of our operations. In our warehouse business, we purchase chemicals in truck load or larger quantities from chemical producers based on contracted demands of our customers or our estimates of anticipated customer purchases. Once received, chemicals are stored in one or more of our over 850 distribution facilities, depending on customer location, for sale and distribution in smaller, less-than-truckload quantities to our customers. Our warehouses have various facilities for services such as repackaging, blending and mixing to create specialized chemical solutions needed by our customers in ready-to-use formulations.

Our warehouse business connects large chemical producers with smaller volume customers whose consumption patterns tend to make them uneconomical to be served directly by producers. Thus, the core customer for our warehouse business model is a small or medium volume consumer of commodity and specialty chemicals. Since chemicals comprise only a fraction of the input costs for many of our customers’ products, our warehouse customers typically value quality, reliability of supply and ease of service. Our breadth of chemical product offerings also allows us to provide customers with complete management solutions for their chemical needs as they are able to obtain small volumes of many different products from us more efficiently and economically than if they dealt directly with multiple chemical producers. Our network of warehouses allows us to service most customers from multiple locations and also enables us to move products efficiently and economically throughout our own warehouse system to service customers on a real-time basis. Further, by leveraging our geographic footprint and state-of-the-art logistics platform, we are able to combine multiple customer orders along the same distribution routes to reduce delivery costs and facilitate customer inventory management. For example, we combine multiple less-than-truckload deliveries for different customers along the same route to better utilize our delivery assets while at the same time minimizing our customers’ inventories.

With the leading market position in North America, our operations are capable of serving customers throughout the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska, and all major provinces and major manufacturing centers within Canada including remote areas such as the oil sands regions of Northern Canada. Our close

 

17


Table of Contents

proximity to major transportation arteries allows us to service customers in the most remote locations throughout the United States, particularly those markets that chemical producers are not able to serve profitably. In the USA, we rely mainly on our own fleet of distribution vehicles, while we primarily use third parties for the transportation of chemicals in EMEA and Rest of World.

Direct Distribution

Our direct distribution business provides point-to-point logistics for full truckloads or larger quantities of chemicals between producers and customers. In direct distribution, we sell and service large quantity purchases that are shipped directly from producers through our logistics infrastructure, which provides customers with sourcing and logistics support services for inventory management and delivery, in many cases far more economically than the producer might provide. We believe that producers view us not as competitors, but as providers of a valuable service, brokering these large orders through the utilization of our broad distribution network. We typically do not maintain inventory for direct distribution, but rather use our existing producer relationships and marketing expertise, ordering and logistics infrastructure to serve this demand, resulting in limited working capital investment for these sales. Our direct distribution service is valuable to major chemical producers as it allows them to deliver larger orders to customers utilizing our existing ordering, delivery and payment systems. This distribution channel primarily distributes bulk commodity chemicals utilizing our own delivery vehicles in North America and third party carriers in Europe.

Insurance

We have insurance coverage at levels which we consider adequate for our worldwide facilities and activities. Our insurance policies cover the following categories of risk: property damage; business interruption; product and general liability; environmental liability; directors’ and officers’ liability; crime; workers’ compensation; auto liability; railroad protective liability; excess liability; excess California earthquake; marine liability; marine cargo/stock throughput; aviation products liability; business travel accident; pension trustees liability; and employment practices liability.

Competition

The chemical production, distribution and sales markets are highly competitive. Most of the products that we distribute are made to industry standard specifications and are either produced by, or available from, multiple sources or the producers with which we work may also sell their products through a direct sales force or through multiple chemical distributors.

Chemical distribution itself is a fragmented market in which only a small number of competitors have substantial international operations. Our principal large international competitor is Brenntag, with a particularly strong position in Europe.

Many other chemical distributors operate on a regional, national or local basis and may have a strong relationship with local producers and customers that may give them a competitive advantage in their local market. Some of our competitors are either local or regional distributors with a broad product portfolio, while others are niche players which focus on a specific end market, either industry or product-based.

Chemical producers may also choose to limit their use of third party distributors, particularly with respect to higher margin products, or to partner with other chemical producers for distribution, each of which could increase competition.

We compete primarily on the basis of price, diversification and flexibility in product offerings and supply availability, market insight and the ability to provide value-added services.

 

18


Table of Contents

North America

The independent chemical distribution market in North America is fragmented. Our principal competitors in North America include Brenntag, Helm America, Hydrite Chemical, Prinova and Nexeo Solutions. We also compete with a number of smaller companies in certain niche markets.

EMEA

The independent chemical distribution market in Europe historically has been highly fragmented. Consolidation among chemical distributors has increased, mirroring developments within the chemical sector as a whole.

Brenntag is our leading competitor in Europe due to its strong market position in Germany, which is the largest European chemical distribution market. Other regional competitors in Europe include Azelis, Helm and IMCD. We believe that we are the leading chemical distributor in the United Kingdom and Ireland.

Rest of World

In Rest of World, the markets for chemical distribution are much more fragmented and credible competitive information for smaller companies is not available. Our relative competitive position in the Rest of World markets is smaller than in North America or EMEA.

Regulatory Matters

Our business is subject to a wide range of regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Among other things, these laws and regulations relate to environmental protection, economic sanctions, product regulation, anti-terrorism concerns, management, storage, transport and disposal of hazardous chemicals and other dangerous goods, and occupational health and safety issues. Changes in and introductions of regulations have in the past caused us to devote significant management and capital resources to compliance programs and measures. New laws, regulations, or changing interpretations of existing laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with current laws, regulations or interpretations, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The following summary illustrates some of the significant regulatory and legal requirements applicable to our business.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We operate in a number of jurisdictions and are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations related to the protection of the environment, human health and safety, including laws regulating discharges of hazardous substances into the soil, air and water, blending, managing, handling, storing, selling, transporting and disposing of hazardous substances, investigation and remediation of contaminated properties and protecting the safety of our employees and others. Some of our operations are required to hold environmental permits and licenses. The cost of complying with these environmental, health and safety laws, permits and licenses has, in some instances, been substantial.

Some of our historic operations, including those of companies we acquired, have resulted in contamination at a number of currently and formerly owned or operated sites. We are required to investigate and remediate at many of such sites. Contamination at these sites generally resulted from releases of chemicals and other hazardous substances. We have spent substantial sums on such investigation and remediation and expect to continue to incur such expenditures, or discover additional sites in need of investigation and remediation, until such investigation and remediation is deemed complete. Information on our environmental reserves is included in “Note 18: Commitments and contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 which are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10K.

 

19


Table of Contents

CERCLA . The U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, also known as Superfund, as well as similar laws in other jurisdictions, governs the remediation of contaminated sites and establishes liability for the release of hazardous substances at such sites. A party that transported waste, or arranged for the shipment of waste, to a waste disposal facility or other third party site that requires remediation can be liable for the cost of cleanup regardless of fault, the lawfulness of the disposal or the actions of other parties. Under CERCLA, the EPA or a delegated state agency can oversee or require remediation of such sites and seek cost recovery from any party whose wastes were disposed at, or who otherwise contributed to the contamination of, such sites. We are party to consent agreements with the EPA and state regulatory authorities with respect to environmental remediation at a number of such sites. We may be identified as a Potentially Responsible Party at additional third party sites or waste disposal facilities.

RCRA . The EPA regulates the generation, transport, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous waste under the U.S. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA. RCRA also sets forth a framework for managing non-hazardous waste. Most owners and operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities must obtain a RCRA permit. RCRA also mandates certain operating, recordkeeping and reporting obligations for owners and operators of hazardous waste facilities. Our facilities generate various hazardous and non-hazardous wastes and we are a hazardous waste transporter and temporary storage facility. As a result of such activities, we are required to comply with RCRA requirements, including the maintenance of financial resources and security to address forced closures or accidental releases.

Clean Air Act . The U.S. Clean Air Act and similar laws in other jurisdictions establish a variety of air pollution control measures, including limits for a number of airborne pollutants. These laws also establish controls for emissions from automobiles and trucks, regulate hazardous air pollutants emitted from industrial sources and address the production of substances that deplete stratospheric ozone. Under the Clean Air Act, we are required to obtain permits for, and report on emissions of, certain air pollutants, or qualify for and maintain records substantiating that we qualify for an exemption. Owners and operators of facilities that handle certain quantities of flammable and toxic substances must implement and regularly update detailed risk management plans filed with and approved by the EPA. Failure to comply with the Clean Air Act may subject us to fines, penalties and other governmental and private actions.

Clean Water Act . Many of the jurisdictions in which we operate regulate water quality and contamination of water. In the United States, the EPA regulates discharges of pollutants into U.S. waters, sets wastewater standards for industry and establishes water quality standards for surface waters, such as streams, rivers and lakes, under the U.S. Clean Water Act. The discharge of any regulated pollutant from point sources (such as pipes and manmade ditches) into navigable waters requires a permit from the EPA or a delegated state agency. Several of our facilities have obtained permits for discharges of treated process wastewater directly to surface waters. In addition, several of our facilities discharge to municipal wastewater treatment facilities and therefore are required to obtain pretreatment discharge permits from local agencies. A number of our facilities also have storm water discharge permits.

Oil Pollution Prevention Regulations . The Oil Pollution Prevention regulations promulgated by the EPA under the authority of the Clean Water Act require that facilities storing oil in excess of threshold quantities or which have the ability to reach navigable water have a spill prevention, control and countermeasure, or SPCC, plan. Many of our facilities have SPCC plans or similar oil storage plans required in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

Storage Requirements . Our warehouse facilities are required to comply with applicable permits and zoning requirements from local regulatory authorities and pursuant to leases. These requirements, which differ based on type of facility and location, define structural specifications and establish limits on building usage. Regulators typically have the authority to address non-compliance with storage requirements through fines, penalties and other administrative sanctions.

 

20


Table of Contents

EPCRA . The U.S. Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act, or EPCRA, establishes reporting rules for facilities that store or manage chemicals and requires such facilities to maintain certain safety data. EPCRA is intended to facilitate state and local planning for chemical emergencies. EPCRA requires state and local emergency planning and emergency response authorities to be informed of the presence of specified quantities of “extremely hazardous substances” at a facility and the release of listed hazardous substances above threshold quantities. Facilities that store or use significant amounts of toxic chemicals must also submit annual toxic chemical release reports containing information about the types and amounts of toxic chemicals that are released into the air, water and soil, as well as information on the quantities of toxic chemicals sent to other facilities. We store and handle a number of chemicals subject to EPCRA reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

TSCA . The U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act, or TSCA, and similar laws in other jurisdictions, are intended to ensure that chemicals do not pose unreasonable risks to human health or the environment. TSCA requires the EPA to maintain the TSCA registry listing chemicals manufactured or processed in the United States. Chemicals not listed on the TSCA registry cannot be imported into or sold in the United States until registered with the EPA. TSCA also sets forth specific reporting, recordkeeping and testing rules for chemicals, including requirements for the import and export of certain chemicals, as well as other restrictions relevant to our business. Pursuant to TSCA, the EPA from time to time issues Significant New Use Rules, or SNURs, when it identifies new uses of chemicals that could pose risks to human health or the environment and also requires pre-manufacture notification of new chemical substances that do not appear on the TSCA registry. When we import chemicals into the United States, we must ensure that chemicals appear on the TSCA registry prior to import, participate in the SNUR process when a chemical we import requires testing data and report to the EPA information relating to quantities, identities and uses of imported chemicals.

FIFRA and Other Pesticide and Biocide Regulations . We have a significant operation in the distribution and sale of pesticides and biocides. These products are regulated in many jurisdictions. In the United States, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, or FIFRA, authorizes the EPA to oversee and regulate the manufacture, distribution, sale and use of pesticides and biocides. We are required to register with the EPA and certain state regulatory authorities as a seller and repackager of pesticides and biocides. The EPA may cancel registration of any pesticide or biocide that does not comply with FIFRA, effectively prohibiting the manufacture, sale, distribution or use of such product in the United States.

The EPA has established procedures and standards for the design of pesticide and biocide containers, as well as the removal of pesticides and biocides from such containers prior to disposal. Applicable regulations also prescribe specific labeling requirements and establish standards to prevent leaks and spills of pesticides and biocides from containment structures at bulk storage sites and dispensing operations. These standards apply to dealers who repackage pesticides, commercial applicators and custom blenders.

REACH . In Europe, our business is affected by legislation dealing with the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals, or REACH. REACH requires manufacturers and importers of chemical substances to register such substances with the European Chemicals Agency, or the ECHA, and enables European and national authorities to track such substances. Depending on the amount of chemical substances to be manufactured or imported, and the specific risks of each substance, REACH requires different sets of data to be included in the registration submitted to the ECHA. Registration of substances with the ECHA imposes significant recordkeeping requirements that can result in significant financial obligations for chemical distributors, such as us, to import products into Europe. REACH is accompanied by legislation regulating the classification, labeling and packaging of chemical substances and mixtures.

GHG Emissions . In the U.S., various legislative and regulatory measures to address greenhouse gas, or GHG, emissions are in various phases of discussion or implementation. At the federal legislative level, Congress has previously considered legislation requiring a mandatory reduction of GHG emissions. Although Congressional passage of such legislation does not appear likely at this time, it could be adopted at a future date.

 

21


Table of Contents

It is also possible that Congress may pass alternative climate change bills that do not mandate a nationwide cap-and-trade program and instead focus on promoting renewable energy and energy efficiency. In the absence of congressional legislation curbing GHG emissions, the EPA is moving ahead administratively under its Clean Air Act authority.

The implementation of additional EPA regulations and/or the passage of federal or state climate change legislation will likely result in increased costs to operate and maintain our facilities. Increased costs associated with compliance with any future legislation or regulation of GHG emissions, if it occurs, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to make cash distributions.

Internationally, many of the countries in which we do business (but not the U.S.) have ratified the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or the Kyoto Protocol, and we have been subject to its requirements, particularly in the European Union. Many nations entered into the Copenhagen Accord, which may result in a new international climate change treaty in the future. If so, we may become subject to different and more restrictive regulation on climate change to the extent the countries in which we do business implement such a new treaty.

OSHA . We are subject to workplace safety laws in many jurisdictions, including the United States. The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, which addresses safety and health in workplace environments and establishes maximum workplace chemical exposure levels for indoor air quality. Chemical manufacturers and importers must employ a hazard communication program utilizing labels and other forms of warnings, as well as Material Safety Data Sheets, setting forth safety and hazardous materials information to employees and customers. Employers must provide training to ensure that relevant employees are equipped to properly handle chemicals.

We train employees and visitors who have access to chemical handling areas. OSHA requires the use of personal protective equipment when other controls are not feasible or effective in reducing the risk of exposure to serious workplace injuries or illnesses resulting from contact with hazardous substances or other workplace hazards. Employers must conduct workplace assessments to determine what hazards require personal protective equipment, and must provide appropriate equipment to workers.

OSHA operates a process safety management rule, or PSM Rule, that requires employers to compile written process safety information, operating procedures and facility management plans, conduct hazard analyses, develop written action plans for employee participation in safety management and certify every three years that they have evaluated their compliance with process safety requirements. Employees must have access to safety analyses and related information, and employers must maintain and provide process-specific training to relevant employees. We handle several chemicals that are hazardous and listed under the PSM Rule, which imposes extensive obligations on our handling of these chemicals and results in significant costs on our operations.

OSHA’s Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response rules require employers and employees to comply with certain safety standards when conducting operations involving the exposure or potential exposure to hazardous substances and wastes. These standards require hazardous substances preparedness training for employees and generally apply to individuals engaged in cleanup operations, facility operations entailing the treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes, and emergency responses to uncontrolled releases of hazardous substances.

OSHA regulations require employers to develop and maintain an emergency action plan to direct employer and employee actions in the event of a workplace emergency. Under most circumstances, the plan must be maintained in writing, remain accessible at the workplace and be made available to employees for review.

Each of our business units has an obligation to report its Environmental Health and Safety, or EHS, risks and performance to an internal oversight function. EHS risks and performance are tracked through audits,

 

22


Table of Contents

evaluations and reporting. We have implemented an internal integrated risk management audit system through which EHS risks are evaluated and improvement measures proposed. In addition, our sites undergo periodic external audits, including audits by governmental authorities and certification institutions.

Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards . The U.S. Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, regulates certain high-risk chemical facilities through its Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards. These standards establish a Chemical Security Assessment Tool comprised of four elements, including facility user registration, top-screen evaluation, security vulnerability assessment and site security planning. The site security plan must address any vulnerabilities identified in the security vulnerability assessment, including access control, personnel credentialing, recordkeeping, employee training, emergency response, testing of security equipment, reporting of security incidents and suspicious activity, and deterring, detecting and delaying potential attacks. DHS must approve all security vulnerability assessments and site security plans. We handle a number of chemicals regulated by DHS.

Other Regulations

We are subject to other foreign, federal, state and local regulations. For example, many of the products we repackage, blend and distribute are subject to Food and Drug Administration regulations governing the handling of chemicals used in food, food processing or pharmaceutical applications. Compliance with these regulations requires testing, additional policies, procedures and documentation and segregation of products. In addition, we are subject to a variety of state and local regulations, including those relating to the fire protection standards, and local licensing and permitting of various aspects of our operations and facilities.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims. Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of pending or future lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. See “Note 18: Commitments and Contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Asbestos Claims

In its 1986 purchase of McKesson Chemical Company from McKesson Corporation, or McKesson, our wholly owned subsidiary, Univar USA Inc., entered into an indemnification agreement with McKesson. Univar USA has an obligation to defend and indemnify McKesson for claims alleging injury from exposure to asbestos-containing products sold by McKesson Chemical Company, or the asbestos claims. Univar USA’s obligation to indemnify McKesson for settlements and judgments arising from asbestos claims is the amount which is in excess of applicable insurance coverage, if any, which may be available under McKesson’s historical insurance coverage. In addition, we are currently defending a small number of claims which name Univar USA as a defendant.

As of December 31, 2015, Univar USA has accepted the tender of, and is defending McKesson in, 11 pending separate-plaintiff claims in multi-plaintiff lawsuits filed in the State of Mississippi. These lawsuits have multiple plaintiffs, include a large number of defendants, and provide no specific information on the plaintiffs’ injuries and do not connect the plaintiffs’ injuries to any specific sources of asbestos. Additionally, the majority of the plaintiffs in these lawsuits have not put forth evidence that they have been seriously injured from exposure to asbestos. No new claims in Mississippi have been received since 2010. At the peak there were approximately 16,000 such claims pending against McKesson. To date, the costs for defending these cases have not been material, and the cases that have been finalized have either been dismissed or resolved with either minimal or no payments. Although we cannot predict the outcome of pending or future claims or lawsuits with

 

23


Table of Contents

certainty, we believe the future defense and liability costs for the Mississippi cases will not be material. Univar USA has not recorded a reserve related to these lawsuits, as it has determined that losses are neither probable nor estimable.

As of December 31, 2015, Univar USA was defending fewer than 185 single-plaintiff asbestos claims against McKesson (or Univar USA as a successor in interest to McKesson Chemical Company) pending in the states of Delaware, Florida, Illinois, Missouri, Ohio, Rhode Island, South Carolina and Texas. These cases differ from the Mississippi multi-plaintiff cases in that they are single-plaintiff cases with the plaintiff alleging substantial specific injuries from exposure to asbestos-containing products. These cases are similar to the Mississippi cases in that numerous defendants are named and that they provide little specific information connecting the plaintiffs’ injuries to any specific source of asbestos. Although we cannot predict the outcome of pending or future claims or lawsuits with certainty, we believe the liabilities for these cases will not be material. In 2015, there were 74 single-plaintiff lawsuits filed against McKesson and 49 cases against McKesson which were resolved. As of December 31, 2015, Univar USA had reserved $50,000 related to pending litigation.

Environmental Remediation

We are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that require environmental assessment or remediation efforts, or, collectively, environmental remediation work, at approximately 130 locations, some that are now or were previously owned or occupied by us and some that were never owned or occupied by us, or non-owned sites.

Our environmental remediation work at some sites is being conducted pursuant to governmental proceedings or investigations, while we, with appropriate state or federal agency oversight and approval, are conducting the environmental remediation work at other sites voluntarily. We are currently undergoing remediation efforts or are in the process of active review of the need for potential remediation efforts at approximately 103 current or formerly owned or occupied sites. In addition, we may be liable for a share of the clean-up of approximately 27 non-owned sites. These non-owned sites are typically (a) locations of independent waste disposal or recycling operations with alleged or confirmed contaminated soil and/or groundwater to which we may have shipped waste products or drums for re-conditioning, or (b) contaminated non-owned sites near historical sites owned or operated by us or our predecessors from which contamination is alleged to have arisen.

In determining the appropriate level of environmental reserves, we consider several factors such as information obtained from investigatory studies; changes in the scope of remediation; the interpretation, application and enforcement of laws and regulations; changes in the costs of remediation programs; the development of alternative cleanup technologies and methods; and the relative level of our involvement at various sites for which we are allegedly associated. The level of annual expenditures for remedial, monitoring and investigatory activities will change in the future as major components of planned remediation activities are completed and the scope, timing and costs of existing activities are changed. Project lives, and therefore cash flows, range from 2 to 30 years, depending on the specific site and type of remediation project.

Although we believe that our reserves are adequate for environmental contingencies, it is possible that additional reserves could be required in the future that could have a material effect on the overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows in a particular period. This additional loss or range of losses cannot be recorded at this time, as it is not reasonably estimable.

Other Environmental Matters

On December 9, 2014, Univar USA Inc. was issued a violation notice from the Pollution Control Services Department of Harris County, Texas, or PCS. The notice relates to claims that the Company’s facility on Luthe Road in Houston, Texas operated with inadequate air emissions controls and improperly discharged certain waste without authorization. On March 6, 2015, PCS notified Univar USA Inc. that the matter was forwarded to the

 

24


Table of Contents

Harris County District Attorney’s Office with a request for an enforcement action. No such action has commenced. The Company continues to investigate and evaluate the claims.

In April 2015, the Company’s subsidiary Magnablend Inc. (“Magnablend”) was advised that the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) was considering bringing an enforcement action against Magnablend. The matter relates to a January 26, 2015 incident at Magnablend’s Waxahachie, Texas facility at which a 300 gallon plastic container of sodium chlorite burst as a result of a chemical reaction. This matter has now been resolved by Magnablend making a payment of $37,500 to the EPA.

Competition Claims

At the end of May 2013, the Autorité de la concurrence, France’s competition authority, fined us $19.91 million (€15.18 million) for alleged price fixing. The price fixing was alleged to have occurred prior to 2006. We will not appeal the fine which was paid in full as of December 31, 2013.

Customs and International Trade Laws

In April 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice, or the DOJ, issued a civil investigative demand to us in connection with an investigation into our compliance with applicable customs and international trade laws and regulations relating to the importation of saccharin since December 27, 2002. At around the same time, we became aware of an investigation being conducted by U.S. Customs and Border Patrol, or CBP, into our importation of saccharin. On February 26, 2014, a Qui Tam relator who had sued us and two other defendants under seal dismissed its lawsuit. The federal government, through the DOJ, declined to intervene in that lawsuit in November 2013, and as a result, the DOJ’s inquiry related to the Qui Tam lawsuit is now finished. CBP continues its investigation on our importation of saccharin. On July 21, 2014, CBP sent us a “Pre-Penalty Notice” indicating the imposition of a penalty against us in the amount of approximately $84 million. We have responded to CBP that the proposed penalty is not justified and on October 1, 2014, the CBP issued a penalty notice to Univar USA Inc. for $84 million. We have not recorded a liability related to this investigation.

Canadian Assessment

In 2007, the outstanding shares of Univar N.V., at such time the ultimate parent of Univar, were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC. To facilitate the acquisition of Univar N.V. by CVC, a Canadian restructuring was completed. In February 2013, the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) issued a Notice of Assessment for withholding tax of $29.4 million (Canadian). We filed our Notice of Objection to the Assessment in April 2013 and our Notice of Appeal of the Assessment in July 2013. In November 2013, the CRA’s Reply to our Notice of Appeal was filed with the Tax Court of Canada and litigated in June 2015. We have not yet received the Tax Court of Canada’s decision on the matter.

In September 2014, the CRA issued the 2008 and 2009 Notice of Reassessments for federal corporate income tax liabilities of $11.9 million (Canadian) and $11.0 million (Canadian), respectively, and a departure tax liability of $9.0 million (Canadian). We filed our Notice of Objection to the Reassessments in September 2014. In April 2015 we received the 2008 and 2009 Alberta Notice of Reassessments of $6.0 million (Canadian) and $5.8 million (Canadian), respectively. We filed our Notice of Objection to the Alberta Reassessments in June 2015. The Reassessments reflect the additional tax liability and interest relating to those tax years should the CRA be successful in its assertion of the General Anti-Avoidance Rule relating to the Canadian restructuring described above. At December 31, 2015, the total federal and provincial tax liability assessed to date, including interest of $33.4 million (Canadian), is $106.5 million (Canadian). In August 2014, we remitted a required deposit on the February 2013 Notice of Assessment relating to our 2007 tax year by issuing a Letter of Credit in the amount of $44.7 million (Canadian). The Letter of Credit amount reflects the proposed assessment of $29.4 million (Canadian) and accrued interest, and will expire in August 2016.

 

25


Table of Contents

In February 2015, the CRA notified us that we will be required to remit a cash deposit of approximately $21.5 million (Canadian) in March 2015, representing one-half of the September 2014 Notice of Assessment tax liability relating to tax years 2008 and 2009, plus interest. In March 2015, we requested a judicial review of this additional cash deposit requirement at the Federal Court (Canada). The CRA subsequently advised that its decision was not final and requested that we withdraw our request for judicial review. We subsequently withdrew our request and provided the CRA with our submission to hold the collection of the assessments relating to tax years 2008 and 2009 in abeyance pending the outcome of the Tax Court of Canada’s decision on the General Anti-Avoidance Rule matter.

We have not recorded any liabilities for these matters in our financial statements, as we believe it is more likely than not that our position will be sustained.

Proprietary Rights

We rely primarily on trademarks, copyrights and trade secret laws to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our intellectual property including technology, creative works and products.

We currently own trademark registrations or pending applications in approximately 67 countries for the Univar name and in approximately 41 countries for the Univar hexagon logo. Each of the issued registrations is current and valid for the maximum available statutory duration and can be renewed prior to expiration of the relevant statutory period. We renew the registrations as they become due for both of these marks. We claim common law rights in the mark “Univar” and other Univar-owned trademarks in those jurisdictions that recognize trademark rights based on use without registration. Additionally, we currently own registrations and pending applications in the United States and various jurisdictions for numerous other trademarks that identify Univar as the source of products and services, including “ChemPoint.com”, “ChemCare”, and “PESTWEB”.

Employees

As of December 31, 2015, we employed more than 9,200 persons on a full time equivalent basis worldwide. Approximately 680 of our employees in the United States are represented by labor unions. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 25% of our labor force was covered by a collective bargaining agreement, including approximately 14% of our labor force in the United States, approximately 18% of our labor force in Canada and approximately 48% of our labor force in Europe, and approximately 3% of our labor force was covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year. We have experienced no recent material work stoppages. In addition, in several of our facilities located outside the United States, particularly those in Europe, employees are represented by works councils appointed pursuant to local law consisting of employee representatives who have certain rights to negotiate working terms and to receive notice of significant actions. These arrangements grant certain protections to employees and subject us to employment terms that are similar to collective bargaining agreements. We believe our relationship with our employees continues to be good.

 

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

We are affected by general economic conditions, particularly fluctuations in industrial production and consumption, and an economic downturn could adversely affect our operations and financial results.

We sell chemicals that are used in manufacturing processes and as components of or ingredients in other products and, as a result, our sales are correlated with and affected by fluctuations in the level of industrial production and manufacturing output and general economic activity. Producers of commodity and specialty chemicals, in particular, are likely to reduce their output in periods of significant contraction in industrial and consumer demand, while demand for the products we distribute depends largely on trends in demand in the end markets our customers serve. A majority of our sales are in North America and Europe and our business is therefore susceptible to downturns in those economies as well as, to a lesser extent, the economies in the rest of

 

26


Table of Contents

the world. Our profit margins, as well as overall demand for our products and services, could decline as a result of a large number of factors outside our control, including economic recessions, changes in industrial production processes or consumer preferences, changes in laws and regulations affecting the chemicals industry and the manner in which they are enforced, inflation, fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates and changes in the fiscal or monetary policies of governments in the regions in which we operate.

General economic conditions and macroeconomic trends, as well as the creditworthiness of our customers, could affect overall demand for chemicals. Any overall decline in the demand for chemicals could significantly reduce our sales and profitability. If the creditworthiness of our customers declines, we would face increased credit risk. In addition, volatility and disruption in financial markets could adversely affect our sales and results of operations by limiting our customers’ ability to obtain financing necessary to maintain or expand their own operations.

A historical feature of past economic weakness has been significant destocking of inventories, including inventories of chemicals used in industrial and manufacturing processes. It is possible that an improvement in our net sales in a particular period may be attributable in part to restocking of inventories by our customers and represent a level of sales or sales growth that will not be sustainable over the longer term. Further economic weakness could lead to insolvencies among our customers or producers, as well as among financial institutions that are counterparties on financial instruments or accounts that we hold. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Disruptions in the supply of chemicals we distribute or in the operations of our customers could adversely affect our business.

Our business depends on access to adequate supplies of the chemicals our customers purchase from us. From time to time, we may be unable to procure adequate quantities of certain chemicals because of supply disruptions due to natural disasters (including hurricanes and other extreme weather), industrial accidents, scheduled production outages, producer breaches of contract, high demand leading to difficulties allocating appropriate quantities, port closures and other transportation disruptions and other circumstances beyond our control, or we may be unable to purchase chemicals that we are obligated to deliver to our customers at prices that enable us to earn a profit. In addition, unpredictable events may have a significant impact on the industries in which many of our customers operate, reducing demand for products that we normally distribute in significant volumes. As examples, the Gulf of Mexico oil disaster in 2010 had a major impact on our customers that manufactured and operated offshore drilling equipment and recent impacts on supply sources for hydrochloric acid have impacted our ability to meet all of our customers’ demands for this product. Significant disruptions of supply and in customer industries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Significant changes in the business strategies of producers could also disrupt our supply. Large chemical manufacturers may elect to sell certain products (or products in certain regions) directly to customers, instead of relying on distributors such as us. While we do not believe that our results depend materially on access to any individual producer’s products, a reversal of the trend toward more active use of distributors would likely result in increasing margin pressure or products becoming unavailable to us. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

To the extent we have contracts with producers and our customers, they are generally short term or terminable upon short notice or at will, and termination of our relationships with producers and customers could negatively affect our business.

Our purchases and sales of chemicals are typically made pursuant to purchase orders rather than long-term contracts. While some of our relationships for the distribution and sale of specialty chemicals have exclusivity or preference provisions, we may be unable to enforce these provisions effectively for legal or business reasons.

 

27


Table of Contents

Many of our contracts with both producers and our customers are terminable without cause upon 30 days’ or less notice to us from the producer or customer. Our business relationships and reputation may suffer if we are unable to meet our delivery obligations to our customers which may occur because many producers are not subject to contracts or can terminate contracts on short notice. In addition, renegotiation of purchase or sales terms to our disadvantage could reduce our sales margins. Any of these developments could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The prices and costs of the products we purchase may be subject to large and significant price increases. We might not be able to pass such cost increases through to our customers. We could experience financial losses if our inventories of one or more chemicals exceed our sales and the price of those chemicals decreases significantly while in our inventories or if our inventories fall short of our sales and the purchase price of those chemicals increases significantly.

We purchase and sell a wide variety of chemicals, the price and availability of which may fluctuate, and may be subject to large and significant price increases. Many of our contracts with producers include chemical prices that are not fixed or are tied to an index, which allows our producers to change the prices of the chemicals we purchase as the price of the chemicals fluctuates in the market. Our business is exposed to these fluctuations, as well as to fluctuations in our costs for transportation and distribution due to rising fuel prices or increases in charges from common carriers, rail companies and other third party transportation providers, as well as other factors. Recently, we have faced increases in transportation costs as the availability of trucks and drivers has tightened among the common carriers we use to ship products. Changes in chemical prices affect our net sales and cost of goods sold, as well as our working capital requirements, levels of debt and financing costs. We might not always be able to reflect increases in our chemical costs, transportation costs and other costs in our own pricing. Any inability to pass cost increases onto customers may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In order to meet customer demand, we typically maintain significant inventories and are therefore subject to a number of risks associated with our inventory levels, including the following:

 

    declines in the prices of chemicals that are held by us;

 

    the need to maintain a significant inventory of chemicals that may be in limited supply and therefore difficult to procure;

 

    buying chemicals in bulk for the best pricing and thereby holding excess inventory;

 

    responding to the unpredictable demand for chemicals;

 

    cancellation of customer orders; and

 

    responding to customer requests for quick delivery.

In order to manage our inventories successfully, we must estimate demand from our customers and purchase chemicals that substantially correspond to that demand. If we overestimate demand and purchase too much of a particular chemical, we face a risk that the price of that chemical will fall, leaving us with inventory that we cannot sell profitably. In addition, we may have to write down such inventory if we are unable to sell it for its recorded value. If we underestimate demand and purchase insufficient quantities of a particular chemical and prices of that chemical rise, we could be forced to purchase that chemical at a higher price and forego profitability in order to meet customer demand. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer a material adverse effect if either or both of these situations occur frequently or in large volumes. Shortages in the hydrochloric acid supply sources in recent months demonstrate this risk and as a result we have been unable to meet all of our customers’ demands. We also face the risk of dissatisfied customers and damage to our reputation if we cannot meet customer demand for a particular chemical because we are short on inventories.

 

28


Table of Contents

We could lose our customers and suffer damage to our reputation if we are unable to meet customer demand for a particular product.

In addition, particularly in cases of pronounced cyclicality in our end markets, it can be difficult to anticipate our customers’ requirements for particular chemicals, and we could be asked to deliver larger-than-expected quantities of a particular chemical on short notice. If for any reason we experience widespread, systemic difficulties in filling customer orders, our customers may be dissatisfied and discontinue their relationship with us or we may be required to pay a higher price in order to obtain the needed chemical on short notice, thereby adversely affecting our margins.

Trends in oil, gas and mineral prices could adversely affect the level of exploration, development and production activity of certain of our customers and in turn the demand for our products and services.

Demand for our oil, gas and mining products and services is sensitive to the level of exploration, drilling, development and production activity of, and the corresponding capital spending by, oil, gas and mining companies and oilfield service providers. The level of exploration, drilling, development and production activity is directly affected by trends in oil, gas and mineral prices, which historically have been volatile and are likely to continue to be volatile. Many factors may affect these prices, including global market conditions, political conditions and weather. The unpredictability of these factors prevents any reasonable forecast on the movements of such prices.

Recently, there has been a significant decline in the prices of oil and gas. This, or any other reduction in oil and gas prices, could depress the immediate levels of exploration, drilling, development and production activity by certain of our customers. Even the perception of longer-term lower oil and gas prices by certain of our customers could similarly reduce or delay major expenditures by these customers given the long-term nature of many large-scale development projects. If any of these events were to occur, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our balance sheet includes significant goodwill and intangible assets, the impairment of which could affect our future operating results.

We carry significant goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet. As of December 31, 2015, our goodwill and intangible assets totaled approximately $1.7 billion and $0.5 billion, respectively, including approximately $1.2 billion in goodwill resulting from our 2007 acquisition by investment funds advised by CVC. We may also recognize additional goodwill and intangible assets in connection with future business acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized for book purposes and is tested for impairment using a fair value based approach annually, or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit has more likely than not declined below its carrying value. The identification and measurement of impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of reporting units, which requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions by management. The estimates of fair value of reporting units are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment and incorporate management assumptions about expected future cash flows and contemplate other valuation techniques. Our estimates of future cash flows may differ from actual cash flows that are subsequently realized due to many factors, including future worldwide economic conditions and the expected benefits of our initiatives, among other things. Intangible assets are amortized for book purposes over their respective useful lives and are tested for impairment if any event occurs or circumstances change that indicates that carrying value may not be recoverable. Although we currently do not expect that our goodwill and intangible assets will be further impaired, we cannot guarantee that a material impairment will not occur, particularly in the event of a substantial deterioration in our future prospects either in total or in a particular reporting unit. See “Note 12: Goodwill and intangible assets” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of our 2015 impairment review. In the past, we have taken goodwill impairment charges, including impairment charges of $169.4 million and $75.0 million, respectively, for our EMEA segment in 2011 and 2012, and impairment charges of $73.3 million for our Rest of World

 

29


Table of Contents

segment in 2013. If our goodwill and intangible assets become impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have in the past and may in the future make acquisitions, ventures and strategic investments, some of which may be significant in size and scope, which have involved in the past and will likely involve in the future numerous risks. We may not be able to address these risks without substantial expense, delay or other operational or financial problems.

We have made and may in the future make acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses or companies (including strategic partnerships with other companies). Acquisitions or investments have involved in the past and will likely involve in the future various risks, such as:

 

    integrating the operations and personnel of any acquired business;

 

    the potential disruption of our ongoing business, including the diversion of management attention;

 

    the possible inability to obtain the desired financial and strategic benefits from the acquisition or investment;

 

    customer attrition arising from preferences to maintain redundant sources of supply;

 

    supplier attrition arising from overlapping or competitive products;

 

    assumption of contingent or unanticipated liabilities or regulatory liabilities;

 

    dependence on the retention and performance of existing management and work force of acquired businesses for the future performance of these businesses;

 

    regulatory risks associated with acquired businesses (including the risk that we may be required for regulatory reasons to dispose of a portion of our existing or acquired businesses); and

 

    the risks inherent in entering geographic or product markets in which we have limited prior experience.

Future acquisitions and investments may need to be financed in part through additional financing from banks, through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities or through other arrangements, and could result in substantial cash expenditures. The necessary acquisition financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms if and when required, particularly because our current high leverage may make it difficult or impossible for us to secure additional financing for acquisitions.

To the extent that we make acquisitions that result in our recording significant goodwill or other intangible assets, the requirement to review goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment periodically may result in impairments that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with acquisitions, ventures or divestitures, we may become subject to liabilities.

In connection with any acquisitions or ventures, we may acquire liabilities or defects such as legal claims, including but not limited to third party liability and other tort claims; claims for breach of contract; employment-related claims; environmental liabilities, conditions or damage; permitting, regulatory or other compliance with law issues; hazardous materials or liability for hazardous materials; or tax liabilities. If we acquire any of these liabilities, and they are not adequately covered by insurance or an enforceable indemnity or similar agreement from a creditworthy counterparty, we may be responsible for significant out-of-pocket expenditures. In connection with any divestitures, we may incur liabilities for breaches of representations and warranties or failure to comply with operating covenants under any agreement for a divestiture. In addition, we may indemnify a counterparty in a divestiture for certain liabilities of the subsidiary or operations subject to the divestiture transaction. These liabilities, if they materialize, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

We generate a significant portion of our net sales internationally and intend to continue to expand our international operations. We face particular challenges in emerging markets. Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our international operations effectively or as a result of various risks related to our international activities that are beyond our control.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 40% of our net sales were generated outside of the United States. We intend to continue to expand our penetration in certain foreign markets and to enter new and emerging foreign markets. Expansion of our international business will require significant management attention and resources. The profitability of our international operations will largely depend on our continued success in the following areas:

 

    securing key producer relationships to help establish our presence in international markets;

 

    hiring and training personnel capable of supporting producers and our customers and managing operations in foreign countries;

 

    localizing our business processes to meet the specific needs and preferences of foreign producers and customers, which may differ in certain respects from our experience in North America and Europe;

 

    building our reputation and awareness of our services among foreign producers and customers; and

 

    implementing new financial, management information and operational systems, procedures and controls to monitor our operations in new markets effectively, without causing undue disruptions to our operations and customer and producer relationships.

In addition, we are subject to risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including:

 

    varying and often unclear legal and regulatory requirements that may be subject to inconsistent or disparate enforcement, particularly regarding environmental, health and safety issues and security or other certification requirements, as well as other laws and business practices that favor local competitors, such as exposure to possible expropriation, nationalization, restrictions on investments by foreign companies or other governmental actions;

 

    less stable supply sources;

 

    competition from existing market participants that may have a longer history in and greater familiarity with the foreign markets where we operate;

 

    tariffs, export duties, quotas and other barriers to trade; as well as possible limitations on the conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars or remittance of dividends and other payments by our foreign subsidiaries;

 

    divergent labor regulations and cultural expectations regarding employment;

 

    different cultural expectations regarding industrialization, international business and business relationships;

 

    foreign taxes and related regulations, including foreign taxes that we may not be able to offset against taxes imposed upon us in the United States, and foreign tax and other laws limiting our ability to repatriate earnings to the United States;

 

    extended payment terms and challenges in our ability to collect accounts receivable;

 

    changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

 

    compliance with anti-bribery laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions, the violation of which could expose us to severe criminal or civil sanctions;

 

31


Table of Contents
    compliance with anti-boycott, privacy, economic sanctions, anti-dumping, antitrust, import and export laws and regulations by our employees or intermediaries acting on our behalf, the violation of which could expose us to significant fines, penalties or other sanctions; and

 

    in 2013, we paid a fine of $19.9 million imposed by the Autorité de la concurrence, France’s competition authority, for alleged price fixing prior to 2006.

If we fail to address the challenges and risks associated with international expansion, we may encounter difficulties implementing our strategy, thereby impeding our growth and harming our operating results.

Our operations in the Asia-Pacific region, Latin America and the Middle East and Africa are at an early stage. It may prove difficult to achieve our goals and take advantage of growth and acquisition opportunities in these or in other emerging markets due to a lack of comprehensive market knowledge and network and legal restrictions. Our growth in emerging markets may also be limited by other factors such as significant government influence over local economies, foreign investment restrictions, substantial fluctuations in economic growth, high levels of inflation and volatility in currency values, exchange controls or restrictions on expatriation of earnings, high domestic interest rates, wage and price controls, changes in governmental economic or tax policies, imposition of trade barriers, unexpected changes in regulation and overall political social and economic instability. In addition, the heightened exposure to terrorist attacks or acts of war or civil unrest in certain geographies, if they occur, could result in damage to our facilities, substantial financial losses or injuries to our personnel.

Although we exercise what we believe to be an appropriate level of central control and active supervision of our operations around the world, our local subsidiaries retain significant operational flexibility. There is a risk that our operations around the world will experience problems that could damage our reputation, or that could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to effectively implement our strategies or achieve our business goals.

The breadth and scope of our business poses several challenges, such as:

 

    initiating or maintaining effective communication among and across all of our geographic business segments and industry groups;

 

    identifying new products and product lines and integrating them into our distribution network;

 

    allocating financial and other resources efficiently across all of our business segments and industry groups;

 

    aligning organizational structure with management’s vision and direction;

 

    communicating ownership and accounting over business activities and ensuring responsibilities are properly understood throughout the organization;

 

    ensuring cultural and organizational changes are executed smoothly and efficiently and ensuring personnel resources are properly allocated to effect these changes; and

 

    establishing standardized processes across geographic business segments and industry groups.

As a result of these and other factors such as these, we may be unable to effectively implement our strategies or achieve our business goals. Any failure to effectively implement our strategies may adversely impact our future prospects and our results of operations and financial condition.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations.

We sell products in over 150 countries and we generated approximately 40% of our 2015 net sales outside the United States. The revenues we receive from such foreign sales are often denominated in currencies other

 

32


Table of Contents

than the U.S. dollar. We do not hedge our foreign currency exposure with respect to our investment in and earnings from our foreign businesses. Accordingly, we might suffer considerable losses if there is a significant adverse movement in exchange rates. For example, in 2015 the U.S. dollar appreciated in value compared to both the Canadian dollar and the euro. The results of operations in our Canada and EMEA segments were negatively impacted due to this appreciation. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

In addition, we report our consolidated results in U.S. dollars. The results of operations and the financial position of our local operations are generally reported in the relevant local currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements, exposing us to currency translation risk. Consequently, any change in exchange rates between our foreign subsidiaries’ functional currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect our consolidated income statement and balance sheet when the results of those operating companies are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. Decreases in the value of our foreign subsidiaries’ functional currencies against the U.S. dollar will tend to reduce those operating companies’ contributions in dollar terms to our financial condition and results of operations. In 2015, our most significant currency exposures were to the euro, the Canadian dollar and the British pound sterling versus the U.S. dollar. The exchange rates between these and other foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar may fluctuate substantially and such fluctuations have had a significant effect on our results in recent periods. For additional details on our currency exposure and risk management practices, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in Item 7A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive.

The chemical distribution market is highly competitive. Chemicals can be purchased from a variety of sources, including traders, brokers, wholesalers and other distributors, as well as directly from producers. Many of the products we distribute are made to industry standard specifications, and are essentially fungible with products offered by our competition. The competitive pressure we face is particularly strong in sectors and markets where local competitors have strong positions. Increased competition from distributors of products similar to or competitive with ours could result in price reductions, reduced margins and a loss of market share.

We expect to continue to experience significant and increasing levels of competition in the future. We must also compete with smaller companies that have been able to develop strong local or regional customer bases. In certain countries, some of our competitors are more established, benefit from greater name recognition and have greater resources within those countries than we do.

Consolidation of our competitors in the markets in which we operate could place us at a competitive disadvantage and reduce our profitability.

We operate in an industry which is highly fragmented on a global scale, but in which there has been a trend toward consolidation in recent years. Consolidations of our competitors may jeopardize the strength of our positions in one or more of the markets in which we operate and any advantages we currently enjoy due to the comparative scale of our operations. Losing some of those advantages could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our growth potential.

We rely on our computer and data processing systems, and a large-scale malfunction could disrupt our business or create potential liabilities.

Our ability to keep our business operating effectively depends on the functional and efficient operation of our enterprise resource planning, telecommunications systems, inventory tracking, billing and other information systems and related records and information management policies. We rely on these systems to track transactions, billings, payments and inventory, as well as to make a variety of day-to-day business decisions. Our systems are aging and susceptible to malfunctions, lack of support, interruptions (including due to equipment

 

33


Table of Contents

damage, power outages, computer viruses and a range of other hardware, software and network problems) and we may experience such malfunctions, interruptions or security breaches in the future. Our systems may also be older generations of software which are unable to perform as efficiently as, and fail to communicate well with, newer systems. As the development and implementation of our information technology systems continue, we may elect to modify, replace or discontinue certain technology initiatives, which would result in write-downs. For example, in 2013 we discontinued efforts to implement a global enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system. We recorded an impairment charge of $58.0 million in 2013 relating to this decision.

Although our systems are diversified, including multiple server locations and a range of software applications for different regions and functions, a significant or large-scale malfunction, interruption or security breach of our computer or data processing systems could adversely affect our ability to manage and keep our operations running efficiently and damage our reputation if we are unable to track transactions and receive products from producers or deliver products to our customers. A malfunction that results in a wider or sustained disruption to our business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on the ability of management to align and optimize technology to implement business strategies. A security breach might also lead to potential claims from third parties or employees.

Further, a failure to comply with our records and information management and retention policies could lead to potential claims, liabilities or exposures.

Our business could be negatively affected by security threats, including cybersecurity threats, and other disruptions.

We face various security threats, including cybersecurity threats to gain unauthorized access to sensitive information or to render data or systems unusable, threats to the security of our facilities, and threats from terrorist acts. The potential for such security threats subjects our operations to increased risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business. In particular, our implementation of various procedures and controls to monitor and mitigate security threats and to increase security for our information, facilities and infrastructure may result in increased capital and operating costs. Moreover, there can be no assurance that such procedures and controls will be sufficient to prevent security breaches from occurring. If any of these security breaches were to occur, they could lead to losses of sensitive information, critical infrastructure or capabilities essential to our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Cybersecurity attacks in particular are becoming more sophisticated and include, but are not limited to, malicious software, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data (either directly or through our vendors), and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in critical systems, unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information, and corruption of data. In addition, if any information about our customers and producers retained by us were the subject of a successful cybersecurity attack against us, we could be subject to litigation or other claims by the affected customers and producers. These events could damage our reputation and lead to financial losses from expenses related to remediation actions, loss of business or potential liability.

We depend on transportation assets, some of which we do not own, in order to deliver products to our customers.

Although we maintain a significant portfolio of owned and leased transportation assets, including trucks, trailers, railcars and barges, we also rely on transportation and warehousing provided by third parties (including common carriers and rail companies) to deliver products to our customers, particularly outside the U.S. and Canada. Our access to third party transportation is not guaranteed, and we may be unable to transport chemicals at economically attractive rates in certain circumstances, particularly in cases of adverse market conditions or disruptions to transportation infrastructure. We are also subject to increased costs that we may not always be able to recover from our customers, including rising fuel prices, as well as increases in the charges imposed by common carriers, leasing companies and other third parties involved in transportation. In particular, our

 

34


Table of Contents

U.S. operations rely to a significant extent on rail shipments, and we are therefore required to pay rail companies’ network access fees, which have increased significantly in recent years, while bulk shipping rates have also recently been highly volatile. We have recently incurred such increased costs as the availability of trucks and drivers has tightened among the common carriers we use to transport our products. We are also subject to the risks normally associated with product delivery, including inclement weather, disruptions in the transportation infrastructure, disruptions in our lease arrangements and the availability of fuel, as well as liabilities arising from accidents to the extent we are not adequately covered by insurance or misdelivery of products. Our business activities in the Gulf of Mexico, for example, have been impacted in recent years by hurricanes. Our failure to deliver products in a timely and accurate manner could harm our reputation and brand, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business exposes us to significant risks associated with hazardous materials and related activities, not all of which are covered by insurance.

Because we are engaged in the blending, managing, handling, storing, selling, transporting and disposing of chemicals, chemical waste products and other hazardous materials, product liability, health impacts, fire damage, safety and environmental risks are significant concerns for us. We maintain substantial reserves, as described below in “—We are subject to extensive general and product-specific environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Compliance with and changes to these environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the investigation and remediation of contamination, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations,” relating to remediation activities at our owned sites and third party sites which are subject to federal and state clean-up requirements. We are also subject in the United States to federal legislation enforced by OSHA as well as to state safety and health laws. We are also exposed to present and future chemical exposure claims by employees, contractors on our premises, other persons located nearby, as well as related workers’ compensation claims. We carry insurance to protect us against many accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and we maintain environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage in accordance with our assessment of the risks involved, the ability to bear those risks and the cost and availability of insurance. Each of these insurance policies is subject to exclusions, deductibles and coverage limits we believe are generally in accordance with industry standards and practices. We do not insure against all risks and may not be able to insure adequately against certain risks (whether relating to our or a third party’s activities or other matters) and may not have insurance coverage that will pay any particular claim. We also may be unable to obtain at commercially reasonable rates in the future adequate insurance coverage for the risks we currently insure against, and certain risks are or could become completely uninsurable or eligible for coverage only to a reduced extent. In particular, more stringent environmental, health or safety regulations may increase our costs for, or impact the availability of, insurance against accident-related risks and the risks of environmental damage or pollution. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially impaired by accidents and other environmental risks that substantially reduce our revenues, increase our costs or subject us to other liabilities in excess of available insurance.

Accidents, safety failures, environmental damage, product quality issues, major or systemic delivery failures involving our distribution network or the products we carry, or adverse health effects or other harm related to hazardous materials we blend, manage, handle, store, sell, transport or dispose of could damage our reputation and result in substantial damages or remedial obligations.

Our business depends to a significant extent on our customers’ and producers’ trust in our reputation for reliability, quality, safety and environmental responsibility. Actual or alleged instances of safety deficiencies, mistaken or incorrect deliveries, inferior product quality, exposure to hazardous materials resulting in illness, injury or other harm to persons, property or natural resources, or of damage caused by us or our products, could damage our reputation and lead to customers and producers curtailing the volume of business they do with us. Also, there may be safety, personal injury or other environmental risks related to our products which are not known today. Any of these events, outcomes or allegations could also subject us to substantial legal claims, and

 

35


Table of Contents

we could incur substantial expenses, including legal fees and other costs, in defending such legal claims which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

Actual or alleged accidents or other incidents at our facilities or that otherwise involve our personnel or operations could also subject us to claims for damages by third parties. Because many of the chemicals that we handle are dangerous, we are subject to the ongoing risk of hazards, including leaks, spills, releases, explosions and fires, which may cause property damage, illness, physical injury or death. We sell products used in hydraulic fracturing, a process that involves injecting water, sand and chemicals into subsurface rock formations to release and capture oil and natural gas. The use of such hydraulic fracturing fluids by our customers may result in releases that could impact the environment and third parties. Several of our distribution facilities, including our Los Angeles facility, one of our largest, are located near high-density population centers. If any such events occur, whether through our own fault, through preexisting conditions at our facilities, through the fault of a third party or through a natural disaster, terrorist incident or other event outside our control, our reputation could be damaged significantly. We could also become responsible, as a result of environmental or other laws or by court order, for substantial monetary damages or expensive investigative or remedial obligations related to such events, including but not limited to those resulting from third party lawsuits or environmental investigation and clean-up obligations on and off-site. The amount of any costs, including fines, damages and/or investigative and remedial obligations, that we may become obligated to pay under such circumstances could substantially exceed any insurance we have to cover such losses.

Any of these risks, if they materialize, could significantly harm our reputation, expose us to substantial liabilities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Evolving environmental laws and regulations on hydraulic fracturing and other oil and gas production activities could have an impact on our financial performance.

Hydraulic fracturing is a common practice that is used to stimulate production of crude oil and/or natural gas from dense subsurface rock formations, and is primarily presently regulated by state agencies. Many states have adopted laws and/or regulations that require disclosure of the chemicals used in hydraulic fracturing, and are considering legal requirements that could impose more stringent permitting, disclosure and well construction requirements on oil and/or natural gas drilling activities as well as regulations relating to waste streams from such activities. The EPA is also moving forward with various related regulatory actions, including regulations requiring, among other matters, “green completions” of hydraulically-fractured wells. Similarly, existing and new regulations in the United States and elsewhere relating to oil and gas production could impact the sale of some of our products into these markets.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims and recalls, which could adversely affect our financial condition and performance.

The repackaging, blending, mixing, manufacture, sale and distribution of chemical products by us, including products used in hydraulic fracturing operations and products produced with food ingredients or with pharmaceutical and nutritional supplement applications, involve an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims, product recalls, product seizures and related adverse publicity, including, without limitation, claims for exposure to our products, spills or escape of our products, personal injuries, food related claims and property damage or environmental claims. A product liability claim, judgment or recall against our customers could also result in substantial and unexpected expenditures for us, affect consumer confidence in our products and divert management’s attention from other responsibilities. Although we maintain product liability insurance, there can be no assurance that the type or level of coverage is adequate or that we will be able to continue to maintain our existing insurance or obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all. A product recall or a partially or completely uninsured judgment against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

36


Table of Contents

We are subject to extensive general and product-specific environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Compliance with and changes to these environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the investigation and remediation of contamination, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations .

Because we blend, manage, handle, store, sell, transport and arrange for the disposal of chemicals, hazardous materials and hazardous waste, we are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in multiple jurisdictions. These include laws and regulations governing our management, storage, transportation and disposal of chemicals; product regulation; air, water and soil contamination; and the investigation and cleanup of contaminated sites, including any spills or releases that may result from our management, handling, storage, sale, transportation of chemicals and other products. We hold a number of environmental permits and licenses. Compliance with these laws, regulations, permits and licenses requires that we expend significant amounts for ongoing compliance, investigation and remediation. If we fail to comply with such laws, regulations, permits or licenses we may be subject to fines and other civil, administrative or criminal sanctions, including the revocation of permits and licenses necessary to continue our business activities.

Previous operations, including those of acquired companies, have resulted in contamination at a number of current and former sites, which must be investigated and remediated. We are currently investigating and/or remediating contamination, or contributing to cleanup costs, at approximately 130 currently or formerly owned, operated or used sites or other sites impacted by our operations. We have spent substantial sums on such investigation and remediation and we expect to continue to incur such expenditures in the future. Based on current estimates, we believe that these ongoing investigation and remediation costs will not materially affect our business. There is no guarantee, however, that our estimates will be accurate, that new contamination will not be discovered or that new environmental laws or regulations will not require us to incur additional costs. Any such inaccuracies, discoveries or new laws or regulations, or the interpretation of existing laws and regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As of December 31, 2015, we reserved approximately $113.2 million for probable and reasonably estimable losses associated with remediation at currently or formerly owned, operated or used sites or other sites impacted by our operations. We may incur losses in connection with investigation and remediation obligations that exceed our environmental reserve. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates—Environmental Liabilities” in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. We also may incur substantial costs, including fines, damages, criminal or civil sanctions and investigation and remediation costs, or experience interruptions in our operations, for violations under environmental, health and safety laws or permit requirements.

We could be held liable for the costs to investigate, remediate or otherwise address contamination at any real property we have ever owned, leased, operated or used or other sites impacted by our operations. Some environmental laws could impose on us the entire cost of cleanup of contamination present at a site even though we did not cause all of the contamination. These laws often identify parties who can be strictly and jointly and severally liable for remediation. The discovery of previously unknown contamination at current or former sites or the imposition of other environmental liabilities or obligations in the future, including additional investigation or remediation obligations with respect to contamination that has impacted other properties, could lead to additional costs or the need for additional reserves that have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may be required to pay damages or civil judgments related to third party claims, including those relating to personal injury (including exposure to hazardous materials or chemicals we blend, handle, store, sell, transport or dispose of), product quality issues, property damage or contribution to remedial obligations.

We have been identified as potentially responsible parties, or Potentially Responsible Parties, at various third party sites at which we have arranged for the disposal of our hazardous wastes. We may be identified as a Potentially Responsible Party at additional sites beyond those for which we currently have financial obligations. Such developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of

 

37


Table of Contents

operations. See “Business—Regulatory Matters—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Certain agreements to which we are a party contain contractual provisions pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify other parties for contamination at certain real property. We have been, and may in the future be, subject to environmental indemnity claims asserted by other parties with respect to contamination at sites we have ever owned, leased, operated or used. We could incur significant costs in addressing existing and future environmental indemnification claims.

Societal concerns regarding the safety of chemicals in commerce and their potential impact on the environment have resulted in a growing trend towards increasing levels of product safety and environmental protection regulations. These concerns have led to, and could continue to result in, stringent regulatory intervention by governmental authorities. In addition, these concerns could influence public perceptions, impact the commercial viability of the products we sell and increase the costs to comply with increasingly complex regulations, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additional findings by government agencies that chemicals pose significant environmental, health or safety risks may lead to their prohibition in some or all of the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations vary significantly from country to country and change frequently. Future changes in laws and regulations, or the interpretation of existing laws and regulations, could have an adverse effect on us by adding restrictions, reducing our ability to do business, increasing our costs of doing business or reducing our profitability or reducing the demand for our products. See “Business—Regulatory Matters—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Current and future laws and regulations addressing greenhouse gas emissions enacted in the United States, Europe and other jurisdictions around the world could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation. Increased energy costs due to such laws and regulations, emissions associated with our customers’ products or development of alternative products having lower emissions of greenhouse gases and other pollutants could materially affect demand for our customers’ products and indirectly affect our business. Changes in and introductions of regulations have in the past caused us to devote significant management and capital resources to compliance programs and measures, and future regulations applicable to us would likely further increase these compliance costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is subject to additional general regulatory requirements and tax requirements which increase our cost of doing business, could result in regulatory, unclaimed property or tax claims, and could restrict our business in the future.

Our general business operations are subject to a broad spectrum of general regulatory requirements, including antitrust regulations, food and drug regulations, human resources regulations, tax regulations, unclaimed property, banking and treasury regulations, among others. These regulations add cost to our conduct of business and could, in some instances, result in claims or enforcement actions or could reduce our ability to pursue business opportunities. Future changes could result in additional costs and restrictions to our business activities. In 2013, we paid a fine imposed by the Autorité de la concurrence, France’s competition authority, for alleged price fixing prior to 2006. We are currently undergoing a multi-state unclaimed property audit, the timing and outcome of which cannot be predicted; we will incur significant professional fees in connection with the audit and if we are found not to be in compliance the auditing states may seek significant remittances and other penalties and interest.

 

38


Table of Contents

We may not be able to repatriate our cash and undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions without incurring additional tax liabilities.

As of December 31, 2015, we had $188.1 million of cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet, $180.7 million of which was cash and cash equivalents held in foreign jurisdictions, most notably in Canada. Except as required under U.S. tax laws, we do not provide for U.S. taxes on approximately $583.3 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that have not been previously taxed, as we expect to invest such undistributed earnings indefinitely outside of the United States. We may not be able to repatriate cash and cash equivalents or undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions without incurring additional tax liabilities and higher effective tax rates. Accordingly, our cash and cash equivalents or undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions may effectively be trapped in such foreign jurisdictions unless we are willing to incur additional tax liabilities. In addition, there have been proposals to change U.S. tax laws that would significantly affect how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings. Although we cannot predict whether or in what form this proposed legislation may pass, if enacted it could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense and cash flow.

We are subject to asbestos claims.

In connection with our purchase of McKesson Chemical Company in 1986, our wholly-owned subsidiary Univar USA Inc. is obligated to indemnify McKesson for claims alleging injury from exposure to asbestos-containing products by McKesson Chemical Company. As of December 31, 2015, we are defending lawsuits by more than one hundred plaintiffs claiming asbestos related injuries, including a small number of which name us as a defendant. See “Business—Legal Proceedings—Asbestos Claims” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As of December 31, 2015, Univar USA has not recorded a liability related to the pending litigation as any potential loss is neither probable nor estimable. Although our costs of defense to date have not been material, we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits, which, if determined adversely to us, may result in liability that would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if the number of asbestos claims for which we are obligated to indemnify McKesson, or the number of asbestos claims naming us, were to increase substantially, particularly if the increase were associated with a significant increase in the average cost per lawsuit, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our business is subject to many operational risks for which we might not be adequately insured.

We are exposed to risks including, but not limited to, accidents, contamination and environmental damage, safety claims, natural disasters, terrorism, acts of war and civil unrest and other events that could potentially interrupt our business operations and/or result in significant costs. Although we attempt to cover these risks with insurance to the extent that we consider appropriate, we may incur losses that are not covered by insurance or exceed the maximum amounts covered by our insurance policies. Damage to a major facility, whether or not insured, could impair our ability to operate our business in a geographic region and cause loss of business and related expenses. From time to time, insurance for chemical risks have not been available on commercially acceptable terms or, in some cases, not available at all. In the future we may not be able to maintain our current coverages. In addition, premiums, which have increased significantly in the last several years, may continue to increase in the future. Increased insurance premiums or our incurrence of significant uncovered losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have incurred environmental risks and losses, often from our historic activities, for which we have no available or remaining insurance.

We are exposed to ongoing litigation and other legal and regulatory actions and risks in the ordinary course of our business, and we could incur significant liabilities and substantial legal fees.

We are subject to the risk of litigation, other legal claims and proceedings, and regulatory enforcement actions in the ordinary course of our business. Also, there may be safety or personal injury risks related to our

 

39


Table of Contents

products which are not known today. The results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. We cannot guarantee that the results of current or future legal proceedings against McKesson and a few claims asserted directly against Univar USA Inc. will not materially harm our business, reputation or brand, nor can we guarantee that we will not incur losses in connection with current or future legal proceedings that exceed any provisions we may have set aside in respect of such proceedings or that exceed any applicable insurance coverage. We also cannot guarantee that any tax assessment previously made against us by the Canada Revenue Agency will not result in a material tax liability or that the issues raised by Customs and Border Patrol will not result in a material liability. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See “Business—Legal Proceedings” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Many of the products we sell have “long-tail” exposures, giving rise to liabilities many years after their sale and use. Insurance purchased at the time of sale may not be available when costs arise in the future and producers may no longer be available to provide indemnification.

We require significant working capital, and we expect our working capital needs to increase in the future, which could result in having lower cash available for, among other things, capital expenditures and acquisition financing.

We require significant working capital to purchase chemicals from chemical producers and distributors and sell those chemicals efficiently and profitably to our customers. Our working capital needs also increase at certain times of the year, as our customers’ requirements for chemicals increase. For example, our customers in the agricultural sector require significant deliveries of chemicals within a growing season that can be very short and depend on weather patterns in a given year. We need inventory on hand to have product available to ensure timely delivery to our customers. If our working capital requirements increase and we are unable to finance our working capital on terms and conditions acceptable to us, we may not be able to obtain chemicals to respond to customer demand, which could result in a loss of sales.

In addition, the amount of working capital we require to run our business is expected to increase in the future due to expansions in our business activities. If our working capital needs increase, the amount of free cash we have at our disposal to devote to other uses will decrease. A decrease in free cash could, among other things, limit our flexibility, including our ability to make capital expenditures and to acquire suitable acquisition targets that we have identified. If increases in our working capital occur and have the effect of decreasing our free cash, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a history of net losses and may not sustain profitability in the future.

Although we achieved profitability in 2015, we may not be able to sustain or increase such profitability. We have incurred net losses in four of the last five fiscal years, including net losses of $82.3 million and $20.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Growth of our revenues may slow or revenues may decline for a number of possible reasons, including slowing demand for our products and services, increasing competition or decreasing growth of our overall market. Our cost of goods sold could increase for a number of possible reasons, including increases in chemical prices and increases in chemical handling expenses due to regulatory action or litigation. In addition, our ability to generate profits could be impacted by our substantial indebtedness and the related interest expense. The interest payments on our indebtedness have exceeded operating income in four of our last five fiscal years. All of these factors could contribute to further net losses and, if we are unable to meet these risks and challenges as we encounter them, our business may suffer.

We depend on a limited number of key personnel who would be difficult to replace. If we lose the services of these individuals, or are unable to attract new talent, our business will be adversely affected.

We depend upon the ability and experience of a number of our executive management and other key personnel who have substantial experience with our operations, the chemicals and chemical distribution

 

40


Table of Contents

industries and the selected markets in which we operate. The loss of the services of one or a combination of our senior executives or key employees could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We also might suffer an additional impact on our business if one of our senior executives or key employees is hired by a competitor. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, manage and retain other qualified management and technical and clerical personnel as we grow. We may not be able to continue to attract or retain such personnel in the future.

A portion of our workforce is unionized and labor disruptions could decrease our profitability.

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 680 employees in the United States subject to various collective bargaining agreements, most of which have a three-year term. In addition, in several of our international facilities, particularly those in Europe, employees are represented by Works Councils appointed pursuant to local law consisting of employee representatives who have certain rights to negotiate working terms and to receive notice of significant actions. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 25% of our labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, including approximately 14% of our labor force in the United States, approximately 18% of our labor force in Canada and approximately 48% of our labor force in Europe, and approximately 3% of our labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year. These arrangements grant certain protections to employees and subject us to employment terms that are similar to collective bargaining agreements. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to negotiate these or other collective bargaining agreements or arrangements with Works Councils on the same or more favorable terms as the current agreements or arrangements, or at all, and without interruptions, including labor stoppages at the facility or facilities subject to any particular agreement or arrangement. A prolonged labor dispute, which could include a work stoppage, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Negative developments affecting our pension plans and multi-employer pension plans in which we participate may occur.

We operate a number of pension plans for our employees and have obligations with respect to several multi-employer pension plans sponsored by labor unions in the United States. The terms of these plans vary from country to country. Generally, our defined benefit pension plans are funded with trust assets invested in a diversified portfolio of debt and equity securities and other investments. Among other factors, changes in interest rates, investment returns, the market value of plan assets and actuarial assumptions can (1) affect the level of plan funding; (2) cause volatility in the net periodic benefit cost; and (3) increase our future contribution requirements. In or following an economic environment characterized by declining investment returns and interest rates, we may be required to make additional cash contributions to our pension plans to satisfy our funding requirements and recognize further increases in our net periodic benefit cost. A significant decrease in investment returns or the market value of plan assets or a significant decrease in interest rates could increase our net periodic benefit costs and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our pension plans in the United States and certain other countries are not fully funded. The funded status of our pension plans is equal to the difference between the value of plan assets and projected benefit obligations. At December 31, 2015, our pension plans had an underfunded status of $244.5 million. This amount could increase or decrease depending on factors such as those mentioned above. Changes to the funded status of our pension plans as a result of updates to actuarial assumptions and actual experience that differs from our estimates will be recognized as gains or losses in the period incurred under our “mark to market” accounting policy, and could result in a requirement for additional funding which would have a direct effect on our cash position. Based on current projections of minimum funding requirements, we expect to make cash contributions of $28.1 million to our defined benefit pension plans in 2016. The timing for any such requirement in future years is uncertain given the implicit uncertainty regarding the future developments of factors mentioned above. The union sponsored multi-employer pension plans in which we participate are also underfunded, including the substantially underfunded Teamsters Central States, Southeast and Southwest Pension Plan, which has liabilities at a level

 

41


Table of Contents

twice that of its assets. This requires us to make often substantial withdrawal liability payments when we close a facility covered by one of these plans, which could hinder our ability to make otherwise appropriate management decisions to operate as efficiently as possible.

Labeling regulations could have an adverse impact on our business.

The United States has recently amended its Right-to-Know laws to require new content in labels affixed to chemical products being sold by chemical manufacturers and chemical distributors. Recent OSHA publications have caused some lack of clarity on this issue and the transition date for the sale of existing inventory. Although we believe we are properly complying with the transition rules, this lack of clarity in these regulations could impact the company in incremental labeling costs, delays or interruption in product supply and compliance issues.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We and our subsidiaries may incur additional debt in the future, which could substantially reduce our profitability, limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities and reduce the value of your investment.

As of December 31, 2015, we had $2,315.7 million of debt outstanding under our $2,050 million U.S. dollar and €250 million euro senior term loan facility (the “Senior Term Loan Facility”), $378.0 million of debt outstanding under our $1,300 million Senior ABL credit facility and $100 million senior ABL term loan facility (the “Senior ABL Facility”), no borrowings outstanding under our €200 million senior European ABL facility (the “European ABL Facility”) with approximately $489.0 million available for additional borrowing under these facilities and $400.0 million outstanding under Univar USA Inc.’s 6.75% senior notes due 2023 (the “Unsecured Notes”). Subject to certain limitations set forth in the agreements that govern these facilities and notes, we or our subsidiaries may incur additional debt in the future, or other obligations that do not constitute indebtedness, which could increase the risks described below and lead to other risks. The amount of our debt or such other obligations could have important consequences for holders of our common stock, including, but not limited to:

 

    our ability to satisfy obligations to lenders or noteholders may be impaired, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of our indebtedness;

 

    our ability to obtain additional financing for refinancing of existing indebtedness, working capital, capital expenditures, including costs associated with our international expansion, product and service development, acquisitions, general corporate purposes and other purposes may be impaired;

 

    our assets that currently serve as collateral for our debt may be insufficient, or may not be available, to support future financings;

 

    a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations could be used to repay the principal and interest on our debt;

 

    we may be increasingly vulnerable to economic downturns and increases in interest rates;

 

    our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and the markets in which we operate may be limited; and

 

    we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage relative to other companies in our industry with less debt or comparable debt at more favorable interest rates.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain operating covenants and restrictions that limit our operations and could lead to adverse consequences if we fail to comply with them.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain certain operating covenants and other restrictions relating to, among other things, limitations on indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness) and liens, mergers, consolidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, investments and acquisitions, dividends and other

 

42


Table of Contents

restricted payments, repurchase of shares of capital stock and options to purchase shares of capital stock and certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, our Senior ABL Facility and European ABL Facility include certain financial covenants.

The restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business, and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility.

Failure to comply with these financial and operating covenants could result from, among other things, changes in our results of operations, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the pricing of our products, our success at implementing cost reduction initiatives, our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy or changes in general economic conditions, which may be beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the agreements that govern these facilities that would permit the lenders to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we are unable to repay such amounts, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing these obligations. The collateral includes the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries, 65% of the capital stock of our foreign subsidiaries and substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ other tangible and intangible assets, subject in each case to certain exceptions. This could have serious consequences on our financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In addition, these covenants may restrict our ability to engage in transactions that we believe would otherwise be in the best interests of our business and stockholders.

Increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability.

Our debt outstanding under the Senior Term Loan Facility, Senior ABL Facility and European ABL Facility bears interest at variable rates. As a result, increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. For additional information on our indebtedness, debt service obligations and sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations, see “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in Item 7A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We may have future capital needs and may not be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all.

We have historically relied on debt financing to fund our operations, capital expenditures and expansion. The market conditions and the macroeconomic conditions that affect the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our ability to secure financing on acceptable terms, if at all. We may be unable to secure additional financing on favorable terms or at all and our operating cash flow may be insufficient to satisfy our financial obligations under the indebtedness outstanding from time to time. The terms of additional financing may limit our financial and operating flexibility. Our ability to satisfy our financial obligations will depend upon our future operating performance, the availability of credit generally, economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, if financing is not available when needed, or is not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if and when we require it, our ability to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

 

43


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders or the Temasek Investor could cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. All of the shares sold pursuant to the IPO are immediately tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares of outstanding common stock are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject, in certain cases, to applicable volume, means of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act. We have also filed a registration statement under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock to be issued under our equity compensation plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options granted under our plans will also be freely tradable under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, unless purchased by our affiliates. 137,960,460 shares of our common stock are eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. In addition, certain of our significant stockholders may distribute shares that they hold to their investors who themselves may then sell into the public market. Such sales may not be subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement or employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

The Temasek Investor purchased $350 million of newly issued shares of our common stock from us concurrently with the IPO. The shares of our common stock sold in the concurrent private placement were not registered under the Securities Act. As a result, the shares of our common stock purchased by the Temasek Investor are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject to applicable restrictions under Rule 144 or pursuant to any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act. In addition, the Temasek Investor is a party to the Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement of Univar Inc., (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement”) pursuant to which it was granted certain registration rights.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If there is no coverage of our company by securities or industry analysts, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. Additionally, if one or more of these analysts downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The Equity Sponsors and the Temasek Investor will control the direction of our business and have the right to nominate members of our Board of Directors. If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it could prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions.

The Equity Sponsors collectively beneficially own approximately 46.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and the Temasek Investor owns approximately 16.4% of the outstanding shares of our common

 

44


Table of Contents

stock. As a result, the Equity Sponsors and the Temasek Investor will exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval for the foreseeable future, including approval of significant corporate transactions, which may reduce the market price of our common stock.

The Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement allows each Equity Sponsor to nominate six directors each as long as they own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock that the applicable Equity Sponsor owned on November 30, 2010, or any shares or other securities into which or for which such shares of common stock may have been converted or exchanged in connection with any exchange, reclassification, dividend, distribution, stock split, combination, subdivision, merger, spin-off, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction. In addition, the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement allows the Temasek Investor to nominate a director for as long as it owns at least 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. This could allow the Equity Sponsors and the Temasek Investor to nominate the entire Board of Directors. In addition, we are a “controlled company” for the purposes of the NYSE rules, which provides us with exemptions from certain of the corporate governance standards imposed by the NYSE’s rules. These provisions allow the Equity Sponsors and the Temasek Investor to exercise significant control over our corporate decisions and limit the ability of the public stockholders might approve. Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Second Amended and Restated Bylaws also include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control for so long as the Equity Sponsors own specified percentages of our common stock. See “—Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.” These provisions not only could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock, but could also allow the Equity Sponsors to delay or prevent a corporate transaction that the public stockholders might approve.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that we waive any interest or expectancy in corporate opportunities presented to the Equity Sponsors.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce and waive any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, corporate opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Equity Sponsors, or their respective officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. None of the Equity Sponsors or their respective agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries will generally be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues, acquires or participates in such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. This will allow the Equity Sponsors to compete with us. Strong competition for investment opportunities could result in fewer such opportunities for us. We likely will not always be able to compete successfully with our competitors and competitive pressures or other factors may also result in significant price competition, particularly during industry downturns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including with respect to the requirements of and related rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, will be expensive and time-consuming, and any delays or difficulties in satisfying these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and our stock price.

We are subject to the reporting and corporate governance requirements, the listing standards of the NYSE and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which apply to issuers of listed equity, which

 

45


Table of Contents

impose certain compliance costs and obligations upon us. Meeting these standards requires a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight which increases our operating costs. These requirements also place additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial accounting and information systems. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we are required, among other things, to:

 

    prepare and file periodic reports, and distribute other shareholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and the NYSE rules;

 

    define and expand the roles and the duties of our Board of Directors and its committees; and

 

    institute more comprehensive compliance, investor relations and internal audit functions.

In particular, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to document and test the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with an established internal control framework, and to report on our conclusions as to the effectiveness of our internal controls. Likewise, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, we are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we or our auditors are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. This could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the NYSE or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors. Moreover, we cannot be certain that these measures would ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Even if we were to conclude, and our auditors were to concur, that our internal control over financial reporting provided reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on trading prices for our shares of common stock, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated By-laws include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated By-laws:

 

    authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

 

46


Table of Contents
    establish a classified Board of Directors, as a result of which our board will be divided into three classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new Board of Directors at an annual meeting;

 

    limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors if the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to own more than 25% of our voting common stock;

 

    provide that vacancies on the Board of Directors, including newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;

 

    prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders if the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to own more than 50% of our voting common stock;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders if the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to own more than 50% of our voting common stock;

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

 

    require the approval of holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of our voting common stock to amend the Second Amended and Restated By-laws and certain provisions of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation if the Equity Sponsors collectively cease to own more than 50% of our common stock.

These provisions may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated By-laws” Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated By-laws may also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions may facilitate management entrenchment that may delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in our control, which may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes provisions limiting the personal liability of our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty under the DGCL.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions permitted under the DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions eliminate a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

    under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

 

    any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal

 

47


Table of Contents

securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we qualify for, and rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

The Equity Sponsors collectively beneficially own approximately 46.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and the Temasek Investor beneficially owns approximately 16.4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. The Equity Sponsors and the Temasek Investor are a “group” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance rules and as a result we qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance rules. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or otherwise have director nominees selected by vote of a majority of the independent directors;

 

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

 

48


Table of Contents

Accordingly, we rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and the board committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Consequently, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all applicable stock exchange corporate governance rules and requirements. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal executive office is located in Downers Grove, Illinois under a lease expiring in June 2024. As of December 31, 2015, we had 506 locations in the United States in 49 states. Of these locations, approximately 487 are warehouses responsible for storing and shipping of products and 17 are office space.

We have 432 locations outside of the United States in 33 countries. Of these locations, 385 are warehouses responsible for storing and shipping of products and 48 are office space. The facilities outside of the United States are located in:

 

    Brazil (5 facilities)

 

    Canada (169 facilities)

 

    China (15 facilities)

 

    France (32 facilities)

 

    Germany (13 facilities)

 

    Belgium (9 facilities)

 

    Mexico (34 facilities)

 

    Netherlands (20 facilities)

 

    Sweden (14 facilities)

 

    Turkey (12 facilities)

 

    United Kingdom (39 facilities)

Almost all of our facilities are warehouses where activity is limited to the storing, repackaging and blending of chemicals for distribution. Such facilities do not require substantial investments in equipment and can be opened quickly and replaced with little disruption. As such, we believe that none of our facilities on an individual basis is principal to the operation of our business. We select locations for our warehouses based on proximity to producers and our customers in order for us to fully utilize our facilities and maintain efficient distribution networks. We believe that our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current operations. We hold a relatively small number of surplus sites for potential disposition. Although we own several of our largest facilities, most of our facilities are leased. In some instances, our larger owned sites have been mortgaged under our secured credit facilities.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

“Legal Proceedings” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 18, entitled “Commitments and Contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

49


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECUIRITES

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “UNVR” since June 18, 2015. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our stock. The following table sets forth for the indicated periods the high and low intra-day sales prices per share for our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

     High      Low  

Second Quarter 2015 (from June 18, 2015)

   $ 27.75       $ 22.00   

Third Quarter 2015

     26.75         17.75   

Fourth Quarter 2015

     22.09         16.18   

Holders of Record

As of December 31, 2015, there were 46 stockholders of record of our common stock, and the closing price of our common stock was $17.01 per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facilities contain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our summary consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

50


Table of Contents

This “Selected Financial Data” should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
(in millions except per share data)    (audited)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

          

Net sales

   $ 8,981.8      $ 10,373.9      $ 10,324.6      $ 9,747.1      $ 9,718.5   

Gross profit

     1,799.1        1,930.7        1,875.9        1,822.5        1,835.5   

Gross margin

     20.0     18.6     18.2     18.7     18.9

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     16.5        (20.1     (82.3     (197.4     (176.2

Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share – diluted

     0.14        (0.20     (0.83     (2.01     (1.80

Consolidated Balance Sheet

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 188.1      $ 206.0      $ 180.4      $ 220.9      $ 96.3   

Total assets

     5,612.4        6,067.7        6,204.7        6,513.8        5,691.9   

Long-term obligations

     3,502.2        4,300.7        4,232.5        4,508.7        3,612.7   

Stockholders’ equity

     816.7        248.1        381.3        526.4        660.3   

Other financial data:

          

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 356.0      $ 126.3      $ 289.3      $ 15.5      $ 262.4   

Cash (used) by investing activities

     (294.4     (148.2     (215.7     (657.1     (250.8

Cash (used) provided by financing activities

     (19.8     84.1        (110.5     753.8        (35.1

Capital expenditures

     145.0        113.9        141.3        170.1        102.9   

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     600.1        641.7        598.2        607.2        646.0   

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

     6.7     6.2     5.8     6.2     6.6

 

(1) For a complete discussion of the method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA and its usefulness, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. The following is a quantitative reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income (loss):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Net income (loss)

   $ 16.5       $ (20.1   $ (82.3   $ (197.4   $ (176.2

Income tax expense (benefit)

     10.2         (15.8     (9.8     75.6        15.9   

Interest expense, net

     207.0         250.6        294.5        268.1        273.6   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     12.1         1.2        2.5        0.5        16.1   

Amortization

     88.5         96.0        100.0        93.3        90.0   

Depreciation

     136.5         133.5        128.1        111.7        108.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 470.8       $ 445.4      $ 433.0      $ 351.8      $ 327.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment charges(a)

     —           0.3        135.6        75.8        173.9   

Other operating expenses, net(b)

     106.1         197.1        12.0        177.7        140.3   

Other expense (income), net(c)

     23.2         (1.1     17.6        1.9        4.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 600.1       $ 641.7      $ 598.2      $ 607.2      $ 646.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

 

(a) The 2014 impairment charges primarily related to impairments of idle properties and equipment. The 2013 impairment charges primarily related to the write-off of goodwill related to the Rest of World segment as well as the write-off of capitalized software costs related to a global ERP system. The 2012 and 2011 impairment charges primarily related to the impairment of goodwill in the EMEA segment.
(b) Other operating expense, net primarily consists of pension mark to market adjustments, acquisition and integration related expenses, employee stock based compensation expense, redundancy and restructuring costs, advisory fees paid to stockholders, and other unusual and non-recurring expenses. See “Note: 4 Other operating expenses, net” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, the significant activity related to the pension mark to market loss of $83.6 million, acquisition and integration related expenses of $17.7 million primarily related to the Magnablend Inc. acquisition and the French penalty of $17.2 million. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, the significant activity related to the pension mark to market loss of $49.1 million and acquisition and integration related expenses of $26.7 million related to three acquisitions.
(c) Other expense (income), net consists of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions, undesignated derivative instruments, ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, debt refinancing costs and other nonoperating activity. See “Note: 6 Other (expense) income, net” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a leading global chemical distributor and provider of innovative value-added services. We source chemicals from over 8,000 producers worldwide and provide a comprehensive array of products and services to over 160,000 customer locations in over 150 countries. Our scale and broad geographic reach, combined with our deep product knowledge and end market expertise and our differentiated value-added services, provide us with a distinct competitive advantage and enable us to offer customers a “one-stop shop” for their chemical needs. As a result, we believe we are strategically positioned for growth.

Our operations are structured into four operating segments that represent the geographic areas under which we operate and manage our business. These segments are Univar USA (“USA”), Univar Canada (“Canada”), Univar Europe and the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), and Rest of World (“Rest of World”), which includes developing businesses in Latin America (including Brazil and Mexico) and the Asia-Pacific region.

We monitor the results of our operating segments separately for the purposes of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. We evaluate performance on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA, which we define as our consolidated net income (loss), plus the sum of interest expense, net of interest income, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation, amortization, other operating expenses, net (which primarily consists of pension mark to market adjustments, acquisition and integration related expenses, employee stock-based compensation expense, redundancy and restructuring costs, advisory fees paid to stockholders, and other unusual or non-recurring expenses), impairment charges, loss on extinguishment of debt and other (expense) income, net (which consists of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and undesignated derivative instruments, ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, debt refinancing costs, and other nonoperating activity). We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an important indicator of operating performance because:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA excludes the effects of income taxes, as well as the effects of financing and investing activities by eliminating the effects of interest, depreciation and amortization expenses;

 

    we use Adjusted EBITDA in setting performance incentive targets;

 

52


Table of Contents
    we consider gains (losses) on the acquisition, disposal and impairment of assets as resulting from investing decisions rather than ongoing operations; and

 

    other significant items, while periodically affecting our results, may vary significantly from period to period and have a disproportionate effect in a given period, which affects comparability of our results.

We set transfer prices between operating segments on an arms-length basis in a similar manner to transactions with third parties. We allocate corporate operating expenses that directly benefit our operating segments on a basis that reasonably approximates our estimates of the use of these services.

Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of inter-segment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively. In the analysis of our results of operations, we discuss operating segment results for the current reporting period following our consolidated results of operations period-to-period comparison.

The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, see Item 8 “Financial Statements” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

For reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), see “Selected Financial Data Selected” in Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results and Financial Condition

Key factors impacting our operating results and financial condition include the following.

 

    Economic conditions and industry trends

 

    Acquisitions

 

    Volume based pricing

 

    Cost savings

 

    Working capital

 

    Foreign currencies

For a detailed overview of our business and how the above factors impact us, refer to Item 1 “Business” and Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition to the factors listed above, seasonal changes may affect our business and results of operations. Our net sales are affected by the level of industrial production, which tends to decline in the fourth quarter of each year. Certain of our end markets also experience seasonal fluctuations, which also affect our net sales and results of operations. For example, our sales to the agricultural end market, particularly in Canada, tend to peak in the second and third quarters in each year, depending in part on weather-related variations in demand for agricultural chemicals. Sales to other end markets such as paints and coatings or water treatment may also be affected by changing seasonal weather conditions.

 

53


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Executive Summary

During 2015, we successfully executed our initial public offering, paid down existing debt, and refinanced our remaining debt, the effect of which was to lower our future interest expense and strengthen our financial condition. From an operations standpoint, we advanced on each of our strategic priorities which form the framework for our strategy to grow the long term value of Univar for our equity and debt holders. We:

 

    completed a restructuring of our European operations which nearly doubled our segment Adjusted EBITDA margin in 2015;

 

    completed the integration of our November 2014 acquisition of D’Altomare, a chemical distribution company in Brazil specializing in the personal care end market, which contributed to achieving 40 percent growth in our Rest of World segment Adjusted EBITDA;

 

    completed a series of productivity projects in our USA segment, including phased reductions in resource allocation to upstream oil and gas production, which lowered our cost structure and raised the level of operational excellence in our terminals and branch offices; and

 

    significantly increased our cash flow generation and improved our net working capital productivity which enabled us to complete six acquisitions for future growth without increasing our debt.

These actions contributed to improved net income, cash flow and earnings per share from higher gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA margins in each segment of our business.

However, the resulting growth and improvement was masked by:

 

    the substantial strengthening of the U.S. dollar which had the effect of lowering the translated U.S. dollar value of our sales and earnings in Europe, Canada, Mexico and Brazil, in particular;

 

    the historic decline in oil prices which caused a substantial decline in demand for chemicals from the USA hydraulic fracturing segment of the upstream oil and gas production market; and

 

    sluggish demand late in the year for chemicals from the industrial production sectors of the economies we serve.

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, certain statements of operations data first on the basis of reported data and then as a percentage of total net sales for the relevant period. The financial data set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere herein.

 

54


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

    Year Ended     Favorable
(unfavorable)
    % Change     Impact of
currency*
 

(in millions)

  December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014        

Net sales

  $ 8,981.8        100.0   $ 10,373.9        100.0   $ (1,392.1     (13.4 )%      (6.3 )% 

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

    7,182.7        80.0     8,443.2        81.4     1,260.5        14.9     6.2
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Gross profit

    1,799.1        20.0     1,930.7        18.6     (131.6     (6.8 )%      (6.8 )% 

Operating expenses:

             

Outbound freight and handling

    324.6        3.6     365.5        3.5     40.9        11.2     5.4

Warehousing, selling and administrative

    874.4        9.7     923.5        8.9     49.1        5.3     5.6

Other operating expenses, net

    106.1        1.2     197.1        1.9     91.0        46.2     2.4

Depreciation

    136.5        1.5     133.5        1.3     (3.0     (2.2 )%      6.8

Amortization

    88.5        1.0     96.0        0.9     7.5        7.8     5.0

Impairment charges

    —          —       0.3        —       0.3        100.0     —  
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Total operating expenses

    1,530.1        17.0     1,715.9        16.5     185.8        10.8     6.5
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Operating income

    269.0        3.0     214.8        2.1     54.2        25.2     (8.5 )% 
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Other (expense) income:

             

Interest income

    4.3        —       8.2        0.1     (3.9     (47.6 )%      (4.9 )% 

Interest expense

    (211.3     (2.4 )%      (258.8     (2.5 )%      47.5        18.4     1.3

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (12.1     (0.1 )%      (1.2     —       (10.9     N/M        N/M   

Other (expense) income, net

    (23.2     (0.3 )%      1.1        —       (24.3     N/M        N/M   
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Total other expense

    (242.3     (2.7 )%      (250.7     (2.4 )%      8.4        3.4     2.2
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Income (loss) before income taxes

    26.7        0.3     (35.9     (0.3 )%      62.6        174.4     (35.9 )% 

Income tax expense (benefit)

    10.2        0.1     (15.8     (0.2 )%      (26.0     (164.6 )%      21.5
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Net income (loss)

  $ 16.5        0.2   $ (20.1     (0.2 )%      36.6        182.1     (47.3 )% 
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

 

* Foreign currency translation is included in the percentage change. Unfavorable impacts from foreign currency translation are designated with parentheses.

Net sales

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

 

Acquisitions

     0.9

Reported sales volumes

     (7.0 )% 

Sales pricing and product mix

     (1.0 )% 

Foreign currency translation

     (6.3 )% 
  

 

 

 

Total

     (13.4 )% 

Net sales were $8,981.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $1,392.1 million, or 13.4%, from the year ended December 31, 2014. Foreign currency translation decreased net sales due to the US dollar strengthening against all major currencies. The increase in net sales from acquisitions was primarily driven by the November 2014 D’Altomare acquisition in Brazil, and the July 2015 Chemical Associates and April 2015 Key Chemical acquisitions in the US. The decrease in net sales from reported sales volumes primarily resulted from reductions in sales of upstream oil and gas products driven by reduced market demand. The decrease in net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was driven by the USA and Rest of World segments partially offset by increases in the Canada and EMEA segments. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2015 discussion for additional information.

 

55


Table of Contents

Gross profit

 

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Acquisitions

     1.8

Reported sales volumes

     (7.0 )% 

Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments

     5.2

Foreign currency translation

     (6.8 )% 
  

 

 

 

Total

     (6.8 )% 

Gross profit decreased $131.6 million, or 6.8%, to $1,799.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased gross profit due to the strengthening of the US dollar against all major currencies, especially the euro, Canadian dollar and Brazilian real. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was driven by the D’Altomare, Chemical Associates and Key Chemical acquisitions. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments resulting from increases in all segments. Gross margin, which we define as gross profit divided by net sales, increased to 20.0% in the year ended December 31, 2015 from 18.6% in the year ended December 31, 2014 due to favorable product mix, our EMEA restructuring program and productivity initiatives. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2015 discussion for additional information.

Outbound freight and handling

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $40.9 million, or 11.2%, to $324.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased outbound freight and handling expense by 5.4% or $19.7 million. On a constant currency basis, outbound freight and handling expenses decreased 5.8% or $21.2 million, which was primarily attributable to lower reported sales volumes as well as lower diesel fuel costs partially offset by the impact of incremental costs from acquisitions and a continued tight third-party carrier market. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2015 discussion for additional information.

Warehousing, selling and administrative

Warehousing, selling and administrative expenses decreased $49.1 million, or 5.3%, to $874.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased warehousing, selling and administrative expenses by 5.6% or $73.8 million. Excluding foreign currency, the increase of $24.7 million is attributable to higher personnel expenses of $25.7 million primarily due to annual compensation increases and acquisitions, increases in information technology expenses of $8.4 million related to internal projects focused on improving operations and higher consulting fees of $8.2 million. These increases were partially offset by lower operating lease expense of $13.9 million primarily due to certain operating leases being replaced by purchased assets as well as capital leases and lower net periodic benefit cost related to our defined benefit and other postretirement benefit plans of $11.4 million. The remaining $7.7 million increase related to several insignificant components. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2015 discussion for additional information.

Other operating expenses, net

Other operating expenses, net decreased $91.0 million, or 46.2%, to $106.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a pension mark to market loss of $21.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a mark to market loss of $117.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 relating to the annual remeasurement of our defined benefit plans and other postretirement benefit plans. The 2015 mark to market loss primarily relates to lower than expected plan asset returns during the year ended December 31, 2015 partially offset by increases in the defined benefit pension plans discount rates from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015. The 2014 mark to market loss primarily relates to the decrease in the defined benefit pension plans discount rates from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 and the adoption of

 

56


Table of Contents

the new US mortality table as of December 31, 2014. This loss was partially offset by higher than expected plan asset returns during the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was also related to pension curtailment and settlement gains of $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 related to the Company’s redundancy and restructuring initiatives. Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

The decrease was also related to a reduction of $12.4 million in redundancy and restructuring charges in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, which primarily related to higher facility exit costs in the year ended December 31, 2014 largely due to changes in estimated sublease income. Refer to “Note 5: Redundancy and restructuring” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Also contributing to the decrease was $4.6 million of lower stock-based compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2015 due to a majority of outstanding options vesting in 2014 with fewer grants in the year ended December 31, 2015.

The decrease was partially offset by a contract termination fee of $26.2 million related to terminating consulting agreements between us and CVC and CD&R related to the IPO in the year ended December 31, 2015. The remaining $0.5 million increase was related to several insignificant components. Foreign currency translation decreased other operating expenses, net by 2.4% or $4.7 million. Refer to “Note 4: Other operating expenses, net” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation expense increased $3.0 million, or 2.2%, to $136.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased depreciation expense by 6.8% or $9.1 million. On a constant currency basis, the increase was primarily related to increased purchases of property, plant and equipment, capital lease asset additions and accelerated depreciation on various sites which were undergoing restructuring initiatives during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Amortization expense decreased $7.5 million, or 7.8%, to $88.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Amortization expense decreased 5.0% or $4.8 million due to foreign currency translation and the additional decrease relates to the lower amortization levels of existing customer relationship intangibles partially offset by amortization related to 2015 business acquisitions. Customer relationship intangible assets are amortized on an accelerated basis to mirror the economic pattern of benefit from such relationships.

Impairment charges

There were no impairment charges in the year ended December 31, 2015. Impairment charges of $0.3 million were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014 relating to ongoing restructuring initiatives.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $47.5 million, or 18.4%, to $211.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to lower average outstanding borrowings under short-term financing agreements, paying the remaining principal balance related to the $600.0 million of outstanding 10.5% senior subordinated notes due 2017 (the “2017 Subordinated Notes”) and the $50.0 million of outstanding 10.5% senior subordinated notes due 2018 (the “2018 Subordinated Notes” and, together with the 2017 Subordinated Notes, the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) during June 2015 and lower interest rates on our long-term debt as a result of the July 2015 debt refinancing transactions. Foreign currency translation decreased interest expense by 1.3% or $3.3 million. These decreases were partially offset by increased interest expense from capital lease obligations. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

 

57


Table of Contents

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Loss on extinguishment of debt increased $10.9 million to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The $12.1 million loss in the year ended December 31, 2015 related to the July 2015 debt refinancing transactions and the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount related to the payment of the principal balance related to the Senior Subordinated Notes during June 2015. The $1.2 million loss in the year ended December 31, 2014 related to the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the closure of then-existing European ABL facility during March 2014. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Other (expense) income, net

Other (expense) income, net increased $24.3 million from income of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to an expense of $23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily driven by debt refinancing costs of $16.5 million and the discontinuance of cash flow hedges of $7.5 million. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” and “Note 16: Derivatives” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information, respectively. Refer to “Note 6: Other (expense) income, net” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Income tax expense (benefit)

Income tax expense increased $26.0 million from an income tax benefit of $15.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 to an income tax expense of $10.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase is primarily due to a lower benefit related to the release of unrealized tax benefits due to the statute of limitations expiration of $15.9 million, an increase in earnings resulting in an increase of $21.9 million, an increase in the expiration of tax attributes of $7.9 million and an increase in non-deductible stock compensation of $3.2 million, offset by a decrease in foreign losses for which a tax benefit may not be recognized of $14.2 million and an increase in valuation allowance release of $8.8 million.

 

58


Table of Contents

Segment results

Our Adjusted EBITDA by operating segment and in aggregate is summarized in the following tables:

 

(in millions)

   USA      Canada      EMEA      Rest of
World
     Other/
Elimin-
ations(1)
    Consolidated  
     Year ended December 31, 2015  

Net sales:

                

External customers

   $ 5,351.5       $ 1,376.6       $ 1,780.1       $ 473.6       $ —        $ 8,981.8   

Inter-segment

     112.7         8.6         4.0         0.1         (125.4     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

     5,464.2         1,385.2         1,784.1         473.7         (125.4     8,981.8   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

     4,365.9         1,161.0         1,398.6         382.6         (125.4     7,182.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,098.3         224.2         385.5         91.1         —          1,799.1   

Outbound freight and handling

     216.9         39.3         59.6         8.8         —          324.6   

Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses)

     492.6         87.8         226.0         54.1         13.9        874.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 388.8       $ 97.1       $ 99.9       $ 28.2       $ (13.9   $ 600.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating expenses, net

                   106.1   

Depreciation

                   136.5   

Amortization

                   88.5   

Interest expense, net

                   207.0   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                   12.1   

Other expense, net

                   23.2   

Income tax expense

                   10.2   
                

 

 

 

Net income

                 $ 16.5   
                

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

   USA      Canada      EMEA      Rest of
World
     Other/
Elimin-
ations(1)
    Consolidated  
     Year ended December 31, 2014  

Net sales:

           

External customers

   $ 6,081.4       $ 1,512.1       $ 2,230.1       $ 550.3       $ —        $ 10,373.9   

Inter-segment

     121.8         10.0         4.5         —           (136.3     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

     6,203.2         1,522.1         2,234.6         550.3         (136.3     10,373.9   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

     5,041.0         1,271.5         1,797.9         469.1         (136.3     8,443.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,162.2         250.6         436.7         81.2         —          1,930.7   

Outbound freight and handling

     233.3         46.4         75.5         10.3         —          365.5   

Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses)

     490.9         97.4         276.2         53.3         5.7        923.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 438.0       $ 106.8       $ 85.0       $ 17.6       $ (5.7   $ 641.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating expenses, net

                   197.1   

Depreciation

                   133.5   

Amortization

                   96.0   

Impairment charges

                   0.3   

Interest expense, net

                   250.6   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                   1.2   

Other income, net

                   (1.1

Income tax benefit

                   (15.8
                

 

 

 

Net loss

           $ (20.1
                

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

 

(1) Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of intersegment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively.

USA .

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

   

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Acquisitions

     0.6   Acquisitions      0.9

Reported sales volumes

     (7.6 )%    Reported sales volumes      (7.6 )% 

Sales pricing and product mix

     (5.0 )%    Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments      1.2
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     (12.0 )%    Total      (5.5 )% 

External sales in the USA segment were $5,351.5 million, a decrease of $729.9 million, or 12.0%, in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in external net sales from acquisitions was primarily due to the July 2015 Chemical Associates and April 2015 Key Chemical acquisitions. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to a reduction in sales of upstream oil and gas products driven by reduced market demand. The reduction in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily driven by lower average selling prices primarily resulting from market driven deflationary pressures on upstream oil and gas product offerings and oil derived products as well as higher sales of lower priced oil and gas products. Gross profit decreased $63.9 million, or 5.5%, to $1,098.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was primary due to the Chemical Associates and Key Chemical acquisitions. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to growth in the gross margin rates on several of our industrial chemicals driven by focused margin management efforts and the successful implementation of productivity initiatives in the year ended December 31, 2015. Gross margin increased from 19.1% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 20.5% during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $16.4 million, or 7.0%, to $216.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to lower reported sales volumes as well as lower diesel fuel costs partially offset by additional expenses from acquisitions. Operating expenses increased $1.7 million, or 0.3%, to $492.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 due to higher personnel expenses of $13.0 million primarily due to annual compensation increases and acquisitions as well as higher consulting fees of $6.8 million and higher information technology expenses of $4.5 million related to internal projects focused on improving operations. These increases were partially offset by lower lease expense of $10.3 million primarily due to certain operating leases being replaced by purchased assets as well as capital leases, lower pension expense of $4.4 million related to higher expected returns on assets in the year ended December 31, 2015, and lower pallets and supplies costs of $1.9 million due to lower volumes. The remaining $6.0 million offsetting decrease related to several insignificant components. Operating expenses as a percentage of external sales increased from 8.1% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 9.2% in the year ended December 31, 2015.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $49.2 million, or 11.2%, to $388.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Acquisitions contributed $4.0 million of additional Adjusted EBITDA in the year ended December 31, 2015. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 7.2% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 7.3% in the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily as a result of improved gross margin partially offset by higher operating expenses as a percentage of external net sales.

 

60


Table of Contents

Canada .

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

   

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Acquisitions

     0.2   Acquisitions      1.1

Reported sales volumes

     (0.7 )%   

Reported sales volumes

     (0.7 )% 

Sales pricing and product mix

     5.9   Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments      3.2

Foreign currency translation

     (14.4 )%    Foreign currency translation      (14.1 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     (9.0 )%    Total      (10.5 )% 

External sales in the Canada segment were $1,376.6 million, a decrease of $135.5 million, or 9.0%, in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars as the US dollar strengthened against the Canadian dollar when comparing the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, external sales dollars increased $81.7 million or 5.4%. The increase in external net sales from acquisitions was due to the October 2015 acquisition of Future/BlueStar. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to decreases in sales of oil and gas products mostly driven by reduced market demand and lower methanol sales due to warmer weather conditions. These decreases were partially offset by increases in agricultural sales, which were primarily driven by favorable weather conditions, increases in mining driven by the stabilization of mineral and gold prices and increased sales to commodity and manufacturing based end markets, driven by the strengthening of the US dollar against the Canadian dollar increasing manufacturing activity within Canada’s eastern region. The increase in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily driven by higher average selling prices resulting from margin management efforts. Gross profit decreased $26.4 million, or 10.5%, to $224.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was due to the acquisition of Future/BlueStar. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to the positive impacts from margin management efforts across several industry sectors during the year ended December 31, 2015. Gross margin decreased from 16.6% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 16.3% in the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to higher sales of lower margin products.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $7.1 million, or 15.3%, to $39.3 million primarily due to foreign currency translation and lower reported sales volumes. Operating expenses decreased by $9.6 million, or 9.9%, to $87.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 and remained at 6.4% as a percentage of external sales in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 14.3% or $13.9 million. On a constant currency basis, operating expenses increased $4.3 million, or 4.4%, and the increase primarily related to increased personnel expenses of $7.5 million driven by annual compensation increases and higher headcount related to business needs partially offset by lower pension expense of $2.4 million resulting from the soft freeze of the Canadian pension plan. The remaining $0.8 million decrease related to several insignificant components.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $9.7 million, or 9.1%, to $97.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 14.4% or $15.4 million. On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased $5.7 million, or 5.3%, primarily due to increased external sales generating increased gross profit. Acquisitions contributed $0.8 million of additional Adjusted EBITDA in the year ended December 31, 2015. Adjusted EBITDA margin remained at 7.1% in the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

61


Table of Contents

EMEA .

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

   

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Reported sales volumes

     (9.1 )%    Reported sales volumes      (9.1 )% 

Sales pricing and product mix

     3.7   Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments      13.7

Foreign currency translation

     (14.8 )%    Foreign currency translation      (16.3 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     (20.2 )%    Total      (11.7 )% 

External sales in the EMEA segment were $1,780.1 million, a decrease of $450.0 million, or 20.2%, in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars primarily resulting from the US dollar strengthening against the euro and British pound when comparing the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to the continuing implementation of restructuring initiatives focused on our product mix enrichment strategy. The increase in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily driven by a shift in product mix towards products with higher average selling prices. Gross profit decreased $51.2 million, or 11.7%, to $385.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to the continuing implementation of our product mix enrichment strategy including higher sales in the pharmaceutical product and ingredients end-market. Gross margin increased from 19.6% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 21.7% in the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to the factors impacting gross profit discussed above.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $15.9 million, or 21.1%, to $59.6 million primarily due to foreign currency translation and lower reported sales volumes. Operating expenses decreased $50.2 million, or 18.2%, to $226.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, but increased as a percentage of external sales from 12.4% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 12.7% in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 16.7% or $46.2 million. On a constant currency basis, operating expenses decreased $4.0 million, or 1.4%, which was primarily related to lower pension expense of $5.0 million related to higher expected asset returns, lower lease expense of $2.0 million due to certain operating leases being replaced by capital leases and lower personnel expenses of $1.4 million due to reduced headcount from redundancy and restructuring initiatives. The remaining $4.4 million increase related to several insignificant components.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $14.9 million, or 17.5%, to $99.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 15.7% or $13.3 million. On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased $28.2 million, or 33.2%, due to increased gross profit as well as slight reductions in operating expenses. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 3.8% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 5.6% in the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily as a result of the increase in gross margin.

Rest of World .

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

   

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Acquisitions

     10.5   Acquisitions      26.2

Reported sales volumes

     (2.0 )%    Reported sales volumes      (2.0 )% 

Sales pricing and product mix

     (2.6 )%    Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments      17.6

Foreign currency translation

     (19.8 )%    Foreign currency translation      (29.6 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     (13.9 )%    Total      12.2

 

62


Table of Contents

External sales in the Rest of World segment were $473.6 million, a decrease of $76.7 million, or 13.9%, in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars when comparing the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to the US dollar strengthening against the Mexican peso and Brazilian real. The increase in external net sales from acquisitions was primarily due to the November 2014 acquisition of D’Altomare. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to decreases in the Asia Pacific region partially offset by increases in Mexico. The decrease in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily due to lower average selling prices resulting from market driven deflationary pressures on upstream oil and gas product offerings and oil derived products. Gross profit increased $9.9 million, or 12.2%, to $91.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was driven by the November 2014 acquisition of D’Altomare. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to focused margin management efforts. Gross margin increased from 14.8% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 19.2% in the year ended December 31, 2015 (17.7% excluding D’Altomare in the year ended December 31, 2015) primarily due to the factors impacting gross profit discussed above.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $1.5 million, or 14.6%, to $8.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased outbound freight and handling expenses by 21.4% or $2.2 million. On a constant currency basis, outbound freight and handling expenses increased $0.7 million or 6.8%, which was primarily due to D’Altomare. Operating expenses increased $0.8 million, or 1.5%, to $54.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 and increased as a percentage of external sales from 9.7% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 11.4% in the year ended December 31, 2015. D’Altomare contributed additional operating expenses of $10.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 25.3% or $13.5 million. Excluding the impact of D’Altomare and foreign currency translation, operating expenses increased $3.9 million primarily due to higher personnel expenses of $2.7 million driven by annual compensation increases and higher variable compensation. The remaining $1.2 million increase related to several insignificant components.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $10.6 million, or 60.2%, to $28.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. D’Altomare contributed additional Adjusted EBITDA of $9.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 47.7% or $8.4 million. On a constant currency basis and excluding D’Altomare, Adjusted EBITDA increased $9.2 million primarily due to increased gross profit. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 3.2% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 6.0% in the year ended December 31, 2015 (5.0% excluding D’Altomare in the year ended December 31, 2015). The increase is a result of the increase in gross margin.

 

63


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

    Year ended     Favorable
(unfavorable)
    %
Change
    Impact of
currency*
 

(in millions)

  December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013        

Net sales

  $ 10,373.9        100.0   $ 10,324.6        100.0   $ 49.3        0.5     (1.4 )% 

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

    8,443.2        81.4     8,448.7        81.8     5.5        0.1     1.4
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Gross profit

    1,930.7        18.6     1,875.9        18.2     54.8        2.9     (1.1 )% 

Operating expenses:

             

Outbound freight and handling

    365.5        3.5     326.0        3.2     (39.5     (12.1 )%      1.2

Warehousing, selling and administrative

    923.5        8.9     951.7        9.2     28.2        3.0     1.1

Other operating expenses, net

    197.1        1.9     12.0        0.1     (185.1     N/M        N/M   

Depreciation

    133.5        1.3     128.1        1.2     (5.4     (4.2 )%      0.6

Amortization

    96.0        0.9     100.0        1.0     4.0        4.0     0.7

Impairment charges

    0.3        —       135.6        1.3     135.3        99.8     —  
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Total operating expenses

    1,715.9        16.5     1,653.4        16.0     (62.5     (3.8 )%      1.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Operating income

    214.8        2.1     222.5        2.2     (7.7     (3.5 )%      (1.7 )% 
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Other (expense) income:

             

Interest income

    8.2        0.1     11.0        0.1     (2.8     (25.5 )%      (1.8 )% 

Interest expense

    (258.8     (2.5 )%      (305.5     (3.0 )%      46.7        15.3     0.1

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    (1.2     —       (2.5     —       1.3        52.0     —  

Other income (expense), net

    1.1        —       (17.6     (0.2 )%      18.7        106.3     2.8
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Total other expense

    (250.7     (2.4 )%      (314.6     (3.0 )%      63.9        20.3     0.2
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Loss before income taxes

    (35.9     (0.3 )%      (92.1     (0.9 )%      56.2        61.0     (3.4 )% 

Income tax benefit

    (15.8     (0.2 )%      (9.8     (0.1 )%      6.0        61.2     2.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

Net loss

  $ (20.1     (0.2 )%    $ (82.3     (0.8 )%      62.2        75.6     (3.5 )% 
 

 

 

     

 

 

         

 

* Foreign currency translation is included in the percentage change. Unfavorable impacts from foreign currency translation are designated with parentheses.

Net sales

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

 

Acquisitions

     0.8

Reported sales volumes

     1.4

Sales pricing and product mix

     (0.3 )% 

Foreign currency translation

     (1.4 )% 
  

 

 

 

Total

     0.5

Net sales were $10,373.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $49.3 million, or 0.5%, from the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net sales from acquisitions was driven by the May 2013 acquisition of Quimicompuestos in Mexico. The increase in net sales from reported sales volumes was driven by the USA and Canada segments partially offset by decreases in the EMEA and Rest of World segments. The reduction in net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was driven by the USA segment partially offset by increases in the Canada, EMEA and Rest of World segments. Foreign currency translation

 

64


Table of Contents

decreased net sales primarily due to the US dollar strengthening against the Canadian dollar. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2014 discussion for additional information.

Gross profit

 

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Acquisitions

     0.5

Reported sales volumes

     1.4

Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments

     2.1

Foreign currency translation

     (1.1 )% 
  

 

 

 

Total

     2.9

Gross profit increased $54.8 million, or 2.9%, to $1,930.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was driven by the May 2013 acquisition of Quimicompuestos. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments resulting from increases in the Canada, EMEA and Rest of World segments partially offset by a decrease in the USA segment. Foreign currency translation decreased gross profit primarily due to the US dollar strengthening against the Canadian dollar. Gross margin increased to 18.6% in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 18.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013 due to improved gross margins in the USA, Canada and EMEA segments. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2014 discussion for additional information.

Outbound freight and handling

Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $39.5 million, or 12.1%, to $365.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which was primarily attributable to the increase in reported sales volumes, increased expense due to a tighter third-party carrier market and incremental costs from the Quimicompuestos acquisition. Foreign currency translation decreased outbound freight and handling expense by 1.2% or $3.8 million. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2014 discussion for additional information.

Warehousing, selling and administrative

Warehousing, selling and administrative expenses decreased $28.2 million, or 3.0%, to $923.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily attributable to management’s focus on cost control and the realization of the benefits of previously implemented productivity initiatives. This decrease was partially offset by an additional $5.4 million in warehousing, selling and administrative expenses in the year ended December 31, 2014 due to Quimicompuestos. Foreign currency translation decreased warehousing, selling and administrative expenses by 1.1% or $10.3 million. On a constant currency basis and excluding Quimicompuestos, the decrease relates to reductions in professional fees from outside services of $10.0 million and reduced temporary and contract labor expense of $3.2 million due to lower spending on productivity initiatives, uninsured losses and settlements of $7.8 million due to the impact of settlements during the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in warehousing, selling and administrative expenses also reflects the impact of reducing legal accruals for contingencies from prior acquisitions where our liability has been extinguished, lower repairs and maintenance of $3.7 million primarily related to reductions in corporate maintenance, lower information technology spending of $2.9 million due to higher spending during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to the implementation of an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system and less bad debt expense of $1.8 million primarily related to less bad debt expenses in EMEA during the year ended December 31, 2014. These decreases were partially offset by increases in personnel related expenses of $3.7 million, which were primarily related to increased headcount and variable compensation expense increasing due to improved 2014 financial performance compared to 2013. The remaining $2.4 million increase related to several insignificant components. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2014 discussion for additional information.

 

65


Table of Contents

Other operating expenses, net

Other operating expenses, net increased $185.1 million to $197.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to a pension mark to market loss of $117.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to a mark to market gain of $73.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 relating to the annual remeasurement of our defined benefit plans and other postretirement benefit plans. The 2014 mark to market loss primarily relates to the decrease in the defined benefit pension plans discount rates from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 and the adoption of the new US mortality table as of December 31, 2014. This loss was partially offset by higher than expected plan asset returns during the year ended December 31, 2014. Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. The increase in other operating expenses, net was also attributable to a $24.5 million gain due to fair value adjustments in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a $1.0 million gain due to fair value adjustments in the year ended December 31, 2014 resulting from the remeasurement of the fair value of the contingent consideration liability associated with our 2012 acquisition of Magnablend (resulting from a reduced probability of Magnablend achieving its performance targets that would trigger contingent consideration payments). These increases were partially offset by lower redundancy and restructuring charges of $19.6 million mainly in the USA and EMEA segments. Refer to “Note 5: Redundancy and Restructuring” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. The increases were also partially offset by lower consulting fees of $7.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to increased expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2013 associated with the implementation of several regional initiatives aimed at streamlining our cost structure and improving our operations. Foreign currency translation decreased other operating expenses, net by $0.8 million. The remaining $1.5 million decrease related to several insignificant components. Refer to “Note 4: Other operating expenses, net” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation expense increased $5.4 million, or 4.2%, to $133.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Quimicompuestos contributed additional depreciation expense of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The remaining increase in depreciation expense primarily related to accelerated depreciation on various sites which are undergoing restructuring initiatives. Foreign currency translation decreased depreciation expense by 0.6% or $0.8 million.

Amortization expense decreased $4.0 million, or 4.0%, to $96.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Amortization expense decreased 0.7% or $0.7 million due to foreign currency translation and the lower amortization levels of existing customer relationship intangibles partially offset by an increase in amortization expense due to the amortization of additional intangible assets associated with Quimicompuestos. Customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis to mirror the economic pattern of benefit from such relationship.

Impairment charges

Impairment charges of $0.3 million were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014 relating to ongoing restructuring initiatives, a decrease of $135.3 million.

Impairment charges of $135.6 million were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2013. The impairment charges primarily represented the write-off of goodwill related to the Rest of World reporting unit as well as the write off of capitalized software development costs related to a global ERP system. The impairment of goodwill was triggered by a deterioration in general economic conditions within some of the reporting unit’s significant locations and revised financial projections for the Company. The impairment of the global ERP system was triggered by our decision to abandon its implementation.

 

66


Table of Contents

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $46.7 million, or 15.3%, to $258.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily as a result of a decrease in fixed interest rates due to the March 2013 refinancing of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the recognition of $27.1 million in fees associated with the March 2013 early payment on the 2018 Subordinated Notes of $350.0 million. In addition, $9.3 million of the decrease was due to lower average borrowings under short-term financing agreements. Interest expense related to tax contingencies was a gain of $4.7 million and a charge of $0.1 million for a net gain of $4.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to a charge of $1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. The net gain in the year ended December 31, 2014 related to accrued interest expense being released as the statute of limitations related to certain tax contingencies expired during the year ended December 31, 2014. Foreign currency translation decreased interest expense by 0.1% or $0.4 million. These decreases were partially offset by increased interest expense generated from interest rate swap contracts of $5.6 million.

Other (expense) income, net

Other (expense) income, net increased $18.7 million, or 106.3%, from an expense of $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to income of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily as a result of foreign currency transaction gains of $7.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to foreign currency transaction losses of $11.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, which are primarily related to the strengthening of the US dollar compared to the euro and Canadian dollar during the year ending December 31, 2014. In addition, there were lower debt refinancing fees of $6.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. The aforementioned increases to other (expense) income, net were partially offset by an increase of $3.7 million of losses related to undesignated foreign currency derivative instruments. Refer to “Note 6: Other (expense) income, net” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Income tax benefit

Income tax benefit increased $6.0 million, or 61.2%, to $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase primarily is due to our release of a net $18.4 million in unrealized tax benefits due to the statute of limitations expiration related to certain tax contingencies as well as a decrease of $11.6 million in foreign losses not benefitted for which a tax benefit may not be recognized.

 

67


Table of Contents

Segment results

Our Adjusted EBITDA by operating segment and in aggregate is summarized in the following tables:

 

(in millions)

   USA      Canada      EMEA      Rest of
World
     Other/
Elimin-
ations(1)
    Consolidated  
     Year ended December 31, 2014  

Net sales:

                

External customers

   $ 6,081.4       $ 1,512.1       $ 2,230.1       $ 550.3       $ —       $ 10,373.9   

Inter-segment

     121.8         10.0         4.5         —          (136.3     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

     6,203.2         1,522.1         2,234.6         550.3         (136.3     10,373.9   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

     5,041.0         1,271.5         1,797.9         469.1         (136.3     8,443.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,162.2         250.6         436.7         81.2         —         1,930.7   

Outbound freight and handling

     233.3         46.4         75.5         10.3         —         365.5   

Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses)

     490.9         97.4         276.2         53.3         5.7        923.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 438.0       $ 106.8       $ 85.0       $ 17.6       $ (5.7   $ 641.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating expenses, net

                   197.1   

Depreciation

                   133.5   

Amortization

                   96.0   

Impairment charges

                   0.3   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                   1.2   

Interest expense, net

                   250.6   

Other income, net

                   (1.1

Income tax benefit

                   (15.8
                

 

 

 

Net loss

                 $ (20.1
                

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

   USA      Canada      EMEA      Rest of
World
     Other/
Elimin-
ations(1)
    Consolidated  
     Year ended December 31, 2013  

Net sales:

                

External customers

   $ 5,964.5       $ 1,558.7       $ 2,326.8       $ 474.6       $ —       $ 10,324.6   

Inter-segment

     116.5         8.0         4.0         —          (128.5     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

     6,081.0         1,566.7         2,330.8         474.6         (128.5     10,324.6   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

     4,953.4         1,316.6         1,902.9         404.3         (128.5     8,448.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,127.6         250.1         427.9         70.3         —         1,875.9   

Outbound freight and handling

     201.3         41.6         76.1         7.0         —         326.0   

Warehousing, selling and administrative (operating expenses)

     492.6         102.4         299.3         48.3         9.1        951.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 433.7       $ 106.1       $ 52.5       $ 15.0       $ (9.1   $ 598.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating expenses, net

                   12.0   

Depreciation

                   128.1   

Amortization

                   100.0   

Impairment charges

                   135.6   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                   2.5   

Interest expense, net

                   294.5   

Other expense, net

                   17.6   

Income tax benefit

                   (9.8
                

 

 

 

Net loss

                 $ (82.3
                

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

 

(1) Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of intersegment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively.

USA .

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

   

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Reported sales volumes

     4.1   Reported sales volumes      4.1

Sales pricing and product mix

     (2.1 )%    Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments      (1.0 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     2.0   Total      3.1

External sales in the USA segment were $6,081.4 million, an increase of $116.9 million, or 2.0%, in the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to increased sales of hydrochloric acid and caustic soda. The reduction in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily driven by a shift towards products with lower average selling prices. Gross profit increased $34.6 million, or 3.1%, to $1,162.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit decreased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to an increase in product mix towards lower margin products partially offset by higher inventory write-downs of guar during the year ended December 31, 2013 driven by a reduction in guar’s market prices. Gross margin increased from 18.9% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 19.1% during the year ended December 31, 2014 due to average purchasing costs decreasing at a faster rate than average selling prices and the prior year impact of the guar write-downs.

Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $32.0 million, or 15.9%, to $233.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to the increase in reported sales volumes as well as increased deliveries to remote locations and the tighter third-party carrier market. Operating expenses decreased $1.7 million, or 0.3%, to $490.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 due to lower corporate cost allocations of $6.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 resulting from a reduction in overall corporate costs as well as a transfer of certain corporate personnel to the USA segment. The decrease in operating expenses was also due to lower outside professional fees of $4.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 resulting from costs incurred in the year ended December 31, 2013 for a sales and operations planning project, lower uninsured losses and settlements of $2.9 million due to higher settlement expenses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013, increased container recovery of $1.9 million related to implementation of improved tracking of containers and lower external legal fees of $1.5 million due to higher recovery of legal fees from insurance. These reductions were partially offset by higher personnel expenses of $9.1 million resulting from higher headcount, higher temporary labor and contract labor of $2.6 million due to hiring of additional temporary salespeople, higher travel and entertainment expenses of $2.4 million resulting from lower travel levels in the year ended December 31, 2013, increased taxes other than income taxes of $1.8 million related to higher property taxes and increased pallets and supplies expense of $1.7 million related to increased sales volumes. The remaining $2.1 million decrease related to several insignificant components. Operating expenses as a percentage of external sales decreased from 8.3% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 8.1% in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $4.3 million, or 1.0%, to $438.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 7.3% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 7.2% in the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily as a result of increased freight and handling expenses.

 

69


Table of Contents

Canada .

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

   

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Reported sales volumes

     0.7   Reported sales volumes      0.7

Sales pricing and product mix

     3.3   Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments      6.7

Foreign currency translation

     (7.0 )%    Foreign currency translation      (7.2 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     (3.0 )%    Total      0.2

External sales in the Canada segment were $1,512.1 million, a decrease of $46.6 million, or 3.0%, in the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to increases in sales of oil and gas, coatings and adhesives, and food ingredient products, partially offset by decreases in agricultural and forestry products. The increase in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily driven by increased average selling prices. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars as the US dollar strengthened against the Canadian dollar when comparing the year ended December 31, 2014 to the year ended December 31, 2013. On a constant currency basis, external sales dollars increased $62.8 million or 4.0%. Gross profit increased $0.5 million, or 0.2%, to $250.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to the positive impacts from increased average selling prices during the year ended December 31, 2014, as well as higher product settlement costs and guar inventory write-downs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013. Gross margin increased from 16.0% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 16.6% in the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to the factors impacting gross profit discussed above.

Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $4.8 million, or 11.5%, to $46.4 million primarily due to the increase in reported sales volumes as well as increased deliveries to customers in remote locations. Operating expenses decreased by $5.0 million, or 4.9%, to $97.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 and decreased as a percentage of external sales from 6.6% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 6.4% in the year ended December 31, 2014. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 6.9% or $7.1 million. On a constant currency basis, operating expenses increased $2.1 million, or 2.1%, primarily related to higher personnel expenses of $1.0 million resulting from annual compensation increases and increases in headcount and higher outside storage fees of $0.9 million related to increased sales volumes. This increase was partially offset by lower corporate cost allocations of $0.7 million due to lower overall corporate costs. The remaining $0.9 million increase related to several insignificant components.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $0.7 million, or 0.7%, to $106.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 7.3% or $7.7 million. On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased $8.4 million due to increased external sales generating increased gross profit. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 6.8% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 7.1% in the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to increases in gross margin.

EMEA .

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

   

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Reported sales volumes

     (4.0 )%    Reported sales volumes      (4.0 )% 

Sales pricing and product mix

     0.4   Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments      6.4

Foreign currency translation

     (0.6 )%    Foreign currency translation      (0.3 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     (4.2 )%    Total      2.1

 

70


Table of Contents

External sales in the EMEA segment were $2,230.1 million, a decrease of $96.7 million, or 4.2%, in the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to the expiration of two high-volume customer contracts which were not renewed by us due to the low margins on those contracts. The increase in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily driven by a shift in product mix towards products with higher average selling prices. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars primarily resulting from the US dollar strengthening against the euro when comparing the year ended December 31, 2014 to the year ended December 31, 2013. Gross profit increased $8.8 million, or 2.1%, to $436.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to the expiration of two lower margin customer contracts as well as average purchasing costs decreasing at a faster rate than average selling prices on the remaining products. Gross margin increased from 18.4% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 19.6% in the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to the factors impacting gross profit discussed above.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $0.6 million, or 0.8%, to $75.5 million primarily due to the decrease in reported sales volumes. Operating expenses decreased $23.1 million, or 7.7%, to $276.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 and decreased as a percentage of external sales from 12.9% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 12.4% in the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease primarily related to realizing the benefits of previously implemented productivity initiatives. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 0.8% or $2.5 million. On a constant currency basis, the decrease resulted from lower outside professional fees of $5.0 million due to higher fees related to margin improvement initiative spending during the year ended December 31, 2013, lower corporate costs of $4.3 million due to lower overall corporate costs, a $3.4 million reduction in uninsured losses and settlements due to higher settlement costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to a customer dispute, lower temporary and contract labor of $3.2 million resulting from lower recruiting and training costs, lower bad debts of $2.8 million in 2014 resulting from implementing working capital initiatives and lower spending on information technology of $2.1 million resulting from higher than average spending during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to the implementation of an ERP system. The remaining $0.2 million increase related to several insignificant components.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $32.5 million, or 61.9%, to $85.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 due to increased gross profit and decreased operating expenses. Foreign currency translation increased Adjusted EBITDA by 2.7% or $1.4 million. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 2.3% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 3.8% in the year ended December 31, 2014 as a result of the increase in gross margin and a decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of external sales.

Rest of World .

 

Net sales percentage change due to:

   

Gross profit percentage change due to:

 

Acquisitions

     16.7   Acquisitions      14.1

Reported sales volumes

     (10.8 )%    Reported sales volumes      (10.8 )% 

Sales pricing and product mix

     13.7   Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments      13.2

Foreign currency translation

     (3.6 )%    Foreign currency translation      (1.0 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     16.0   Total      15.5

External sales in the Rest of World segment were $550.3 million, an increase of $75.7 million, or 16.0%, in the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in external net sales from acquisitions was driven by the May 2013 acquisition of Quimicompuestos in Mexico. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to decreases in the Asia Pacific region related to competitive pressures and weaker demand. The increase in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily driven by a

 

71


Table of Contents

market shift in product mix toward products with higher average selling prices in the Asia Pacific region and Brazil. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars when comparing the year ended December 31, 2014 to the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to the US dollar strengthening against the Mexican peso and Brazilian real. Gross profit increased $10.9 million, or 15.5%, to $81.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was driven by the May 2013 acquisition of Quimicompuestos. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to improved margins in the Asia Pacific region resulting from an increased mix of specialty products partially offset by lower margins in Brazil resulting from competitive pressures. Gross margin remained at 14.8% in the year ended December 31, 2014 (15.1% excluding Quimicompuestos due to lower margins resulting from the oil and gas market).

Outbound freight and handling expenses increased $3.3 million, or 47.1%, to $10.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily related to an increase from Quimicompuestos partially offset by the decrease in reported sales volumes. Operating expenses increased $5.0 million, or 10.4%, to $53.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 and decreased as a percentage of external sales from 10.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013 to 9.7% in the year ended December 31, 2014. Quimicompuestos contributed additional operating expenses of $5.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 1.9% or $0.9 million. On a constant currency basis and excluding the impact of Quimicompuestos, the increase of $0.5 million in operating expenses was primarily related to higher personnel expenses of $1.7 million due to increased headcount, which was partially offset by reduced corporate cost allocations of $1.2 million.

Adjusted EBITDA was $17.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $2.6 million, or 17.3% (an increase of $2.1 million excluding Quimicompuestos) primarily resulting from increased gross profit. Adjusted EBITDA margin remained at 3.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 (3.6% excluding Quimicompuestos).

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary source of liquidity is cash generated from our operations as well as borrowings under our credit facilities. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we restructured a significant portion of our long term debt obligations. These debt refinancings extended our debt maturity profile and reduced our future interest payments. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on these debt refinancings As of December 31, 2015, our total liquidity was approximately $677.1 million comprised of $489.0 million available under our credit facilities and $188.1 million of cash and cash equivalents. Our primary liquidity and capital resource needs are to service our debt and to finance working capital, capital expenditures, other liabilities and cost of acquisitions. We believe that funds provided by these sources will be adequate to meet our liquidity and capital resource needs for at least the next 12 months under current operating conditions. We have significant working capital needs, although we have implemented several initiatives to improve our working capital and reduce the related financing requirements. The nature of our business, however, requires that we maintain inventories that enable us to deliver products to fill customer orders. As of December 31, 2015, we maintained inventories of $803.4 million, equivalent to approximately 47.0 days of sales (which we calculate on the basis of cost of goods sold for the trailing 90-day period).

Historically, our maintenance capital expenditures have largely tracked our depreciation expense. In executing our growth strategies, our capital expenditures increased moderately and we had annual capital expenditures in the range of 1.1% to 1.6% of net sales over the 2013 to 2015 period. In general, our sustaining capital expenditures represent less than 2% of net sales.

The funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is the difference between our plan assets and projected benefit obligations. Our pension plans in the U.S. and certain other countries had an underfunded status of $244.5 million, $304.2 million and $239.1 million at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During

 

72


Table of Contents

2015, we made contributions of $59.6 million. Based on current projections of minimum funding requirements, we expect to make cash contributions of $28.1 million to our defined benefit pension plans in 2016. The timing for any such requirement in future years is uncertain given the implicit uncertainty regarding the future developments of factors described in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We may not be able to repatriate our cash and undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions without incurring additional tax liabilities. See also “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

We may from time to time repurchase our debt or take other steps to reduce our debt. These actions may include open market repurchases, negotiated repurchases or opportunistic refinancing of debt. The amount of debt, if any, that may be repurchased or refinanced will depend on market conditions, trading levels of our debt, our cash position, compliance with debt covenants and other considerations. Our affiliates may also purchase our debt from time to time, through open market purchases or other transactions.

Cash Flows

The following table presents a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods set forth below:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
(in millions)    December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 356.0       $ 126.3       $ 289.3   

Net cash (used) by investing activities

     (294.4      (148.2      (215.7

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

     (19.8      84.1         (110.5

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities increased $229.7 million from $126.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $356.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Cash provided by operating activities increased by $60.4 million due to an increase in net income exclusive of non-cash items in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. Refer to “Results of Operations” above for additional information.

The increase in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities include an increase of $318.3 million due to changes in trade accounts receivables, net, inventories and trade accounts payable. In the year ended December 31, 2015, trade accounts receivables, net, inventories and trade accounts payable provided cash because net sales during the three months ended December 31, 2015 were lower than net sales during the three months ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to sales declines within the oil and gas markets. In addition, inventory levels were higher than normal as of December 31, 2014 to support our customer driven initiative related to improving on-time delivery.

The increase in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities also related to accrued interest expenses increasing $14.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to an increase of $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 resulting in a net increase of $14.0 million to cash provided by operations. The increase in accrued interest expenses is due to the July 2015 debt refinancing transactions altering the timing of interest payments.

 

73


Table of Contents

The increase in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities also includes an increase in other payables of $9.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a decrease of $8.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, which is a net increase of $18.2 million. The increase relates to more in-progress productivity projects during the year ended December 31, 2015 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.

The increase in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by changes in redundancy and restructuring liabilities. The redundancy and restructuring liabilities increased $32.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, which was primarily due to higher facility exit costs and employee termination costs. In the year ended December 31, 2015, the redundancy and restructuring liabilities decreased $1.9 million as payments were higher than new charges. As a result, cash provided by operating activities decreased by $34.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Another factor offsetting the higher cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities was a reduction in pension and other postretirement benefit obligations of $52.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to an increase in the obligations of $72.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, which is a net decrease of $124.8 million. Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Cash provided by operations also decreased due to $11.0 million of higher variable compensation payments and decreased $7.6 million due to lower rebates driven by lower purchasing volumes during the year ended December 31, 2015.

The remaining decrease of $3.7 million related to several insignificant components.

Cash provided by operating activities decreased $163.0 million from $289.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $126.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a decrease of $304.0 million due to working capital changes related to the relatively lower working capital requirements in the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting from higher than normal working capital levels in 2012 caused by a temporary slowdown in the working capital cycle due to the implementation of an ERP system in EMEA. In addition, as of December 31, 2014, we have increased inventory levels to support our customer driven initiative related to improving on-time delivery. Another factor contributing to lower cash provided by operating activities was the decrease of $23.3 million related to prepaid expenses and other current assets primarily consisting of receiving less cash from taxing authorities related to timing of income tax payments in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $131.7 million in net income exclusive of non-cash items primarily consisting of a decrease of $43.9 million in interest expense, net, an increase of $43.5 million in Adjusted EBITDA and an increase of $18.7 million in other nonoperating income for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Another factor offsetting the lower cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2014 relates to the cash payments of $19.9 million related to the French penalty during the year ended December 31, 2013. Refer to “Results of Operations” above for additional information. The remaining increase of $12.7 million related to several insignificant components.

Cash (Used) by Investing Activities

Cash used by investing activities increased $146.2 million from $148.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $294.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase primarily related to six acquisitions in the year ended 2015 compared to one acquisition in the year ended December 31, 2014. Refer to “Note 17: Business combinations” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. In addition, there was higher spending on capital expenditures of $31.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increases in capital expenditures primarily related to purchasing assets that replaced operating leases and increased information technology spend related to internal projects focused on improving operations. We expect our capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2016 to be lower than the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

74


Table of Contents

Cash used by investing activities decreased $67.5 million from $215.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $148.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease primarily consisted of lower spending on acquisitions in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. In the year ended December 31, 2014, we paid, net of cash acquired, $42.2 million to acquire D’Altomare in Brazil and in the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid, net of cash acquired, $88.7 million to acquire Quimicompuestos in Mexico. In addition, there was a reduction in capital expenditures of $27.4 million resulting from our decision to discontinue an ERP implementation during the second quarter of 2013. Capital expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2014 are approximately 1% of net sales, which historically has been our maintenance capital expenditure level.

Cash (Used) Provided by Financing Activities

Cash used by financing activities increased $103.9 million from cash provided of $84.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to cash used of $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in cash used by financing activities was primarily due to the July 2015 refinancing. As part of the refinancing activity, the former senior term loan facilities were paid in full and replaced with the new Senior Term Loan Facility and the Unsecured Notes. The pay-off amount related to the former facility was $80.9 million more than the new debt balance related to the new Senior Term Loan Facility and Unsecured Notes. Furthermore, financing fees paid increased by $23.3 million due to the July 2015 debt refinancing activity in the year ended December 31, 2015 being more significant than the March 2014 debt refinancing activity.

Also contributing to the increase in cash used by financing activities was a $96.5 million smaller increase in our outstanding balances within our ABL facilities during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The reduced increase in the ABL balances during the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily related to improved cash flows from operations in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014.

The increase in cash used by financing activities was partially offset by closing our IPO and a concurrent private placement of equity during the year ended December 31, 2015. The proceeds, net of fees, related to the IPO and concurrent private placement of equity were $763.6 million. Concurrent with the IPO and private placement of equity, we paid the remaining principal balance of $650.0 million related to the Senior Subordinated Notes. This resulted in a net cash inflow from financing activities of $113.6 million. The remaining increase of $16.8 million primarily related to increased payments on capital leases and several other insignificant components.

Cash provided by financing activities increased $194.6 million from cash used of $110.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to cash provided of $84.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to the increase in our outstanding balances within our ABL facilities of $122.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to a decrease of $91.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, which resulted in a net increase of $213.5 million. The increase was due to higher working capital needs during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 due to increased inventories related to our customer driven initiative related to improving on-time delivery. Cash provided by financing activities increased $31.8 million related to changes in short-term financing due to a shift in borrowing more under ABL facilities, which have lower interest rates, versus bank overdrafts in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, financing fees paid decreased by $7.1 million due to lower debt refinancing activity in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. These increases were partially offset by a net cash inflow of $73.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 related to the additional borrowings of $423.6 million from the refinancing of the Senior Term Loan Facilities partially offset by the prepayment of $350.0 million related to the 2018 Subordinated Notes. The remaining increase of $15.8 million related to several insignificant components.

 

75


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations that require us to make future cash payments as of December 31, 2015. The future contractual requirements include payments required for our operating and capital leases, forward currency contracts, indebtedness and any other long-term liabilities reflected on our balance sheet.

 

     Payment Due by Period
(in millions)
 
     Total      Less
than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5 years      More
than
5 years
 

Short-term financing(1)

   $ 33.5       $ 33.5       $ —        $ —        $ —    

Capital leases(1)

     57.3         20.0         16.3         11.7         9.3   

Long-term debt, including current maturities(1)

     3,093.7         39.9         129.9         324.4         2,599.5  

Interest(2)

     893.9         147.0         274.4         262.2         210.3  

Minimum operating lease payments

     285.4         62.8         91.7         67.5         63.4   

Estimated environmental liability payments(3)

     115.5         35.5         26.1         17.5         36.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(4)(5)(6)

   $ 4,479.3       $ 338.7       $ 538.4       $ 683.3       $ 2,918.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See “Note 14: Debt” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
(2) Interest payments on debt are calculated for future periods using interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2015. Projected interest payments include the related effects of interest rate swap agreements. Certain of these projected interest payments may differ in the future based on changes in floating interest rates, foreign currency fluctuations or other factors or events. The projected interest payments only pertain to obligations and agreements outstanding at December 31, 2015. See “Note 14: Debt” and “Note 16: Derivatives” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion regarding our debt instruments and related interest rate agreements, respectively.
(3) Included in the less than one year category is $14.3 million related to environmental liabilities for which the timing is uncertain. The timing of payments is unknown and could differ based on future events. For more information see “Note 18: Commitments and contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(4) Due to the high degree of uncertainty related to the timing of future cash outflows associated with unrecognized income tax benefits, we are unable to reasonably estimate beyond one year when settlement will occur with the respective taxing authorities and have excluded such liabilities from this table. At December 31, 2015, we reported a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $5.2 million. For more information see “Note 7: Income taxes” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(5) This table excludes our pension and postretirement medical benefit obligations. Based on current projections of minimum funding requirements, we expect to make cash contributions of $28.1 million to our defined benefit pension plans in the year ended December 31, 2016. The timing for any such requirement in future years is uncertain given the implicit uncertainty regarding the future developments of factors described in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(6) Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreements related to the Future/BlueStar, Arrow Chemical, WEG and Polymer Technologies acquisitions, we are conditionally obligated to make earn-out payments up to $14.4 million excluding Future/Bluestar, which has no fixed maximum payout. These earn-out payments are excluded from the table as there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding the future performance of the acquired companies and thus the payout amounts. Refer to “Note 17: Business combinations” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

We expect that we will be able to fund our remaining obligations and commitments with cash flow from operations. To the extent we are unable to fund these obligations and commitments with cash flow from operations; we intend to fund these obligations and commitments with proceeds from available borrowing capacity under our Senior ABL Facility or under future financings.

 

76


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have few off-balance sheet arrangements. In recent years, our principal off-balance sheet arrangements have consisted primarily of operating leases for facility space and some equipment leasing and we expect to continue these practices. For additional information on these leases, see “Note 18: Commitments and contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We do not use special purpose entities that would create off-balance sheet financing.

Critical Accounting Estimates

General

Preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make a number of significant estimates and assumptions that form the basis for our determinations as to the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if that estimate requires that we make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time we make that estimate and if different estimates that we could reasonably have used or changes in accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur could materially affect our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting estimates reflect our more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize net sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of products has occurred or services are provided to customers, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Net sales includes product sales, billings for freight and handling charges and fees earned for services provided, net of any discounts, returns, customer rebates and sales or other revenue-based tax. We recognize product sales and billings for freight and handling charges when products are considered delivered to the customer under the terms of the sale. Fee revenues are recognized when services are completed.

Our sales to customers in the agriculture end markets principally in Canada, often provide for a form of inventory protection through credit and re-bill as well as understandings pursuant to which certain price changes from chemical producers may be passed through to the customer. These arrangements require us to make estimates of potential returns of unused chemicals as well as revenue deferral to the extent the sales price is not considered determinable. The estimates used to determine the amount of revenue associated with product likely to be returned are based on past experience adjusted for any current market conditions.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level using a two-step test. Under the first step of the goodwill impairment test, our estimate of fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and we must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Step two of the impairment test, if necessary, would require the identification and estimation of the fair value of the reporting unit’s individual assets, including currently unrecognized intangible assets, and liabilities in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the

 

77


Table of Contents

implied fair value. See “Note 12: Goodwill and intangible assets” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to goodwill.

At October 1, 2015, we performed our annual impairment review and concluded the fair value substantially exceeded the carrying value for all reporting units with goodwill balances. There were no events or circumstances from the date of the assessment through December 31, 2015 that would affect this conclusion.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions by management. The inputs that create the most sensitivity in our goodwill valuation model are the discount rate, terminal growth rate, estimated cash flow projections and market multiples. We can provide no assurance that a material impairment charge will not occur in a future period. Our estimates of future cash flows may differ from actual cash flows that are subsequently realized due to many factors, including future worldwide economic conditions and the expected benefits of our initiatives. Any of these potential factors, or other unexpected factors, may cause us to re-evaluate the carrying value of goodwill.

Environmental Liabilities

As more fully described in “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” and “Note 18: Commitments and contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we recognize environmental contingency liabilities for probable and reasonably estimable losses associated with environmental remediation. The estimated environmental contingency liability includes incremental direct costs of investigations, remediation efforts and post-remediation monitoring. The total environmental reserve at December 31, 2015, and 2014 was $113.2 million and $120.3 million, respectively.

Our environmental reserves are subject to numerous uncertainties that affect our ability to accurately estimate our costs, or our share of costs if multiple parties are responsible. These uncertainties involve the legal, regulatory and enforcement parameters governing environmental assessment and remediation, the nature and extent of contamination at these sites, the extent and cost of assessment and remediation efforts required, the choice of remediation and, in the case of sites with multiple responsible parties, the number and financial strength of other potentially responsible parties. In addition, our determination as to whether a loss is probable may change, particularly as new facts emerge as to the nature or extent of any non-compliance with environmental laws and the costs of assessment and remediation. Our revisions to the environmental reserve estimates have ranged between $1.9 million to $11.3 million between 2015 and 2013.

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Obligations

As described more fully in “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” and “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we sponsor defined benefit pension plans in the U.S. and various other countries. We determine these pension costs and obligations using actuarial methodologies that use several statistical and judgmental factors. These assumptions include discount rates, rates for expected return on assets, rates for compensation increases, mortality rates and retirement rates, as determined by us within certain guidelines. Actual experience different from those estimated and changes in assumptions can result in the recognition of gains and losses in earnings as our accounting policy is to recognize changes in the fair value of plan assets or each plan’s projected benefit obligation in the fourth quarter of each year (the “mark to market” adjustment).

 

78


Table of Contents

The following table demonstrates the isolated effect of a one percentage-point decrease in our expected return on plan assets, a one-percentage point increase in our annual rate of compensation, and a 25 basis point decrease in our assumed discount rate separately on our 2016 defined benefit pension cost (credit):

 

     2016 Net Benefit Cost
(Income)
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Assumed discount rate

   $ (1.0

Annual rate of compensation increase

     0.6   

Expected return on plan assets

     9.2   

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the jurisdictions in which we sell products and earn revenues, including the United States, Canada and various Latin American, Asian-Pacific and European jurisdictions. By their nature, a number of our tax positions require us to apply significant judgment in order to properly evaluate and quantify our tax positions and to determine our provision for income taxes. GAAP sets forth a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. GAAP specifically prohibits the use of a valuation allowance as a substitute for derecognition of tax positions and also requires expanded disclosures. See “Note 7: Income taxes” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, the final outcome of these tax matters may be different than our provision. We adjust our reserves for tax positions in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, the refinement of an estimate or changes in tax laws. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, the differences are recorded as adjustments to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. The interest and penalties related to these reserves are recorded as a component of interest expense and warehousing, selling and administrative expenses, respectively.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof. In addition, we are subject to examination of our income tax returns by various tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provisions for income taxes.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. Significant judgment in the forecasting of taxable income using historical and projected future operating results is required in determining our provision for income tax and the related asset and liabilities.

In the event that the actual outcome of future tax consequences differs from our estimates and assumptions due to changes or future events such as tax legislation, geographic mix of the earnings, completion of tax audits or earnings repatriation plans, the resulting change to the provision for income taxes could have a material effect on the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets.

 

79


Table of Contents

We have placed a valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets, including certain of our foreign net operating loss carry forwards. We intend to maintain the valuation allowances until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances.

In evaluating our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, in full or in part, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results, our forecast of future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

The assumptions utilized in determining future taxable income require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses. We believe it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets recorded on our balance sheet will ultimately be realized. In the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would be charged to earnings in the period in which we make such determination.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Accounting Pronouncements Issued But Not Yet Adopted

See “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies

Our principal financial instruments, other than derivatives, comprise credit facilities and other long-term debt as well as cash and cash equivalents. We have various other financial instruments, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable, which arise directly from our operations. We make use of various financial instruments under a financial policy. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and interest rates in certain limited circumstances described below. While these derivative financial instruments are subject to market risk, principally based on changes in currency exchange and interest rates, the impact of these changes on our financial position and results of operations is generally offset by a corresponding change in the financial or operating items we are seeking to hedge. We follow a strict policy that prohibits trading in financial instruments other than to acquire and manage these hedging positions. We do not hold or issue derivative or other financial instruments for speculative purposes, or to hedge translation risk.

The principal risks arising from our financial instruments are interest rate risk, product price risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk. Our board of directors reviews and approves policies designed to manage each of these risks, which are summarized below. We also monitor the market-price risk arising from all financial instruments. The interest rate risk to which we are subject at year end is discussed below. Our accounting policies for derivative financial instruments are set out in our summary of significant accounting policies at “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our long-term debt obligations. Under our hedging policy, we seek to maintain an appropriate amount of fixed-rate debt obligations, either directly or effectively through interest rate derivative contracts that fix the interest rate payable on all or a portion of our floating rate debt obligations. We assess the anticipated mix of the fixed versus floating amount of debt

 

80


Table of Contents

once a year, in connection with our annual budgeting process, with the purpose of hedging variability of interest expense and interest payments on our variable rate bank debt and maintaining a mix of both fixed and floating rate debt. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 77% of our debt was fixed rate after consideration of interest rate swap contracts.

The interest rates related to our long-term debt decreased since December 31, 2014 due to the July 2015 debt refinancing. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. As a result, the impact on our earnings before taxes has materially changed when considering a change in variable interest rates.

Below is a chart showing the sensitivity of both a 100 basis point and 200 basis point increase in interest rates (including the impact of derivatives), with other variables held constant on our earnings before tax.

 

(in millions)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

100 basis point increase in variable interest rates

   $ 9.3   

200 basis point increase in variable interest rates

     16.5   

Foreign Currency Risk

Because we conduct our business on an international basis in multiple currencies, we may be adversely affected by foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Although we report financial results in U.S. dollars, a substantial portion of our net sales and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, particularly the euro, the Canadian dollar and European currencies other than the euro, including the British pound sterling. Fluctuations in exchange rates could therefore significantly affect our reported results from period to period as we translate results in local currencies into U.S. dollars. We have not used derivative instruments to hedge the translation risk related to earnings of foreign subsidiaries.

Additionally, our investments in EMEA, Canada and Rest of World are subject to foreign currency risk. Currency fluctuations result in non-cash gains and losses that do not impact income before income taxes, but instead are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive loss in equity in our consolidated balance sheet. We do not hedge our investment in non-U.S. entities because those investments are viewed as long-term in nature.

In addition, there are certain situations where we invoice sales and incur costs in currencies other than those currencies in which we record the financial results for that business operation; however, these exposures are typically of short duration and not material to our overall results. In any event, we tend to hedge this transaction risk either through specific hedges for significant transactions or through hedging on a portfolio basis to address currency transaction mismatches embedded in the large number of smaller transactions.

In 2015, we issued a euro-denominated Term B Loan under our Senior Term Loan Facility in the amount of €250.0 million which is held by Univar USA, a US dollar denominated entity. The issuance of this loan increased our exposure to changes in the value of the euro against the US dollar. The Euro Term B Loan has a variable interest rate based on short-term Eurodollar LIBOR interest rates. In addition, our subsidiaries may advance or accept intercompany loans in currencies other than the business unit’s currency for financial reporting purposes. Our policy is not to hedge these balance sheet revaluations due to the long-term nature of the underlying obligations.

Due to the geographic diversity of our business operations and the local currencies used to record financial results, we are exposed to a wide number of foreign currency relationships. The majority of these relationships are based on the U.S. dollar, euro or British pound sterling. The following table illustrates the sensitivity of our 2015 consolidated earnings and accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of foreign currency derivative

 

81


Table of Contents

instruments, before income taxes to a 10% increase in the value of the U.S. dollar, euro, and, British pounds with all other variables held constant.

 

Year ended December 31, 2015

   Effect on
income
    Effect on
accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
 
     (in millions)  

10% strengthening of U.S. dollar

   $ 20.7      $ (13.8

10% strengthening of Euro

     (30.1     —     

10% strengthening of British pound

     0.7        11.9   

Product Price Risk

Our business model is to buy and sell at “spot” prices in quantities approximately equal to estimated customer demand. We do not take significant “long” or “short” positions in the products we sell in an attempt to speculate on changes in product prices. As a result, we are not significantly exposed to changes in product selling prices or costs and our exposure to product price risk is not material. Because we maintain inventories in order to serve the needs of our customers, we are subject to the risk of reductions in market prices for chemicals we hold in inventory, but we actively manage this risk on a centralized basis and have reduced our exposure by improving sales forecasting and reducing the period of projected sales for which inventories are held, as well as incorporating low working capital targets within employee incentive plans.

Credit Risk

We have a credit policy in place and monitor exposure to credit risk on an ongoing basis. We perform credit evaluations on all customers requesting credit above a specified exposure level. In the normal course of business, we provide credit to our customers, perform ongoing credit evaluations of these customers and maintain reserves for potential credit losses. In certain situations, we will require upfront cash payment, collateral and/or personal guarantees based on the credit worthiness of the customers. We typically have limited risk from a concentration of credit risk as no individual customer represents greater than 10% of the outstanding accounts receivable balance.

Investments, if any, are only in liquid securities and only with counterparties with appropriate credit ratings. Transactions involving derivative financial instruments are with counterparties with which we have a signed netting agreement and which have appropriate credit ratings. We do not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

 

82


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     84   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     85   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     86   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

     87   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     88   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     89   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     90   

 

83


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Univar Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Univar Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Univar Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 3, 2016

 

84


Table of Contents

UNIVAR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

            Year ended December 31,  

(in millions, except per share data)

   Note      2015     2014     2013  

Net sales

      $ 8,981.8      $ 10,373.9      $ 10,324.6   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

        7,182.7        8,443.2        8,448.7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        1,799.1        1,930.7        1,875.9   

Operating expenses:

         

Outbound freight and handling

        324.6        365.5        326.0   

Warehousing, selling and administrative

        874.4        923.5        951.7   

Other operating expenses, net

     4         106.1        197.1        12.0   

Depreciation

        136.5        133.5        128.1   

Amortization

        88.5        96.0        100.0   

Impairment charges

     11, 12         —          0.3        135.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

        1,530.1        1,715.9        1,653.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

        269.0        214.8        222.5   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

         

Interest income

        4.3        8.2        11.0   

Interest expense

        (211.3     (258.8     (305.5

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     14         (12.1     (1.2     (2.5

Other (expense) income, net

     6         (23.2     1.1        (17.6
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

        (242.3     (250.7     (314.6
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

        26.7        (35.9     (92.1

Income tax expense (benefit)

     7         10.2        (15.8     (9.8
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

      $ 16.5      $ (20.1   $ (82.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) per common share:

         

Basic

     3       $ 0.14      $ (0.20   $ (0.83

Diluted

     3         0.14        (0.20     (0.83

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

     3         119.6        99.7        99.3   

Diluted

     3         120.1        99.7        99.3   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

85


Table of Contents

UNIVAR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

            Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   Note      2015     2014     2013  

Net income (loss)

      $ 16.5      $ (20.1   $ (82.3

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

         

Foreign currency translation

     10         (212.6     (118.3     (70.5

Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment

     10         (7.3     (7.3     (7.0

Derivative financial instruments

     10         3.7        (0.9     (2.8
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax

        (216.2     (126.5     (80.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

      $ (199.7   $ (146.6   $ (162.6
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

86


Table of Contents

UNIVAR INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

            December 31,  

(in millions, except per share data)

   Note      2015     2014
As
Adjusted*
 

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 188.1      $ 206.0   

Trade accounts receivable, net

        1,026.2        1,277.5   

Inventories

        803.4        942.7   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

        178.6        158.5   

Deferred tax assets

     7         —          37.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        2,196.3        2,621.8   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     11         1,082.5        1,032.3   

Goodwill

     12         1,745.1        1,767.6   

Intangible assets, net

     12         518.9        574.9   

Deferred tax assets

     7         3.5        15.5   

Other assets

        66.1        55.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

      $ 5,612.4      $ 6,067.7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Short-term financing

     14       $ 33.5      $ 61.1   

Trade accounts payable

        836.0        991.9   

Current portion of long-term debt

     14         59.9        80.7   

Accrued compensation

        62.8        73.7   

Other accrued expenses

     13         301.3        308.1   

Deferred tax liabilities

     7         —          3.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        1,293.5        1,518.9   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     14         3,057.4        3,730.6   

Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities

     8         251.8        304.5   

Deferred tax liabilities

     7         58.0        119.7   

Other long-term liabilities

        135.0        145.9   

Commitment and contingencies

     18         —         —    

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock, 200.0 million shares authorized at $0.01 par value with no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

        —         —    

Common stock, 2.0 billion shares authorized at $0.01 par value with 138.0 million shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015; 370.2 million shares authorized at $0.000000028 par value with 100.2 million shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014

        1.4        —    

Additional paid-in capital

        2,224.7        1,457.6   

Accumulated deficit

        (985.0     (1,001.3

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     10         (424.4     (208.2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

        816.7        248.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

      $ 5,612.4      $ 6,067.7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Adjusted due to the adoption of ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15. Refer to “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” for additional information.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

87


Table of Contents

UNIVAR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

            Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   Note      2015     2014     2013  

Operating activities:

         

Net income (loss)

      $ 16.5      $ (20.1   $ (82.3

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

        225.0        229.5        228.1   

Impairment charges

     11, 12         —          0.3        135.6   

Amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount

        12.2        16.5        22.7   

Amortization of pension credit from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     8         (11.9     (11.9     (11.6

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     14         12.1        1.2        2.5   

Contingent consideration fair value adjustment

     15         —          (1.0     (24.7

Deferred income taxes

     7         (7.4     (19.6     (34.4

Recognition of previously uncertain tax benefits

        —          (18.4     —     

Stock-based compensation expense

     9         7.5        12.1        15.1   

Other

        (2.0     3.3        0.5   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Trade accounts receivable, net

        198.7        (63.2     9.3   

Inventories

        82.3        (90.9     41.6   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

        (29.6     (8.2     15.1   

Trade accounts payable

        (104.1     12.7        111.7   

Pensions and other postretirement benefit liabilities

        (52.0     72.8        (133.8

Other, net

        8.7        11.2        (6.1
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

        356.0        126.3        289.3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

         

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

        (145.0     (113.9     (141.3

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

        9.5        8.9        11.6   

Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired

     17         (153.4     (42.2     (86.0

Other

        (5.5     (1.0     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by investing activities

        (294.4     (148.2     (215.7
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

         

Proceeds from sale of common stock

        765.3        3.0        3.3   

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt

     14         2,806.6        177.5        519.0   

Payments on long-term debt

     14         (3,547.8     (79.2     (579.4

Short-term financing, net

     14         (11.5     (8.2     (40.0

Financing fees paid

     14         (28.7     (5.4     (12.5

Shares repurchased

        (3.6     (8.0     (1.8

Stock option exercises

     9         3.0        6.2        0.9   

Other

        (3.1     (1.8     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used by) provided by financing activities

        (19.8     84.1        (110.5
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        (59.7     (36.6     (3.6
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

        (17.9     25.6        (40.5

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

        206.0        180.4        220.9   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

      $ 188.1      $ 206.0      $ 180.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

         

Cash paid during the period for:

         

Income taxes

      $ 38.2      $ 23.7      $ 24.1   

Interest, net of capitalized interest

        169.7        238.5        274.0   

Non-cash activities:

         

Additions of property, plant and equipment included in trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses

        10.1        9.3        7.2   

Additions of property, plant and equipment under a capital lease obligation

        67.7        2.6        —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

88


Table of Contents

UNIVAR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(in millions, except per share data)

   Common
stock
(shares)
    Common
stock
     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total  

Balance, January 1, 2013

     99.8      $ —         $ 1,426.5      $ (898.7   $ (1.4   $ 526.4   

Net loss

     —          —           —          (82.3     —          (82.3

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax $11.4

     —          —           —          —          (70.5     (70.5

Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment, net of tax $4.6

     —          —           —          —          (7.0     (7.0

Derivative financial instruments, net of tax $1.6

     —          —           —          —          (2.8     (2.8

Share issuances

     0.2        —           3.3        —          —          3.3   

Share repurchases

     (0.1     —           (1.8     —          —          (1.8

Stock option exercises

     0.1        —           0.9        —          —          0.9   

Stock-based compensation

     —          —           15.1        —          —          15.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

     100.0      $ —         $ 1,444.0      $ (981.0   $ (81.7   $ 381.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     —          —           —          (20.1     —          (20.1

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax $9.3

     —          —           —          —          (118.3     (118.3

Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment, net of tax $4.6

     —          —           —          —          (7.3     (7.3

Derivative financial instruments, net of tax $0.5

     —          —           —          —          (0.9     (0.9

Share issuances

     0.2        —           3.0        —          —          3.0   

Share repurchases

     (0.4     —           (7.8     (0.2     —          (8.0

Stock option exercises

     0.3        —           6.2        —          —          6.2   

Stock-based compensation

     0.1        —           12.1        —          —          12.1   

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     —          —           0.1        —          —          0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

     100.2      $ —         $ 1,457.6      $ (1,001.3   $ (208.2   $ 248.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     —          —           —          16.5        —          16.5   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax $7.4

     —          —           —          —          (212.6     (212.6

Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment, net of tax $4.6

     —          —           —          —          (7.3     (7.3

Derivative financial instruments, net of tax $(2.1)

     —          —           —          —          3.7        3.7   

Share issuances

     37.7        —           761.5        —          —          761.5   

Change in par value of common stock to $0.01

     —          1.4        (1.4     —          —          —     

Share repurchases

     (0.2     —           (3.4     (0.2     —          (3.6

Stock option exercises

     0.2        —           3.0        —          —          3.0   

Stock-based compensation

     0.1        —           7.5        —          —          7.5   

Usage of excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     —          —           (0.1     —          —          (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     138.0      $ 1.4      $ 2,224.7      $ (985.0   $ (424.4   $ 816.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

89


Table of Contents

UNIVAR INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

1. Nature of operations

Headquartered in Downers Grove, Illinois, Univar Inc. (“Company” or “Univar”) is a leading global distributor of commodity and specialty chemicals. The Company’s operations are structured into four operating segments that represent the geographic areas under which the Company manages its business:

 

    Univar USA (“USA”)

 

    Univar Canada (“Canada”)

 

    Univar Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”)

 

    Rest of the World (“Rest of World”)

Rest of World includes certain developing businesses in Latin America (including Brazil and Mexico) and the Asia-Pacific region.

Initial public offering

On June 23, 2015, the Company closed its initial public offering (“IPO”) in which the Company issued and sold 20.0 million shares of common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share. In addition, the Company completed a concurrent private placement of $350.0 million for shares of common stock (17.6 million shares) to Dahlia Investments Pte. Ltd., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (“Temasek”). The Company received total net proceeds of approximately $760.0 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses of approximately $30.0 million. These expenses were recorded against the proceeds received from the IPO.

Certain selling stockholders sold an additional 25.3 million shares of common stock in the IPO and concurrent private placement. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares.

In connection with the IPO and pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Company filed its final prospectus with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 19, 2015.

2. Significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Unless otherwise indicated, all financial data presented in these consolidated financial statements are expressed in US dollars.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are consolidated if the Company has a controlling financial interest, which may exist based on ownership of a majority of the voting interest, or based on the Company’s determination that it is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The Company did not have any material interests in variable interest entities (“VIEs”) during the years presented in these consolidated financial statements. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

90


Table of Contents

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

Recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements

In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-08 “Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosure of Disposals of Components of an Entity,” which changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations. This guidance is applied prospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company adopted the standard for its year and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014, making this change effective as of January 1, 2015. The adoption of ASU 2014-08 had no impact on our financial results or disclosures for the year ended December 31, 2015.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03 “Interest-Imputation of Interest (Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs)” (Subtopic 835-30). The core principle of the guidance is that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability will no longer be presented as an asset, but rather be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected by the ASU. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15 “Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting” as a supplement to ASU 2015-03, which provided clarification to the presentation of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. The ASU permits an entity to defer and present debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements as an asset and subsequently amortize the deferred issuance costs over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement. This guidance is effective and will be applied retrospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted.

The Company early adopted the guidance as of December 31, 2015 and adjusted the previously reported periods. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15 resulted in a decrease of $8.9 million in other assets and long-term debt within the December 31, 2014 consolidated balance sheet. The adoption resulted in a decrease of $12.3 million in other assets and long-term debt within the December 31, 2013 consolidated balance sheet.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16 “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments.” The core principle of the guidance is that the ASU eliminates the requirement for an acquirer in a business combination to account for measurement-period adjustments retrospectively. This ASU requires acquirers to recognize measurement-period adjustments during the period in which they determine the amounts, including the effect on earnings of any amounts they would have recorded in previous periods if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The ASU does not change the criteria for determining whether an adjustment qualifies as a measurement-period adjustment and does not change the length of the measurement period. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted and the Company has elected to adopt the ASU as of December 31, 2015. The ASU is applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date. That is, the ASU applies to open measurement periods, regardless of the acquisition date. The Company believes the guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.” The core principle of the guidance is that the ASU requires all deferred tax

 

91


Table of Contents

assets and liabilities to be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. In addition, valuation allowances are no longer required to be allocated between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets as they will also be classified as noncurrent. The ASU does not impact the requirement to offset deferred tax asset and deferred tax liabilities for each taxpaying component within a jurisdiction. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted and the Company has elected to adopt the ASU on a prospective basis as of December 31, 2015. Prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted. Other than the revised balance sheet presentation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, the adoption of the ASU did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting pronouncements issued but not yet adopted

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, “Revenue Recognition.” The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date” as a revision to ASU 2014-09, which revised the effective date to fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted but not prior to periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (i.e. the original adoption date per ASU 2014-09). The guidance is to be applied using one of two retrospective application methods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standard update on its internal processes, operating results and financial reporting. The impact is currently not known or reasonably estimable.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15 “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.” The core principle of the guidance is that an entity’s management should evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are available to be issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, management should consider whether its plans that are intended to mitigate those relevant conditions or events that will alleviate the substantial doubt are adequately disclosed in the footnotes to the financial statements. This guidance will be effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company believes the guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02 “Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis” (Topic 810). The core principle of the guidance is to provide amendments to the current consolidation guidance. The revised consolidation guidance, among other things, modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities, eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership and modifies the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs through fee arrangements and related party relationships. This guidance is effective and will be applied for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company believes the guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-04 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Practical Expedient for the Measurement Date of an Employer’s Defined Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets)” (Topic 715). The core principle of the guidance is that it provides a practical expedient for companies to measure interim remeasurements for significant events that occur on other than a month-end date. The guidance permits entities to

 

92


Table of Contents

remeasure defined benefit plan assets and obligations using the month-end date that is closest to the date of the significant event. The decision to apply the practical expedient to interim remeasurements for significant events can be made for each significant event. This guidance is effective and will be applied prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company believes the guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05 “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-use software (Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement” (Subtopic 350-40). The ASU provides customers with guidance on determining whether a cloud computing arrangement contains a software license that should be accounted for as internal-use software. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. This guidance is effective and will be applied for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or retrospectively. The Company believes the guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11 “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” (Topic 330). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should measure inventory at the “lower of cost and net realizable value” and options that currently exist for “market value” will be eliminated. The ASU defines net realizable value as the “estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost of completion, disposal, and transportation.” This guidance will be effective and applied prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standard update on its internal processes, operating results and financial reporting. The impact is currently not known or reasonably estimable.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01 “Financial Instrument – Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (Subtopic 825-10). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should classify equity securities with readily determinable fair values as “trading” or “available-for-sale” and requires equity securities to be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized through net income. For equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values, remeasurement is required at fair value either upon the occurrence of an observable price change or upon identification of impairment. The ASU defines an equity investment as “investments in partnerships, unincorporated joint ventures and limited liability companies that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method”. This guidance is applied as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standard update on its internal processes, operating results and financial reporting. The impact is currently not known or reasonably estimable.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 “Leases” (Topic 842), which supersedes the lease recognition requirements in ASC Topic 840, “Leases.” The core principal of the guidance is that an entity should recognize assets and liabilities arising from a lease for both financing and operating leases, along with additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures. The standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within such fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance is to be applied using a modified retrospective transition method with the option to elect a package of practical expedients. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standard update on its internal processes, operating results and financial reporting. The impact is currently not known or reasonably estimable.

 

93


Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly-liquid investments with an original maturity at the time of purchase of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash. Cash at banks earn interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.

Trade accounts receivable, net

Trade accounts receivable are stated at the invoiced amount, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.

In the normal course of business, the Company provides credit to its customers, performs ongoing credit evaluations of these customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses. In certain situations, the Company will require up-front cash payment, collateral and/or personal guarantees based on the credit worthiness of the customer.

The allowance for doubtful accounts was $14.4 million and $11.8 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on prior experience, as well as an individual assessment of collectability based on factors that include current ability to pay, bankruptcy and payment history.

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of products purchased for resale and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory cost is determined by the weighted average cost method. Inventory cost includes purchase price from suppliers net of any rebates received, inbound freight and handling, and direct labor and other costs incurred to blend and repackage product and excludes depreciation expense. The Company recognized $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $7.3 million of lower of cost or market adjustments to certain of its inventories in the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The expense related to these adjustments is included in cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) in the consolidated statements of operations.

Supplier incentives

The Company has arrangements with certain suppliers that provide cash discounts when certain measures are achieved, generally related to purchasing volume. Volume rebates are generally earned and realized when the related products are purchased during the year. The reduction in cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) is recorded when the related products, on which the rebate was earned, are sold. Discretionary rebates are recorded when received. The unpaid portion of rebates from suppliers is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment are carried at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for improvements that increase asset values and/or extend useful lives are capitalized. The Company capitalizes interest costs on significant capital projects, as an increase to property, plant and equipment. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each asset from the time the asset is ready for its intended purpose, with consideration of any expected residual value.

The estimated useful lives of plant, property and equipment are as follows:

 

Buildings

     10-50 years   

Main components of tank farms

     5-40 years   

Containers

     2-15 years   

Machinery and equipment

     5-20 years   

Furniture, fixtures and others

     5-20 years   

Information technology

     3-10 years   

 

94


Table of Contents

The Company evaluates the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If an asset is tested for possible impairment, the Company compares the carrying amount of the related asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset group. If the carrying amount of the asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value.

Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the term of the applicable lease, including renewable periods if reasonably assured, or the useful life of the improvement.

Assets under capital leases where ownership transfers to the Company at the end of the lease term or the lease agreement contains a bargain purchase option are depreciated over the useful life of the asset. For remaining assets under capital leases, the assets are depreciated over the lesser of the term of the applicable lease, including renewable periods if reasonably assured, or the useful life of the asset with consideration of any expected residual value.

Refer to “Note 11: Property, plant and equipment, net” for further information.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in business combinations.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on October 1, or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level using a two-step test. Under the first step of the goodwill impairment test, the Company’s estimate of fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the Company must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Step two of the impairment test, if necessary, would require the identification and estimation of the fair value of the reporting unit’s individual assets, including currently unrecognized intangible assets and liabilities in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value.

To determine fair value, the Company relies on two valuation techniques: the income approach and the market approach. The results of these two approaches are given equal weighting in determining the fair value of each reporting unit.

The income approach is a valuation technique used to convert future expected cash flows to a present value. The income approach is dependent on several management assumptions, including estimates of future sales growth, gross margins, operating costs, terminal growth rates, capital expenditures, changes in working capital requirements and the weighted average cost of capital (discount rate). Expected cash flows used under the income approach are developed in conjunction with the Company’s budgeting and forecasting process and are based on the latest three-year projections approved by management. Based on the use of unobservable inputs, as described above, the fair value measurement is classified as Level 3 under the fair-value hierarchy.

The discount rates used in the income approach are an estimate, based in part, on the rate of return that a market participant would expect of each reporting unit. The discount rates are based on short-term interest rates and the yields of long-term corporate and government bonds, as well as the typical capital structure of companies in the industry. The discount rates used for each reporting unit may vary depending on the risk inherent in the cash flow projections, as well as the risk level that would be perceived by a market participant.

A terminal value is included at the end of the projection period used in the discounted cash flow analysis in order to reflect the remaining value that each reporting unit is expected to generate. The terminal value represents the present value subsequent to the last year of the projection period of cash flows into perpetuity. The terminal growth rate is a key assumption used in determining the terminal value as it represents the annual growth of all subsequent cash flows into perpetuity.

 

95


Table of Contents

The market approach measures fair value based on prices generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. Under the market approach, the Company estimates fair value by applying earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) market multiples of the Company itself and other comparable companies to each reporting unit. Comparable companies are identified based on a review of publicly traded companies in the Company’s line of business. The comparable companies were selected after consideration of several factors, including whether the companies are subject to similar financial and business risks.

Intangible assets consist of customer and supplier relationships and contracts, intellectual property trademarks, trade names, non-compete agreements and exclusive distribution rights. Intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized over their respective useful lives of 2 to 20 years. Amortization of intangible assets is based on the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise used up which is based on the undiscounted cash flows, or when not reliably determined, on a straight-line basis. Intangible assets are tested for impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Customer relationship intangible assets represent the fair value allocated in purchase price accounting for the ongoing relationships with an existing customer base acquired in a business combination. The fair value of customer relationships is determined using the excess earnings methodology, an income based approach. The excess earnings methodology provides an estimate of the fair value of customer relationship assets by deducting economic costs, including operating expenses and contributory asset charges from revenue expected to be generated by the asset. These estimated cash flows are then discounted to the present value equivalent.

Refer to “Note 12: Goodwill and intangible assets” for further information.

Short-term financing

Short-term financing includes bank overdrafts and short-term lines of credit. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” for further information.

Long-term debt

Long-term debt consists of loans with original maturities greater than one year. Fees paid in connection with the execution of line-of-credit arrangements are included in other assets and fees paid in connection with the execution of a recognized debt liability as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. These fees are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt or expiration of the line-of-credit arrangement. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” for further information.

Income taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in the US and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment in the forecasting of taxable income using historical and projected future operating results is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes and the related assets and liabilities. The provision for income taxes includes income taxes paid, currently payable or receivable and those deferred.

In the event that the actual outcome of future tax consequences differs from the Company’s estimates and assumptions due to changes or future events such as tax legislation, geographic mix of the earnings, completion of tax audits or earnings repatriation plans, the resulting change to the provision for income taxes could have a material effect on the consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect

 

96


Table of Contents

when the differences reverse. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for the estimated future effects of tax loss carryforwards. The effect on deferred taxes of changes in tax rates is recognized in the period in which the revised tax rate is enacted.

The Company records valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the extent it believes it is more likely than not that a portion of such assets will not be realized. In making such determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and the ability to carry back losses to prior years. Realization is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of tax attribute carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized, or if not, a valuation allowance has been recorded. The Company continues to monitor the value of its deferred tax assets, as the amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward periods are reduced, or current tax planning strategies are not implemented.

US GAAP prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the accounting and financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process. The first step requires the Company to determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The second step requires the Company to recognize in the financial statements each tax position that meets the more likely than not criteria, measured at the amount of benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within interest expense and warehousing, selling and administrative, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within either other accrued expenses or other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Refer to “Note 7: Income taxes” for further information.

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans

The Company sponsors several defined benefit and defined contribution plans. The Company’s contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to income during the period of the employee’s service.

The benefit obligation and cost of defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefits are calculated based upon actuarial valuations, which involves making assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on assets, future salary increases, future health care costs, mortality rates and future pension increases. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty.

The projected benefit obligation is calculated separately for each plan based on the estimated future benefit employees have earned in return for their service based on the employee’s expected date of retirement. Those benefits are discounted to determine the present value of the benefit obligations using the projected unit-credit method. A liability is recognized on the balance sheet for each plan with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at fair value. An asset is recorded for each plan with plan assets at fair value in excess of the projected benefit obligation.

The Company recognizes the actuarial gains or losses that arise during the period within other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations. This “mark to market” adjustment is recognized at each December 31. This adjustment primarily includes gains and losses resulting from changes in discount rates and the difference between the expected rate of return on plan assets and actual plan asset returns. Curtailment and settlement gains and losses are recognized in other operating expenses, net in the statement of operations.

 

97


Table of Contents

Curtailment losses must be recognized in the statement of operations when it is probable that a curtailment will occur and its effects are reasonably estimable. However, a curtailment gain is recognized in the statement of operations when the related employees terminate or the plan suspension or amendment is adopted, whichever is applicable. Settlement gains and losses are recognized in the period in which the settlement occurs, regardless of how probable it is at an earlier date that the settlement will occur and despite the fact that the probable gain or loss may be reasonably estimable before the settlement actually takes place. All other components of net periodic benefit cost are classified as warehousing, selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognizes prior service costs or credits that arise during the period in other comprehensive loss, and amortizes these items in subsequent periods as components of net periodic benefit cost.

The fair value of plan assets is used to calculate the expected return on assets component of the net periodic benefit cost.

Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” for further information.

Leases

All leases that are determined not to meet any of the capital lease criteria are classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company leases certain vehicles and equipment that qualify for capital lease classification. Assets under capital leases are carried at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and are included in property, plant and equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheet. Depreciation expense related to the capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense in the consolidated statement of operations. Refer to “Note 11: Property, plant and equipment, net” for further information.

The present value of minimum lease payments under a capital lease is included in current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. The capital lease obligation is amortized utilizing the effective interest method and interest expense related to the capital lease obligation is included in interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations. Refer to “Note 18: Commitments and contingencies” for further information.

Contingencies

A loss contingency is recorded if it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates, among other factors, the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of the ultimate loss. Changes in these factors and related estimates could materially affect the Company’s financial position and results of operations. Legal expenses are recorded as legal services are provided. Refer to “Note 18: Commitments and contingencies” for further information.

Environmental liabilities

Environmental contingencies are recognized for probable and reasonably estimable losses associated with environmental remediation. Incremental direct costs of the investigation, remediation effort and post-remediation monitoring are included in the estimated environmental contingencies. Expected cash outflows related to environmental remediation for the next 12 months and amounts for which the timing is uncertain are reported as current within other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets. The long-term portion of environmental liabilities is reported within other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets on an undiscounted basis, except for sites for which the amount and timing of future cash payments are fixed or reliably determinable. Environmental remediation expenses are included within warehousing, selling and administrative

 

98


Table of Contents

expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, unless associated with disposed operations, in which case such expenses are included in other operating expenses, net.

Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs extend the life of the property, increase its capacity and/or mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations.

Refer to “Note 18: Commitments and contingencies” for further information.

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes net sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of products has occurred or services are provided to customers, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Net sales includes product sales, billings for freight and handling charges and fees earned for services provided, net of any discounts, returns, customer rebates and sales or other revenue-based tax. The Company recognizes product sales and billings for freight and handling charges when products are considered delivered to the customer under the terms of the sale. Fee revenues are recognized when services are completed.

The Company’s sales to customers in the agriculture end-market, principally in Canada, often provide for a form of inventory protection through credit and re-bill as well as understandings pursuant to which certain price changes from chemical producers may be passed through to the customer. These arrangements require us to make estimates of potential returns of unused chemicals as well as revenue deferral to the extent the sales price is not considered determinable. The estimates used to determine the amount of revenue associated with product likely to be returned are based on past experience adjusted for any current market conditions.

Foreign currency translation

The functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries is the local currency, unless the primary economic environment requires the use of another currency. Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of each subsidiary at the rate of exchange on the date of transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of each subsidiary at period-end exchange rates. These foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recognized in other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign currency gains and losses relating to intercompany borrowings that are considered a part of the Company’s investment in a foreign subsidiary are reflected as a component of currency translation within accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity. In the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, total foreign currency (losses) gains related to such intercompany borrowings were $(11.2) million, $(7.1) million and $7.5 million, respectively.

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into US dollars at period-end exchange rates. Income and expense accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. The net exchange gains and losses arising on this translation are reflected as a component of currency translation within accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity.

Stock-based compensation plans

The Company measures the total amount of employee stock-based compensation expense for a grant based on the grant date fair value of each award and recognizes the stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting tranche of an award. Stock-based compensation is based on awards expected to vest and, therefore, has been reduced by estimated forfeitures. Stock-based compensation expense is classified within other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Refer to “Note 9: Stock-based compensation” for further information.

 

99


Table of Contents

Share repurchases

The Company does not hold any treasury shares as all shares of common stock are retired upon repurchase. Furthermore, when share repurchases occur and the common stock is retired, the excess of repurchase price over par is allocated between additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit such that the portion allocated to additional paid-in-capital being limited to the additional paid-in-capital created from that particular share issuance (i.e. the book value of those shares) plus any resulting leftover additional paid-in-capital from previous share repurchases in instances where the repurchase price was lower than the original issuance price.

Fair value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. US GAAP specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair-value hierarchy:

 

Level 1

   Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2

   Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuation in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

Level 3

   Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable .

When available, the Company uses quoted market prices to determine fair value and classifies such items as Level 1. In cases where a market price is not available, the Company will make use of observable market-based inputs to calculate fair value, in which case the items are classified as Level 2. If quoted or observable market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed valuation techniques that use, where possible, current market-based or independently sourced market information. Items valued using internally generated valuation techniques are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation, and may be classified as Level 3 even though there may be significant inputs that are readily observable. Refer to “Note 15: Fair value measurements” for further information.

Certain financial instruments, such as derivative financial instruments, are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Other financial instruments, such as the Company’s own debt, are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company elected to not make an irrevocable election to measure financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.

Derivatives

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, such as foreign currency contracts, interest rate swaps and interest rate caps to manage its risks associated with foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations. Derivative financial instruments are recorded in either prepaids and other current assets, other assets, other accrued expenses or other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The fair value of forward currency contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity profiles. The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined by estimating the net present value of amounts to be paid under the agreement offset by the net present value of the expected cash inflows based on market rates and associated yield curves. For derivative contracts with the same counterparty where the Company has a master netting arrangement with the counterparty, the fair value of the asset/liability is presented on a net basis within the consolidated balance sheets. Refer to “Note 15: Fair value measurements” for additional information relating to the gross and net balances of derivative contracts. Changes in the fair value of derivative

 

100


Table of Contents

financial instruments are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Cash flows associated with derivative financial instruments are recognized in the operating section of the consolidated statements of cash flows.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, derivatives are classified as either fair value hedges, where the instrument hedges the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or cash flow hedges, where the instrument hedges the exposure to variability in cash flows that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction. Gains and losses on derivatives that meet the conditions for fair value hedge accounting are recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of operations, along with the offsetting gain or loss on the related hedged item. For derivatives that meet the conditions for cash flow hedge accounting, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheet and the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in other (expense) income, net within the consolidated statement of operations. Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss are reclassified to the consolidated statement of operations in the same period in which the hedged transactions affect earnings.

For derivative instruments designated as hedges, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship to the hedged item and its risk management strategy. The Company assesses the effectiveness of its hedging instruments at inception and on an ongoing basis. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument is sold, expired, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Refer to “Note 16: Derivatives” for further information.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, which excludes nonvested restricted stock and stock options. Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during each period. The Company reflects common share equivalents relating to stock options and nonvested restricted stock in its computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding unless the effect of inclusion is anti-dilutive. The effect of dilutive securities is calculated using the treasury stock method. Refer to “Note 3: Earnings per share” for further information.

3. Earnings per share

The following table presents the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions, except per share data)

   2015      2014      2013  

Basic:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ 16.5       $ (20.1    $ (82.3

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     119.6         99.7         99.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic income (loss) per common share

   $ 0.14       $ (0.20    $ (0.83
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ 16.5       $ (20.1    $ (82.3

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     119.6         99.7         99.3   

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock compensation plans(1)

     0.5         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted

     120.1         99.7         99.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted income (loss) per common share

   $ 0.14       $ (0.20    $ (0.83
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock options to purchase approximately 2.0 million, 5.0 million and 5.2 million shares of common stock and restricted stock of 0.0 million, 0.4 million and 0.4 million were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, but were not included in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share as the impact of these stock options and restricted stock would have been anti-dilutive.

4. Other operating expenses, net

Other operating expenses, net consisted of the following items:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2013  

Pension mark to market loss (gain).

   $ 21.1       $ 117.8       $ (73.5

Pension curtailment and settlement gains

     (4.0      —          —    

Acquisition and integration related expenses

     7.1         3.7         5.0   

Contingent consideration fair value adjustments

     —           (1.0      (24.7

Stock-based compensation expense

     7.5         12.1         15.1   

Redundancy and restructuring

     33.8         46.2         65.8   

Advisory fees to CVC and CD&R(1)

     2.8         5.9         5.2   

Contract termination fee to CVC and CD&R

     26.2         —          —    

French penalty(2)

     —          —          (4.8

Other

     11.6         12.4         23.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other operating expenses, net

   $ 106.1       $ 197.1       $ 12.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Significant stockholders are CVC Capital Partners (“CVC”) and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”).
(2) The Company’s French penalty accrual of $7.7 million at December 31, 2011 was increased during 2012 and then reduced to $0.0 million at December 31, 2013 after the fine of $19.91 million (€15.18 million) was paid. Refer to “Note 18: Commitments and contingencies” for further information on the French penalty.

5. Redundancy and restructuring

Redundancy and restructuring charges relate to the implementation of several regional strategic initiatives aimed at streamlining the Company’s cost structure and improving its operations primarily within the USA and EMEA operating segments. These actions primarily resulted in workforce reductions, lease termination costs and other facility rationalization costs. The redundancy and restructuring charges are included in other operating expenses, net within the consolidated statement of operations.

The following tables summarize activity related to accrued liabilities associated with redundancy and restructuring:

 

(in millions)

   January 1,
2015
     Charge to
earnings
     Cash paid     Non-cash
and other
    December 31,
2015
 

Employee termination costs

   $ 27.8       $ 28.3       $ (22.9   $ (2.2 )   $ 31.0   

Facility exit costs

     20.4         2.4         (7.2     (0.1 )     15.5   

Other exit costs

     0.3         3.0         (3.2     —          0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 48.5       $ 33.7       $ (33.3   $ (2.3   $ 46.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

   January 1,
2014
     Charge to
earnings
     Cash paid     Non-cash
and other
    December 31,
2014
 

Employee termination costs

   $ 26.7       $ 25.1       $ (21.7   $ (2.3   $ 27.8   

Facility exit costs(1)

     7.8         14.9         (2.1     (0.2     20.4   

Other exit costs

     0.3         6.2         (5.9     (0.3     0.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34.8       $ 46.2       $ (29.7   $ (2.8   $ 48.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

 

(1) During the year ended December 31, 2014, facility exit costs were revised by $8.8 million due to changes in estimated sub-lease income and were included in other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

Redundancy and restructuring liabilities of $34.6 million and $32.3 million were classified as current in other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The long-term portion of redundancy and restructuring liabilities of $12.1 million and $16.2 million were recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively and primarily consists of facility exit costs that are expected to be paid within the next five years.

While the Company believes the recorded redundancy and restructuring liabilities are adequate, revisions to current estimates may be recorded in future periods based on new information as it becomes available.

6. Other (expense) income, net

Other (expense) income, net consisted of the following gains (losses):

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2013  

Foreign currency transactions

   $ (0.8    $ (0.6    $ (0.9

Foreign currency denominated loans revaluation

     8.9         8.3         (10.1

Undesignated foreign currency derivative instruments(1)

     (4.8      (3.9      (0.2

Undesignated interest rate swap contracts(1)

     2.0         —           —     

Ineffective portion of cash flow hedges(1)

     (0.4      0.2         (0.2

Loss due to discontinuance of cash flow hedges(1)

     (7.5      —           —     

Debt refinancing costs(2)

     (16.5      —           (6.2

Other

     (4.1      (2.9      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

   $ (23.2    $ 1.1       $ (17.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Refer to “Note 16: Derivatives” for more information.
(2) Refer to “Note 14: Debt” for more information.

7. Income taxes

For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) before income taxes includes the following components:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2013  

Income (loss) before income taxes

        

United States

   $ (13.0    $ (6.4    $ 5.5   

Foreign

     39.7         (29.5      (97.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 26.7       $ (35.9    $ (92.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

The expense (benefit) for income taxes is summarized as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2013  

Current:

        

Federal

   $ 0.6       $ (18.6    $ 1.0   

State

     2.5         5.4         7.0   

Foreign

     14.5         17.0         16.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     17.6         3.8         24.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

     (12.3      (11.3      (34.0

State

     1.7         (1.0      (0.4

Foreign

     3.2         (7.3      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (7.4      (19.6      (34.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 10.2       $ (15.8    $ (9.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation between the US statutory tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate is presented as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2013  

US federal statutory income tax expense (benefit) applied to income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 9.3       $ (12.6    $ (32.2

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     3.3         1.8         4.8   

Foreign tax rate differential

     (6.5      (4.2      (7.0

Non-taxable interest income

     (14.1      (13.8      (14.7

Valuation allowance release on expired or utilized tax attributes

     (9.0      (0.2 )      (0.3

Expiration of tax attributes

     8.1         0.2        0.3   

Foreign losses not benefited

     7.5         21.7         33.3   

Effect of flow-through entities

     4.2         3.6         (10.8

Non-deductible stock-based compensation

     3.5         0.3         0.8   

Non-deductible expense

     3.5         2.9         7.2   

Recognition of previously uncertain tax benefits

     (2.5      (18.4      —    

Adjustment to prior year tax due to changes in estimates

     1.6         0.2         (7.7

Change in statutory income tax rates

     1.1         0.4         3.8   

Deemed dividends from foreign subsidiaries

     0.6         0.4         0.3   

Non-deductible interest expense

     0.5         1.1         2.2   

Withholding and other taxes based on income

     0.5         0.9         0.8  

Foreign exchange rate remeasurement

     (0.4      0.7         —    

Goodwill impairment

     —          —          26.0   

Tax deductible goodwill

     —          —          (6.7

French indirect tax penalty

     —           —          (1.8

Changes in contingent consideration

     —           (0.3      (8.6

Other

     (1.0      (0.5      0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 10.2       $ (15.8    $ (9.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

The consolidated deferred tax assets and liabilities are detailed as follows:

 

     December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 122.1       $ 107.2   

Environmental reserves

     46.4         47.5   

Interest

     95.1         87.2   

Tax credit and capital loss carryforwards

     10.1         16.6   

Pension

     95.9         106.5   

Flow-through entities

     39.4         39.5   

Stock options

     11.7         13.3   

Inventory

     5.0         7.3   

Other temporary differences

     33.8         44.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     459.5         469.5   

Valuation allowance

     (193.0      (204.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     266.5         265.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     (179.0      (176.6

Intangible assets

     (138.1      (155.5

Other temporary differences

     (3.9      (3.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     (321.0      (335.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (54.5    $ (70.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The changes in the valuation allowance were as follows:

 

     December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Beginning balance

   $ 204.1       $ 201.1   

Increase related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards

     5.5         15.0   

Decrease related to expiration of tax attributes

     (7.0      (0.2

Foreign currency

     (9.8      (12.6

Increase (decrease) related to other items

     0.2         0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 193.0       $ 204.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, the total remaining tax benefit of available federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards recognized on the balance sheet amounted to $33.0 million (tax benefit of operating losses of $122.1 million reduced by a valuation allowance of $89.1 million). Total net operating losses at December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $428.3 million and $393.9 million, respectively. If not utilized, $115.3 million of the available loss carryforwards will expire between 2016 and 2020; subsequent to 2020, $98.0 million will expire. The remaining losses of $215.0 million have an unlimited life. The US federal and certain state net operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable state tax law. In certain foreign jurisdictions, net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to certain restrictions due to direct or indirect changes in control of the Company.

As the result of intercompany dividend payments from Canada to the US in prior years, the Company has carryforward foreign tax credits. These unused foreign tax credits are subject to a ten-year carryforward life. As of December 31, 2015, the amount of unused foreign tax credits total $3.9 million. If the unused credits are not utilized, $3.9 million of the unused foreign tax credits will expire in 2016. No benefit relating to the future

 

105


Table of Contents

utilization of the unused foreign tax credits was recorded during the period ended December 31, 2015.

Except as required under US tax law, the Company does not provide for US taxes on approximately $583.3 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that have not been previously taxed since the Company intends to invest such undistributed earnings indefinitely outside of the US. Determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability that would be incurred if such amounts were not indefinitely reinvested is not practicable.

The changes in unrecognized tax benefits included in other long-term liabilities, excluding interest and penalties, are as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Beginning balance

   $ 8.5       $ 40.3   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     —          (0.2

Reductions due to the statute of limitations expiration

     (2.3      (30.7

Foreign exchange

     (1.0      (0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 5.2       $ 8.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefit consists largely of foreign interest expense liabilities as of December 31, 2015. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that approximately $1.3 million of its currently remaining unrecognized tax benefits may be recognized by the end of 2016 as a result of an audit or a lapse of the statute of limitations.

The Company has net $5.2 million and $8.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate for continuing and discontinued operations was $5.2 million. No remaining unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax positions for which ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which there is uncertainty as to the timing of such deductibility. Recognition of these tax benefits, if any, would not have an impact on the effective tax rate.

The total liability included in other long-term liabilities associated with the interest and penalties was $0.0 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company recorded $(0.6) million, $0.1 million and $0.5 million in interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company files income tax returns in the US and various state and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s tax years for 2012 through 2014 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. With limited exceptions or limitations on adjustment due to net operating loss carrybacks or utilization, as of December 31, 2015, the Company generally is no longer subject to US federal, state, local or foreign examinations by tax authorities for years before 2012.

In 2007, the outstanding shares of Univar N.V., the ultimate parent of the Univar group, were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC. To facilitate the acquisition of Univar N.V. by CVC, a Canadian restructuring was completed. In February 2013, the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) issued a Notice of Assessment for withholding tax of $29.4 million (Canadian). The Company filed its Notice of Objection to the Assessment in April 2013 and its Notice of Appeal of the Assessment in July 2013. In November 2013, the CRA’s Reply to the Company’s Notice of Appeal was filed with the Tax Court of Canada and litigated in June 2015. The Company has not yet received the Tax Court of Canada’s decision on the matter.

 

106


Table of Contents

In September 2014, the CRA issued the 2008 and 2009 Notice of Reassessments for federal corporate income tax liabilities of $11.9 million (Canadian) and $11.0 million (Canadian), respectively, and a departure tax liability of $9.0 million (Canadian). The Company filed its Notice of Objection to the Reassessments in September 2014. In April 2015 the Company received the 2008 and 2009 Alberta Notice of Reassessments of $6.0 million (Canadian) and $5.8 million (Canadian), respectively. The Company filed its Notice of Objection to the Alberta Reassessments in June 2015. The Reassessments reflect the additional tax liability and interest relating to those tax years should the CRA be successful in its assertion of the General Anti-Avoidance Rule relating to the Canadian restructuring described above. At December 31, 2015, the total federal and provincial tax liability assessed to date, including interest of $33.4 million (Canadian), is $106.5 million (Canadian). In August 2014, the Company remitted a required deposit on the February 2013 Notice of Assessment relating to the Company’s 2007 tax year by issuing a Letter of Credit in the amount of $44.7 million (Canadian). The Letter of Credit amount reflects the proposed assessment of $29.4 million (Canadian) and accrued interest, and will expire in August 2016.

In February 2015, the CRA notified the Company it would be required to remit a cash deposit of approximately $21.5 million (Canadian) in March 2015, representing one-half of the September 2014 Notice of Assessment tax liability relating to tax years 2008 and 2009, plus interest. In March 2015, the Company requested a judicial review of this additional cash deposit requirement at the Federal Court (Canada). The CRA subsequently advised that its decision was not final and requested the Company to withdraw its request for judicial review. The Company subsequently withdrew its request and provided the CRA with its submission to hold the collection of the assessments relating to tax years 2008 and 2009 in abeyance pending the outcome of the Tax Court of Canada’s decision on the General Anti-Avoidance Rule matter. To date, the Company has not received a response to its submission from the CRA.

The Company has not recorded any liabilities for these matters in its financial statements, as it believes it is more likely than not that the Company’s position will be sustained.

8. Employee benefit plans

Defined benefit pension plans

The Company sponsors defined benefit plans that provide pension benefits for employees upon retirement in certain jurisdictions including the US, Canada, United Kingdom and several other European countries.

On July 1, 2015, the defined benefit plan in Canada was amended, such that the remaining members accruing benefits under the defined benefit provisions will cease future accrual of credited service under the defined benefit provision. These members will commence participation under a defined contribution benefit plan for service as of July 1, 2015. Future salary increases will continue to be reflected in their legacy defined pension benefits for the foreseeable future.

The US, Canada and United Kingdom defined benefit pension plans are closed to new entrants. Benefits accrued by participants in the United Kingdom plan were frozen as of December 1, 2010. Benefits accrued by participants in the US plans were frozen as of December 31, 2009. These amendments to freeze benefits were made in conjunction with a benefit plan review which provides for enhanced benefits under defined contribution plans available to all employees in the United Kingdom and the US.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the Company’s defined benefit pension plans’ projected benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status:

 

     Domestic     Foreign     Total  
     Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 

(in millions)

   2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Change in projected benefit obligations:

            

Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at beginning of year

   $ 728.8      $ 615.0      $ 614.1      $ 567.0      $ 1,342.9      $ 1,182.0   

Service cost

     —          —          5.4        7.0        5.4        7.0   

Interest cost

     30.8        31.6        20.1        23.2        50.9        54.8   

Benefits paid

     (30.1     (28.0     (29.6     (21.5     (59.7     (49.5

Settlement

     —          —          (19.0     —          (19.0     —     

Curtailment

     —          —          (2.6     —          (2.6     —     

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (37.6     110.2        (5.1     85.7        (42.7     195.9   

Foreign exchange and other

     —          —          (51.6     (47.3     (51.6     (47.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at end of year

   $ 691.9      $ 728.8      $ 531.7      $ 614.1      $ 1,233.6      $ 1,342.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in the fair value of plan assets:

            

Plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 522.1      $ 476.6      $ 516.6      $ 466.3      $ 1,038.7      $ 942.9   

Actual return on plan assets

     (13.9     58.0        12.6        78.6        (1.3     136.6   

Contributions by employer

     19.5        15.5        40.1        31.3        59.6        46.8   

Benefits paid

     (30.1     (28.0     (29.6     (21.5     (59.7     (49.5

Settlement

     —          —          (17.6     —          (17.6     —     

Foreign exchange and other

     —          —          (40.6     (38.1     (40.6     (38.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan assets at end of year

     497.6        522.1        481.5        516.6        979.1        1,038.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (194.3   $ (206.7   $ (50.2   $ (97.5   $ (244.5   $ (304.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amounts related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

 

     Domestic     Foreign     Total  
     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015     2014     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Overfunded net benefit obligation in other assets

   $ —        $ —        $ 9.5     $ —        $ 9.5     $ —     

Current portion of net benefit obligation in other accrued expenses

     (3.3     (3.3     (1.9     (2.2     (5.2     (5.5

Long-term portion of net benefit obligation in pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities

     (191.0     (203.4     (57.8     (95.3     (248.8     (298.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liability recognized at end of year

   $ (194.3   $ (206.7   $ (50.2   $ (97.5   $ (244.5   $ (304.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes defined benefit pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:

 

     Domestic      Foreign      Total  
     December 31,      December 31,      December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2015      2014      2015      2014  

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 691.9       $ 728.8       $ 71.4       $ 580.3       $ 763.3       $ 1,309.1   

Fair value of plan assets

     497.6         522.1         36.3         516.6         533.9         1,038.7   

The following table summarizes defined benefit pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:

 

     Domestic      Foreign      Total  
     December 31,      December 31,      December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2015      2014      2015      2014  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 691.9       $ 728.8       $ 207.7       $ 614.1       $ 899.6       $ 1,342.9   

Fair value of plan assets

     497.6         522.1         148.0         516.6         645.6         1,038.7   

The total accumulated benefit obligation for domestic defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $691.9 million and $728.8 million, respectively, and for foreign defined benefit pension benefit plans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $505.2 million and $580.3 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) recognized in the consolidated statements of operations related to defined benefit pension plans:

 

     Domestic     Foreign     Total  
     Year ended December 31,     Year ended December 31,     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013  

Service cost

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 5.4      $ 7.0      $ 9.0      $ 5.4      $ 7.0      $ 9.0   

Interest cost

     30.8        31.6        28.6        20.1        23.2        21.8        50.9        54.8        50.4   

Expected return on plan assets

     (35.8     (32.1     (30.7     (30.2     (28.1     (25.7     (66.0     (60.2     (56.4

Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs

     —          —          —          —          —          0.2        —          —          0.2   

Settlement(1)

     —          —          —          (1.4 )     —          —          (1.4     —          —     

Curtailment(1)

     —          —          —          (2.6 )     —          —          (2.6     —          —     

Actuarial (gain) loss

     12.1        84.3        (66.2     12.5        35.2        (6.3     24.6        119.5        (72.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit (credit) cost

   $ 7.1      $ 83.8      $ (68.3   $ 3.8      $ 37.3      $ (1.0   $ 10.9      $ 121.1      $ (69.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The settlement and curtailment gains are a result of the restructuring activities in the EMEA segment.

Other postretirement benefit plan

Other postretirement benefits relate to a health care plan for retired employees in the US. In 2009, the Company approved a plan to phase out the benefits provided under this plan by 2020. As a result of this change, the benefit obligation was reduced by $76.8 million and a curtailment gain of $73.1 million was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss and is being amortized to the consolidated statements of operations over the average future service period, which has approximately three months remaining as of December 31, 2015.

 

109


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the Company’s other postretirement benefit plan’s accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status:

 

     Other postretirement
benefits
 
     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Change in accumulated postretirement benefit obligations:

     

Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at beginning of year

   $ 6.7       $ 7.9   

Service cost

     0.1         0.1   

Interest cost

     0.2         0.4   

Contributions by participants

     0.5         1.0   

Benefits paid

     (0.6      (1.0

Actuarial gain

     (3.5      (1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at end of year

   $ 3.4       $ 6.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in the fair value of plan assets:

     

Plan assets at beginning of year

   $ —         $ —     

Contributions by employer

     0.1        —     

Contributions by participants

     0.5         1.0   

Benefits paid

     (0.6      (1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Plan assets at end of year

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (3.4    $ (6.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net amounts related to the Company’s other postretirement benefit plan recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

 

     Other postretirement
benefits
 
     December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Current portion of net benefit obligation in other accrued expenses

   $ (0.4    $ (0.9

Long-term portion of net benefit obligation in pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities

     (3.0      (5.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net liability recognized at end of year

   $ (3.4    $ (6.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit credit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations related to other postretirement benefit plans:

 

     Other postretirement
benefits
 
     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2013  

Service cost

   $ (0.1    $ (0.1    $ (0.1

Interest cost

     (0.2      (0.4      (0.3

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits

     11.9         11.9         12.0   

Actuarial gain

     3.5         1.7         1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit credit

   $ 15.1       $ 13.1       $ 12.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

The following summarizes pre-tax amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to other postretirement benefit plans:

 

     Other postretirement
benefits
 
           December 31,        

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Net prior service credit

   $ 3.9       $ 15.8   

The following table summarizes the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2015 that are expected to be amortized as components of net periodic benefit credit during the next fiscal year related to other postretirement benefit plans:

 

(in millions)

   Other
postretirement
benefits
 

Prior service credit

   $ 3.9   

Actuarial assumptions

Defined benefit pension plans

The significant weighted average actuarial assumptions used in determining the benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the Company’s defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

     Domestic     Foreign  
     December 31,     December 31,  
     2015     2014     2015     2014  

Actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at end of period:

        

Discount rate

     4.74     4.31     4.25     3.51

Expected annual rate of compensation increase

     N/A        N/A        2.86     2.80

 

     Domestic     Foreign  
     Year ended December 31,     Year ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013  

Actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the period:

            

Discount rate

     4.31     5.25     4.33     3.51     4.29     3.93

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     7.50     7.50     7.50     6.07     6.06     6.13

Expected annual rate of compensation increase

     N/A        N/A        N/A        2.80     2.82     3.04

Discount rates are used to measure benefit obligations and the interest cost component of net periodic benefit cost (credit). The Company selects its discount rates based on the consideration of equivalent yields on high-quality fixed income investments at each measurement date. Discount rates are based on a benefit cash flow-matching approach and represent the rates at which the Company’s benefit obligations could effectively be settled as of the measurement date.

For domestic defined benefit plans, the discount rates are based on a hypothetical bond portfolio approach. The hypothetical bond portfolio is constructed to comprise AA-rated corporate bonds whose cash flow from coupons and maturities match the expected future plan benefit payments.

The discount rate for the foreign defined benefit plans are based on a yield curve approach. For plans in countries with a sufficient corporate bond market, the expected future benefit payments are matched with a yield

 

111


Table of Contents

curve derived from AA-rated corporate bonds, subject to minimum amounts outstanding and meeting other selection criteria. For plans in countries without a sufficient corporate bond market, the yield curve is constructed based on prevailing government yields and an estimated credit spread to reflect a corporate risk premium.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects management’s expectations on long-term average rates of return on funds invested to provide for benefits included in the benefit obligations. The long-term rate of return assumptions are based on the outlook for equity and fixed income returns, with consideration of historical returns, asset allocations, investment strategies and premiums for active management when appropriate. Assumptions reflect the expected rates of return at the beginning of the year.

The Company adopted new US mortality tables in the year ended December 31, 2014 for purposes of determining the Company’s mortality assumption used in the US defined benefit plans’ liability calculation. The new assumptions considered the Society of Actuary’s recent mortality experience study and reflect a version of the table and future improvements produced. The updated mortality assumption resulted in an increase of approximately $32.0 million or 4.5% to the benefit obligation as of December 31, 2014 after reflecting the discount rate change.

Other postretirement benefit plan

For the other postretirement benefit plan, the discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 4.54% and 3.80%, respectively. The discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit credit for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was 3.80%, 4.02% and 3.23%, respectively. Health care cost increases did not have a significant impact on the Company’s postretirement benefit obligations in the years presented as a result of the 2009 plan to phase out the health care benefits provided under the US plan.

Plan assets

Plan assets for defined benefit plans are invested in global equity and debt securities through professional investment managers with the objective to achieve targeted risk adjusted returns and to maintain liquidity sufficient to fund current benefit payments. Each funded defined benefit plan has an investment policy that is administered by plan trustees with the objective of meeting targeted asset allocations based on the circumstances of that particular plan. The investment strategy followed by the Company varies by country depending on the circumstances of the underlying plan. Less mature plan benefit obligations are funded by using more equity securities as they are expected to achieve long-term growth while exceeding inflation. More mature plan benefit obligations are funded using a higher allocation of fixed income securities as they are expected to produce current income with limited volatility. The Company has adopted a dynamic investment strategy whereby as the plan funded status improves, the investment strategy is migrated to more liability matching assets, and return seeking assets are reduced. Risk management practices include the use of multiple asset classes for diversification purposes. Specific guidelines for each asset class and investment manager are implemented and monitored.

The weighted average target asset allocation for defined benefit pension plans in the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

     Domestic     Foreign  

Asset category:

    

Equity securities

     50.0     39.3

Debt securities

     45.0     45.7

Other

     5.0     15.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

Plan asset valuation methodologies are described below:

 

Fair value methodology

  

Description

Cash    This represents cash at banks. The amount of cash in the bank account represents the fair value.
Investment funds    Values are based on the net asset value of the units held at year end. The net asset values are based on the fair value of the underlying assets of the funds, minus their liabilities, and then divided by the number of units outstanding at the valuation date. The funds are traded on private markets that are not active; however, the unit price is based primarily on observable market data of the fund’s underlying assets.
Insurance contracts    The fair value is based on the present value of the accrued benefit.

Domestic defined benefit plan assets

The Company classified its domestic plan assets according to the fair value hierarchy described in “Note 2: Significant accounting policies.” The following summarizes the fair value of domestic plan assets by asset category and level within the fair value hierarchy.

 

     December 31, 2015  

(in millions)

   Total      Level 1      Level 2  

Cash

   $ 2.3       $ 2.3       $ —     

Investments funds(1)

     495.3         —           495.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 497.6       $ 2.3       $ 495.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This category includes investments in 30.3% in US equities, 19.6% in non-US equities, 45.1% in US corporate bonds and 5.0% in other investments.

 

     December 31, 2014  

(in millions)

   Total      Level 1      Level 2  

Cash

   $ 2.1       $ 2.1       $ —     

Investments funds(1)

     520.0         —           520.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 522.1       $ 2.1       $ 520.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This category includes investments in 31.0% in US equities, 18.1% in non-US equities, 45.9% in US corporate bonds and 5.0% in other investments.

Foreign defined benefit plan assets

The Company classified its foreign plan assets according to the fair value hierarchy described in “Note 2: Significant accounting policies.” The following summarizes the fair value of foreign plan assets by asset category and level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

     December 31, 2015  

(in millions)

   Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Cash

   $ 7.6       $ 7.6       $ —         $ —     

Investments:

           

Investment funds(1)

     460.1         —           460.1         —     

Insurance contracts

     13.8         —           —           13.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     473.9         —           460.1         13.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 481.5       $ 7.6       $ 460.1       $ 13.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This category includes investments in 11.6% in US equities, 29.7% in non-US equities, 4.1% in US corporate bonds, 24.2% in non-US corporate bonds, 0.3% in US government bonds, 17.7% in non-US government bonds and 12.4% in other investments.

 

113


Table of Contents

The following table presents changes in the foreign plan assets valued using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

(in millions)

   Insurance
contracts
 

Balance at January 1, 2015

   $ 14.8   

Actual return to plan assets:

  

Related to assets still held at year end

     0.6   

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

     (0.1

Foreign exchange

     (1.5
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 13.8   
  

 

 

 

The following summarizes the fair value of foreign plan assets by asset category and level within the fair value hierarchy:

 

     December 31, 2014  

(in millions)

   Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Cash

   $ 1.9       $ 1.9       $ —         $ —     

Investments:

           

Investment funds(1)

     499.9         —           499.9         —     

Insurance contracts

     14.8         —           —           14.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     514.7         —           499.9         14.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 516.6       $ 1.9       $ 499.9       $ 14.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This category includes investments in 11.1% in US equities, 35.9% in non-US equities, 3.6% in US corporate bonds, 9.5% in non-US corporate bonds, 0.7% in US government bonds, 28.8% in non-US government bonds and 10.4% in other investments.

The following table presents changes in the foreign plan assets valued using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

(in millions)

   Insurance
contracts
 

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ 14.2   

Actual return on plan assets:

  

Related to assets still held at year end

     2.0   

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

     0.6   

Foreign exchange

     (2.0
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 14.8   
  

 

 

 

Contributions

The Company expects to contribute approximately $0.0 million and $28.1 million to its domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plan funds in 2016, respectively, including direct payments to plan participants in unfunded plans. The Company does not plan on making any discretionary contributions in 2016. In many countries, local pension protection laws have been put in place, which have introduced minimum funding requirements for qualified pension plans. As a result, the Company’s required funding of contributions to its pension plans may vary in the future.

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Benefit payments

The following table shows benefit payments that are projected to be paid from plan assets in each of the next five years and in aggregate for five years thereafter:

 

     Defined benefit pension plans      Other
postretirement
benefits
 

(in millions)

   Domestic      Foreign      Total     

2016

   $ 32.4       $ 17.5       $ 49.9       $ 0.5   

2017

     34.0         19.3         53.3         0.5   

2018

     35.5         19.3         54.8         0.6   

2019

     37.2         22.8         60.0         0.6   

2020

     38.4         21.0         59.4         0.1   

2021 through 2025

     210.5         114.9         325.4         0.4   

Defined contribution plans

The Company provides defined contribution plans to assist eligible employees in providing for retirement or other future needs. Under such plans, company contribution expense amounted to $31.4 million, $30.8 million and $28.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Multi-employer plans

The Company has 18 union bargaining agreements in the US that stipulate contributions to one of three union pension trusts. These bargaining agreements are generally negotiated on three-year cycles and cover employees in driver and material handler positions at 16 represented locations.

The risks of participating in these multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

 

  a. Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by the Company may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

  b. If the Company stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

  c. If the Company chooses to stop participating in some of its multi-employer plans, it may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company’s participation in these plans for the annual period ended December 31, 2015 is outlined in the table below. The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” column provides the Employee Identification Number (EIN) and the three-digit plan number. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act (PPA) zone status available in 2015 and 2014 is for the plan’s year end at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The zone status is based on information that the Company received from the plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. Among other factors, plans in the “red zone” are less than 65 percent funded, plans in the “yellow zone” are less than 80 percent funded and plans in the “green zone” are at least 80 percent funded. The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (FIP) or a rehabilitation plan (RP) is either pending or has been implemented. The last column lists the expiration dates of the collective-bargaining agreement(s) to which the plans are subject. There are no minimum contributions required for future periods by the collective-bargaining agreements, statutory obligations or other contractual obligations.

 

 

115


Table of Contents

Pension fund

  EIN/Pension
plan number
  PPA zone status   FIP/RP
status
pending/
implemented
    Contributions(1)     Surcharge
imposed
  Expiration
dates of
collective
bargaining
agreement(s)
        Year ended
December 31,
     
    2015   2014     2015     2014     2013      

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  91-6145047/001   Green   Green     No      $ 1.4      $ 1.4      $ 1.4      No   January 31, 2016 to

September 30, 2018

Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan

  36-6044243/001   Red as of
January 1,
2014
  Red     Implemented        1.1        1.1        1.1      No   February 28, 2016
to

March 31, 2019

New England Teamsters and Trucking Industry Pension Fund

  04-6372430/001   Red as of
October 1,
2014
  Red as of
October 1,
2013
    Implemented        0.1        0.1        0.1      No   June 30, 2017
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     
         
 
Total
contributions:
  
  
  $ 2.6      $ 2.6      $ 2.6       
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

(1) The plan contributions by the Company did not represent more than five percent of total contributions to the plans as indicated in the plans’ most recently available annual report.

9. Stock-based compensation

In June 2015, the Company replaced and succeeded the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) with the Univar Inc. 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). The 2011 Plan will have no further awards granted and any available reserves under the 2011 Plan were terminated and not transferred to the 2015 Plan. There were no changes to the outstanding awards related to the 2011 Plan.

The 2015 Plan allows the Company to issue awards to employees, consultants, and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Awards may be made in the form of stock options, stock purchase rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents, deferred share units or other stock-based awards.

As of December 31, 2015, under the 2011 Plan there were 5.0 million shares authorized related to outstanding stock options and restricted stock and under the 2015 plan there were 4.0 million shares authorized.

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, the Company recognized total stock-based compensation expense within other operating expenses, net of $7.5 million, $12.1 million and $15.1 million, and a net tax benefit relating to stock-based compensation expense of $2.6 million, $4.2 million and $4.1 million.

Stock options

Stock options granted under the 2011 and 2015 Plans expire ten years after the grant date and generally become exercisable over a four-year period or less, based on continued employment, with annual vesting. The exercise price of a stock option is determined at the time of each grant and in no case will the exercise price be less than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Participants have no stockholder rights until the time of exercise. The Company will issue new shares upon exercise of stock options granted under the Plan.

 

116


Table of Contents

The following reflects stock option activity under the 2011 and 2015 Plans:

 

     Number of
stock
options
     Weighted-
average
exercise price
     Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term (in years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic value
(in millions)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2015

     4,883,752       $ 19.57         

Granted

     950,505         21.45         

Exercised

     (156,128      19.28         

Forfeited

     (590,103      20.64         
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     5,088,026         19.81         
  

 

 

          

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

     3,409,317         19.59         6.3       $ 1.3   
  

 

 

          

Expected to vest after December 31, 2015(1)

     1,510,838         20.24         8.3         0.6   
  

 

 

          

 

(1) The expected to vest stock options are the result of applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate assumptions to nonvested stock options outstanding.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested stock options of approximately $4.6 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.

Restricted stock

Restricted stock awarded to employees vests over a four-year period, based on continued employment, with annual vesting. Restricted stock awarded to members of the Company’s Board of Directors vests over 12 months. The price of restricted stock is determined at the time of each grant and in no case will be less than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Nonvested shares of restricted stock may not be sold or transferred and are subject to forfeiture. Both vested and nonvested shares of restricted stock are included in the Company’s shares outstanding. Dividend equivalents are available for nonvested shares of restricted stock if dividends are declared by the Company during the vesting period.

The following table reflects restricted stock activity under the 2011 and 2015 Plans:

 

     Restricted
stock
     Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2015

     352,737       $ 20.35   

Granted

     54,552         27.00   

Vested

     (151,173      20.66   

Forfeited

     (18,897      18.54   
  

 

 

    

Nonvested at December 31, 2015

     237,219         21.83   
  

 

 

    

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock awards of approximately $1.6 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.8 years.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted stock was $18.54 in 2014. In 2013, there were no grants of restricted stock.

 

117


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation fair value assumptions

The fair value of the Company’s common stock was used to establish the exercise price of stock options granted, grant date fair value of restricted stock awards and as an input in the valuation of stock option awards at each grant date. Prior to the Company’s IPO, as discussed in Note 1, the Company obtained contemporaneous quarterly valuations performed by an unrelated valuation specialist in support of each award. The fair value of the Company’s common stock was determined utilizing both income and market approaches, discounted for the lack of marketability. A discounted cash flow analysis was used to estimate fair value under the income approach. The market approach consisted of an analysis of multiples of comparable companies whose securities are traded publicly as well as other indicated market values of the Company by third parties. After the IPO, the fair value of the Company’s stock that is factored into the fair value of stock options and utilized for restricted stock is based on the grant date closing price on the New York Stock Exchange.

The Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model was used to calculate the fair value of stock options. The weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options was $6.78, $7.21 and $5.87 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The weighted-average assumptions used under the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
       2015         2014         2013    

Risk-free interest rate(1)

     1.7     1.8     1.5

Expected dividend yield(2)

     —       —       —  

Expected volatility(3)

     28.3     34.5     35.7

Expected term (years)(4)

     6.2        6.0        6.1   

 

(1) The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yield for a term consistent with the expected term of the stock options at the time of grant.
(2) The Company currently has no expectation of paying cash dividends on its common stock.
(3) As the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data, the expected volatility is based on the average historical data of a peer group of public companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock options.
(4) As the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data under the 2011 and 2015 Plans, the expected term is based on the average of the vesting period of each tranche and the original contract term of 10 years.

Additional stock-based compensation information

The following table provides additional stock-based compensation information:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

     2015          2014          2013    

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

   $ 0.4       $ 1.1       $ 0.1   

Fair value of restricted stock vested

     2.9         3.0         1.8   

 

118


Table of Contents

10. Accumulated other comprehensive loss

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax.

 

(in millions)

   Losses on
cash flow
hedges
     Defined
benefit
pension items
     Currency
translation
items
     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ (2.8    $ 17.6       $ (96.5    $ (81.7

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

     (4.7      —           (118.3      (123.0

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     3.8         (7.3      —           (3.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive loss

     (0.9      (7.3      (118.3      (126.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

   $ (3.7    $ 10.3       $ (214.8    $ (208.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

     (3.0      —           (212.6      (215.6

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     6.7         (7.3      —           (0.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income

     3.7         (7.3      (212.6      (216.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

   $ —         $ 3.0       $ (427.4    $ (424.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to net income (loss).

 

(in millions)

   Year ended
December 31,
2015(1)
     Year ended
December 31,
2014(1)
    

Location of impact on
statement of operations

Amortization of defined benefit pension items:

        

Prior service credits

   $ (11.9    $ (11.9    Warehousing, selling and administrative

Tax expense

     4.6         4.6       Income tax expense (benefit)
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net of tax

     (7.3      (7.3   

Cash flow hedges:

        

Interest rate swap contracts

     3.1         5.9       Interest expense

Interest rate swap contracts – loss due to discontinuance of hedge accounting

     7.5         —         Other (expense) income, net

Tax benefit

     (3.9      (2.1    Income tax expense (benefit)
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net of tax

     6.7         3.8      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total reclassifications for the period

   $ (0.6    $ (3.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Amounts in parentheses indicate credits to net income (loss).

 

119


Table of Contents

Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” for additional information regarding the amortization of defined benefit pension items, “Note 16: Derivatives” for cash flow hedging activity and “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” for foreign currency gains and losses relating to intercompany borrowings of a long-term nature that are reflected in currency translation items.

11. Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Land and buildings

   $ 778.0       $ 784.2   

Tank farms

     239.9         212.2   

Machinery, equipment and other

     716.1         626.3   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (723.5      (644.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     1,010.5         977.9   

Work in progress

     72.0         54.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 1,082.5       $ 1,032.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included within property, plant and equipment, net are assets related to capital leases where the Company is the lessee. The below table summarizes the cost and accumulated depreciation related to these assets:

 

(in millions)

   December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Capital lease assets, at cost

   $ 63.5       $ 2.6   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (7.5      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital lease assets, net

   $ 56.0       $ 2.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2013, an impairment charge of $58.0 million was recorded which related to the write-off of capitalized software costs, previously included in work in progress, in connection with the Company’s decision to abandon the implementation of a global enterprise resource planning system.

Capitalized interest on capital projects was $0.9 million, $0.5 million and $2.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

12. Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill

The following is a summary of the activity in goodwill by segment.

 

(in millions)

   USA      Canada     EMEA     Rest of
World
    Total  

Balance, January 1, 2014

   $ 1,254.0       $ 534.4      $ —        $ —        $ 1,788.4   

Additions

     —           —          —          26.6        26.6   

Foreign exchange

     —           (45.7     —          (1.7     (47.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

     1,254.0         488.7        —          24.9        1,767.6   

Additions

     52.1        10.9       2.2       —          65.2   

Purchase price adjustments

     —           —          —          (0.6     (0.6

Foreign exchange

     —           (78.9     (0.1     (8.1     (87.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

   $ 1,306.1       $ 420.7      $ 2.1     $ 16.2      $ 1,745.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

Additions to goodwill in 2015 related to various acquisitions. Additions to goodwill in 2014 related to the acquisition of D’Altomare Quimica Ltda. The purchase price adjustments in 2015 relate to the D’Altomare acquisition. Refer to “Note 17: Business Combinations” for further information. Accumulated impairment losses on goodwill were $331.9 million at January 1, 2014. Accumulated impairment losses on goodwill were $261.4 million and $296.6 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

As of October 1, 2015, the Company performed its annual impairment review and concluded the fair value substantially exceeded the carrying value for all reporting units with goodwill balances. There were no events or circumstances from the date of the assessment through December 31, 2015 that would affect this conclusion.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions by management. The Company can provide no assurance that a material impairment charge will not occur in a future period. The Company’s estimates of future cash flows may differ from actual cash flows that are subsequently realized due to many factors, including future worldwide economic conditions and the expected benefits of the Company’s initiatives. Any of these potential factors, or other unexpected factors, may cause the Company to re-evaluate the carrying value of goodwill.

On September 1, 2013, the Company determined it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Rest of World reporting unit was less than its carrying amount based on the deterioration in general economic conditions within some of the reporting unit’s significant locations and revised financial projections. As a result, the Company performed step one of the goodwill impairment test for the Rest of World reporting unit as of September 1, 2013. The reporting unit’s carrying value exceeded its fair value in the step one test. Thus, the Company performed step two of the goodwill impairment test in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and recorded an impairment charge of $73.3 million.

Intangible assets, net

The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  

(in millions)

   Gross      Accumulated
amortization
    Net      Gross      Accumulated
amortization
    Net  

Intangible assets (subject to amortization):

               

Customer relationships

   $ 930.1       $ (446.6   $ 483.5       $ 930.7       $ (390.8   $ 539.9   

Other

     170.5         (135.1     35.4         161.6         (126.6     35.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 1,100.6       $ (581.7   $ 518.9       $ 1,092.3       $ (517.4   $ 574.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangible assets consist of intellectual property trademarks, trade names, supplier relationships and contracts, non-compete agreements and exclusive distribution rights.

The estimated annual amortization expense in each of the next five years is as follows:

 

(in millions)

      

2016

   $ 88.5   

2017

     79.3   

2018

     66.4   

2019

     60.2   

2020

     56.1   

 

121


Table of Contents

13. Other accrued expenses

Other accrued expenses that were greater than five percent of total current liabilities consisted of customer prepayments and deposits, which were $60.1 million and $83.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

14. Debt

Short-term financing

Short-term financing consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Amounts drawn under credit facilities

   $ 13.4       $ 32.7   

Bank overdrafts

     20.1         28.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33.5       $ 61.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average interest rate on short-term financing was 2.4% and 2.7% as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had $172.4 million and $184.7 million, respectively, in outstanding letters of credit and guarantees.

 

122


Table of Contents

Long-term debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014

As Adjusted*
 

Senior Term Loan Facilities:

    

Term B Loan due 2022, variable interest rate of 4.25% at December 31, 2015

   $ 2,044.9      $ —     

Euro Tranche Term Loan due 2022, variable interest rate of 4.25% at December 31, 2015

     270.8        —     

Term B Loan due 2017, variable interest rate of 5.00% at December 31, 2014 (terminated July 2015)

     —          2,683.2   

Euro Tranche Term Loan due 2017, variable interest rate of 5.25% at December 31, 2014 (terminated July 2015)

     —          154.6   

Asset Backed Loan (ABL) Facilities:

    

North American ABL Facility due 2020, variable interest rate of 2.13% at December 31, 2015

     278.0        —     

North American ABL Term Loan due 2018, variable interest rate of 3.36% at December 31, 2015

     100.0        —     

European ABL Facility due 2019 (“Euro ABL due 2019”), variable interest rate of 2.01% at December 31, 2014

     —          36.3   

North American ABL Facility due 2018, variable interest rate of 2.10% at December 31, 2014 (terminated July 2015)

     —          266.0   

North American ABL Term Loan due 2016, variable interest rate of 3.51% at December 31, 2014 (terminated July 2015)

     —          50.0   

Unsecured Notes:

    

Unsecured Notes due 2023, fixed interest rate of 6.75%

     400.0        —     

Senior Subordinated Notes:

    

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017, fixed interest rate of 10.50% (terminated June 2015)

     —          600.0   

Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018, fixed interest rate of 10.50% (terminated June 2015)

     —          50.0   

Capital lease obligations

     57.3        2.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt before discount

     3,151.0        3,842.7   

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs and discount on debt

     (33.7     (31.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     3,117.3        3,811.3   

Less: current maturities

     (59.9     (80.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, excluding current maturities

   $ 3,057.4      $ 3,730.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Adjusted due to the adoption of ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15. Refer to “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” for additional information.

 

123


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, future contractual maturities of long-term debt excluding capital lease obligations are as follows:

 

(in millions)

      

2016

   $ 39.9   

2017

     89.9   

2018

     40.0   

2019

     23.2   

2020

     301.2   

Long-term debt restructurings

On July 28, 2015, the Company entered into a new five year $1.4 billion North American Asset Backed Loan Facility (“new NA ABL Facility”) and terminated its existing $1.4 billion North American ABL Facility including the repayment of the existing North American ABL Term Loan. The new NA ABL Facility has a $1.0 billion revolving loan tranche available to certain US subsidiaries, a $300.0 million revolving loan tranche for certain Canadian subsidiaries and a $100.0 million ABL Term Loan (“new ABL Term Loan”). The Company may elect to allocate the total $1.3 billion in revolving tranches between the US and Canadian borrowers. Under the two revolving tranches, the borrowers may request loan advances and make loan repayments until the maturity date of July 28, 2020. The new ABL Term Loan and each revolving loan advance under the facility have a variable interest rate based on the current benchmark rate elected by the borrower plus a credit spread. The credit spread is determined by the elected benchmark rate and the average availability of the facility. The unused line fee for the revolver tranches under the new NA ABL Facility ranges from 0.25% to 0.375% per annum for the US and Canadian borrowers depending on the average daily outstanding amount. The new NA ABL Term Loan is payable in installments of $16.7 million per quarter commencing December 31, 2016 with a final maturity date of July 28, 2018.

On July 1, 2015, the Company entered into a new Senior Term B loan agreement with a US dollar denominated tranche of $2,050.0 million and a new euro denominated tranche of €250.0 million. In addition, on July 1, 2015, the Company issued $400.0 million in unsecured notes (“Unsecured Notes”). The proceeds from the new Senior Term B loan agreement and Unsecured Notes as well as additional borrowings under the Company’s North American ABL Facility were used to repay in full the existing $2,669.2 million US dollar denominated Term B Loan and €126.8 million ($141.2 million) euro denominated Term B Loan.

The new Senior Term B loan agreement has a $2,050.0 million US dollar loan tranche and a €250.0 million euro loan tranche. Both tranches have a variable interest rate based on LIBOR with a LIBOR floor of 1.00% and a credit spread of 3.25%. The US dollar tranche and euro tranche are payable in installments of $5.1 million and €0.6 million per quarter, respectively, commencing December 31, 2015 with the remaining balances due on the maturity date of July 1, 2022. The Company can prepay either loan tranche in whole or part without penalty after January 1, 2016.

The new $400.0 million issuance of Unsecured Notes has a fixed interest rate of 6.75% payable semi-annually. Principal is due upon the maturity date of July 15, 2023. The Company can prepay the Unsecured Notes in whole or part at a premium above par on or after July 15, 2018 and without a premium on or after July 15, 2020.

As a result of the July 2015 debt refinancing activity, the Company recognized debt refinancing costs of $16.5 million in other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2015. Refer to “Note 6: Other (expense) income, net” for further information. In addition, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $4.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.

On June 23, 2015, as part of the use of proceeds from the IPO and concurrent private placement discussed in Note 1, the Company paid the remaining principal balance of $650.0 million related to the Senior Subordinated

 

124


Table of Contents

Notes. As a result, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $7.3 million related to the unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs in the consolidated statements of operations in the year ended December 31 2015.

On March 24, 2014, certain of the Company’s European subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) entered into a five year €200 million Euro ABL Credit facility. The Euro ABL is a revolving credit facility pursuant to which the Borrowers may request loan advances and make loan repayments until the maturity date of March 22, 2019. Loan advances may be made in multiple currencies. Each loan advance under this facility has a variable interest rate based on the current benchmark rate (IBOR) for that currency plus a credit spread. The credit spread is determined by a pricing grid that is based on average availability of the facility. The unused line fee ranges from 0.25% to 0.50% per annum depending on the average unused commitment as a percentage of the total commitment.

Simultaneously with the execution of the Euro ABL due 2019, certain of the Company’s European subsidiaries terminated a €68 million secured asset-based lending credit facility maturing December 31, 2016. As a result of this termination, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of $1.2 million in the consolidated statement of operations in the year ended December 31, 2014.

On March 27, 2013, the Company made a $350.0 million prepayment on the $400.0 million principal balance of the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018. As a result of this prepayment, the Company wrote off a total of $6.1 million of unamortized deferred financing fees and discount, and paid a $21.0 million prepayment premium, both of which are included in interest expense. The interest rate on the remaining $650.0 million Senior Subordinated Notes was reduced from a 12.00% to a 10.50% per annum fixed rate.

On March 25, 2013, the Company modified its North American ABL Facility to increase the committed amount from $1.1 billion to $1.3 billion and extend the maturity date of the revolving credit lines from November 30, 2015 to March 23, 2018. As a result of this refinancing, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, on March 25, 2013, the Company entered into a $100.0 million North American ABL Term Loan which matures on March 25, 2016.

On February 22, 2013, the Company amended terms of the Term B Loan to borrow an additional $250.0 million on the existing Term B Loan, which is payable in installments of $7.0 million per quarter, with the remaining principal balance due on June 30, 2017. In addition, the Company issued a new Euro-denominated tranche in the amount of €130.0 million. The Euro Tranche Term Loan is payable in installments of €0.3 million per quarter, with the remaining principal balance due on June 30, 2017. As a result of this refinancing, the Company recognized expenses of $6.2 million for third party and arranger fees in other income (expenses), net in the consolidated statement of operations in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Borrowing availability and assets pledged as collateral

As of December 31, 2015, availability of the entire $1.3 billion in North American ABL Facility credit commitments is determined based on the periodic reporting of available qualifying collateral, as defined in the North American ABL Facility credit agreement. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, $375.0 million and $577.4 million were available under the North American ABL Facility, respectively. An unused line fee of 0.375% and 0.50% was in effect at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, availability of the entire €200 million Euro ABL due 2019 is determined based on the periodic reporting of available qualifying collateral, as defined in the Euro ABL credit agreement. The Euro ABL due 2019 is secured by the accounts receivable and inventory of the Borrowers and certain additional collateral. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, $114.0 million and $99.2 million were available under the Euro ABL, respectively. An unused line fee of 0.50% was in effect at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

125


Table of Contents

The North American ABL Facility and North American ABL Term Loan are secured by substantially all of the assets of the US and Canadian operating subsidiaries of the Company. The Senior Term Loan Facilities are also secured by substantially all of the assets of the US operating and management subsidiaries. With respect to shared collateral, the North American ABL Facility, North American ABL Term Loan and the Senior Term Loan Facilities are secured by accounts receivable and inventories of the US operating subsidiaries of the Company. The obligations under the North American ABL Facility and North American ABL Term Loan are secured by a first priority lien on such accounts receivable and inventory, and the obligations under the Senior Term Loan Facilities are secured by a second priority lien on such accounts receivable and inventory. Under the North American ABL Facility, Canadian entities secure the obligations of the Canadian borrower. In addition, 65% of the shares of all first-tier foreign subsidiaries owned by the US subsidiaries have been pledged as security to the lenders in respect of all obligations. The Euro ABL is primarily secured by accounts receivable and inventories of the Company’s subsidiaries in Belgium, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Switzerland and United Kingdom.

Assets pledged under the North American ABL Facility, North American ABL Term Loan, Senior Term Loan Facilities and the Euro ABL are as follows:

 

     December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Cash

   $ 68.1       $ 91.1   

Trade accounts receivable, net

     857.8         1,054.6   

Inventories

     691.9         805.7   

Prepaids and other current assets

     105.0         142.1   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     894.6         821.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,617.4       $ 2,915.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt covenants

Under certain limited circumstances, the Company’s subsidiaries noted as borrowers and guarantors under the new NA ABL Facility and NA ABL Term Loan are subject to comply with a fixed charge coverage ratio maintenance covenant. Such covenant is calculated based on the consolidated financial results of the Company. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, such covenant was not in effect but the Company would have been in compliance if it was then in effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to a significant number of non-financial covenants in each of the credit facilities and the Senior Subordinated Notes that restrict the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, requiring that the net proceeds from certain dispositions and capital market debt issuances must be used as mandatory prepayments and restrictions on the incurrence of financial indebtedness outside of these facilities (including restrictions on secured indebtedness), prepaying subordinated debt, making dividend payments, making certain investments, making certain asset dispositions, certain transactions with affiliates and certain mergers and acquisitions.

15. Fair value measurements

The Company classifies its financial instruments according to the fair value hierarchy described in “Note 2: Significant accounting policies.”

 

126


Table of Contents

Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis on a gross basis:

 

     Level 2      Level 3  
     December 31,      December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2015      2014  

Financial current assets:

           

Forward currency contracts

   $ 0.2       $ 0.5       $ —         $ —    

Financial noncurrent assets:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     —           1.6         —           —     

Financial current liabilities:

           

Forward currency contracts

     0.2         0.9         —           —     

Interest rate swap contracts

     5.3         7.3         —           —     

Financial noncurrent liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     0.5         —           —           —     

Contingent consideration

     —           —           8.7        —     

The net amounts included in prepaid and other current assets were $0.2 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The net amounts included in other accrued expenses were $0.2 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The following table is a reconciliation of the fair value measurements that use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), which are contingent consideration liabilities (i.e. earn-outs) related to prior acquisitions. Refer to “Note 17: Business Combinations” for further information discussing the business acquisitions resulting in contingent consideration liabilities, the terms of the earn-outs, the unobservable inputs factored into the fair value determination and the estimated impact on the consolidated financial statements related to changes in the unobservable inputs.

 

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Fair value as of January 1

   $ —         $ 1.0   

Additions

     8.8         —     

Fair value adjustments

     —           (1.0

Foreign currency

     (0.1      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31

   $ 8.7       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value adjustment in 2014 related to the reduction of the contingent consideration liability associated with the 2012 Magnablend acquisition. The reduction was based on actual 2014 financial performance, which resulted in no payout. The fair value adjustment is recorded within other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

Financial instruments not carried at fair value

The estimated fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  

(in millions)

   Carrying
amount
     Fair
value
     Carrying
amount

As
Adjusted*
     Fair
value
 

Financial liabilities:

           

Long-term debt including current portion (Level 2)

   $ 3,117.3       $ 3,056.5       $ 3,811.3       $ 3,780.4   

 

* Adjusted due to the adoption of ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15. “Refer to Note 2: Significant accounting policies” for additional information.

 

127


Table of Contents

The fair values of the long-term debt, including the current portions, were based on current market quotes for similar borrowings and credit risk adjusted for liquidity, margins, and amortization, as necessary.

Fair value of other financial instruments

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and short-term financing included in the consolidated balance sheets approximates fair value due to their short-term nature.

16. Derivatives

Interest rate swaps

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had interest rate swap contracts in place with a total notional amount of $2.0 billion, whereby a fixed rate of interest (weighted average of 1.64%) is paid and a variable rate of interest (greater of 1.25% or three-month LIBOR) is received on the notional amount.

The objective of the interest rate swap contracts was to offset the variability of cash flows in three-month LIBOR indexed debt interest payments, subject to a 1.50% floor, attributable to changes in the aforementioned benchmark interest rate related to the Term B Loan due 2017. The interest rate floor related to the Term B Loan due 2017 (1.50%) is not identical to the interest rate floor of the interest rate swap contracts (1.25%), which resulted in hedge ineffectiveness.

Upon initiation of the interest rate swap contracts, changes in the cash flows of each interest rate swap were expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in interest payments on a principal balance equal to the notional amount of the derivative, attributable to the hedged risk. The effective portion of the gains and losses related to the interest rate swap contracts were initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and then reclassified into earnings consistent with the underlying hedged item (interest payments). As of December 31, 2015, the interest rate swap contracts no longer qualify for hedge accounting because the forecasted transactions as originally contemplated are not probable of occurring due to the July 1, 2015 Senior Term Loan Facility refinancing transactions. The forecasted transactions represented debt with interest payments with a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR and a credit spread of 3.50%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50% whereas the new debt has interest payments with a variable interest rate based on LIBOR and a credit spread of 3.25% with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” for more information related to the refinancing transactions.

As a result of discontinuing hedge accounting, a net loss of $4.7 million, net of tax of $2.8 million, related to the interest rate swaps included in accumulated other comprehensive loss was recognized in other (expense) income, net and income tax expense (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Future changes in fair value of the interest rate swap contracts are recognized directly in other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statement of operations. Refer to “Note 6: Other (expense) income, net” for additional information. The fair value of interest rate swaps is recorded in prepaids and other current assets, other assets, other accrued expenses or other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Refer to “Note 15: Fair value measurements” for further information.

Interest rate caps

During 2013, the Company had two interest rate caps in place, each with a notional amount of $250.0 million. To the extent the quarterly LIBOR exceeded 2.25%, the Company would have received payment based on the notional amount and the interest rate spread. The Company did not apply hedge accounting for the interest rate caps, which expired on December 31, 2013. The fair value adjustments were included in other (expense) income, net in the statements of operations. Refer to “Note 6: Other (expense) income, net” for more information.

 

128


Table of Contents

Foreign currency derivatives

The Company uses forward currency contracts to hedge earnings from the effects of foreign exchange relating to certain of the Company’s intercompany and third-party receivables and payables denominated in a foreign currency. These derivative instruments are not formally designated as hedges by the Company and the terms of these instruments range from one to three months. Forward currency contracts are recorded at fair value in either prepaid expenses and other current assets or other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets, reflecting their short-term nature. Refer to “Note 15: Fair value measurements” for additional information. The fair value adjustments and gains and losses are included in other (expense) income, net within the consolidated statements of operations. Refer to “Note 6: Other (expense) income, net” for more information. The total notional amount of undesignated forward currency contracts were $107.5 million and $127.4 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

17. Business combinations

Year ended December 31, 2015

In the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company completed six acquisitions for a total purchase price of $171.1 million.

On April 10, 2015, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Key Chemical, Inc., (“Key”), one of the largest distributors of fluoride to municipalities in the US, which the Company expects to help expand the Company’s offerings into municipal and other industrial markets.

On July 16, 2015, the Company entered into a definitive asset purchase agreement with Chemical Associates, Inc. (“Chemical Associates”) to sell the Chemical Associates business to the Company. Chemical Associates specializes in blending, mixing, and packaging of formulated oleochemical products and serves customers throughout the US and can supply packaged and bulk quantities.

On October 2, 2015, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Future Transfer Co., Inc.; BlueStar Distribution Inc.; and BDI Distribution West Inc. (“Future/BlueStar”). Future/BlueStar specializes in logistics, warehousing, packaging, and formulation services to the agriculture industry in Canada.

On November 3, 2015, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Arrow Chemical, Inc. (“Arrow Chemical”), an importer and distributor of active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) and other specialty chemistries in the US market.

On December 1, 2015, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Weaver Town Oil Services, Inc., and Weavertown Transport Leasing, Inc., operating as the Weavertown Environmental Group (“WEG”), a premier provider of environmental and facilities maintenance services in the US. The Company plans to integrate the WEG business with its ChemCare waste management service.

On December 16, 2015, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Polymer Technologies Ltd. (“Polymer”), a UK-based distributor of specialty chemicals for use in the radiation cured coatings industry. Polymer develops and markets chemicals which are used to formulate environmentally friendly paints, inks and adhesives.

 

129


Table of Contents

Summarized financial information

The initial accounting for these acquisitions has only been preliminarily determined subject to final working capital adjustments and valuations of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. As of December 31, 2015, the purchase price allocation for the acquisitions is as follows:

 

(in millions)

   WEG      Other      Total  

Purchase price:

        

Cash consideration

   $ 66.5       $ 95.0       $ 161.5   

Contingent consideration

     3.0         5.8         8.8   

Other liability consideration

     —           0.8         0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     69.5         101.6         171.1   

Allocation:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     1.1         7.0         8.1   

Trade accounts receivable, net

     7.7         12.1         19.8   

Inventories

     0.5         6.3         6.8   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     0.4         1.4         1.8   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     13.3         14.1         27.4   

Definite-lived intangible assets

     25.1         31.1         56.2   

Deferred tax assets, net

     —           0.2         0.2   

Goodwill

     23.4         41.8         65.2   

Trade accounts payable

     (1.5      (7.6      (9.1

Other accrued expenses

     (0.5      (1.7      (2.2

Deferred tax liabilities

     —           (3.1      (3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 69.5       $ 101.6       $ 171.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The consolidated financial statements include the results of acquired companies from the acquisition date. Net sales and net income of acquired companies included in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015, were $38.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

Transaction costs

Costs of approximately $2.0 million directly attributable to the acquisitions, consisting primarily of legal and consultancy fees, were expensed as incurred in other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Substantially all of the goodwill recognized above was attributed to the expected synergies from combining the assets and activities of the acquisitions with those of the Company’s USA, Canada and EMEA segments. The goodwill arising on the Future/BlueStar and Polymer acquisitions is not tax-deductible and the goodwill arising on the Key, Chemical Associates, Arrow Chemical and WEG acquisitions is tax-deductible.

 

130


Table of Contents

The intangible assets subject to amortization recognized consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   Fair value      Weighted average amortization
period in years
 

WEG

     

Customer relationships

   $ 24.2         12.0   

Other

     0.9         3.0   

Other acquisitions

     

Customer relationships

     17.8         10.2   

Other

     13.3         8.9   
  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 56.2      
  

 

 

    

Contingent consideration liabilities

Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreements related to the Future/BlueStar, Arrow Chemical, WEG and Polymer acquisitions, the Company is conditionally obligated to make earn-out payments based on the acquired companies’ performance in fiscal years subsequent to the acquisition year (earn-out period). The earn-out period for these acquisitions ranges from 2 to 3 years. As part of the allocation of the purchase price, the Company recognized $3.0 million and $5.8 million for WEG and the remaining acquisitions, respectively, in other long-term liabilities related to the fair value of the contingent considerations on the date of acquisition.

With the exception of Polymer, the earn-out payment formulas are based on measures of gross profit. Polymer’s earn-out formula is based on a measure of sales. The maximum amount that the Company is contractually obligated to pay under these earn-out arrangements is $10.0 million for WEG and $4.4 million for Arrow Chemical and Polymer. There is no maximum for the earn-out payable to Future/BlueStar, which was deemed to have a fair value of $2.8 million as of the acquisition date.

The contingent consideration arrangements were recognized at their fair value based on a real options approach, which took into account management’s best estimate of the acquired companies’ performance during the earn-out periods, as well as achievement risk.

Since the acquisitions including continent consideration arrangements had closed within 3 months prior to December 31, 2015, there were no significant changes in the fair value measurements of these liabilities. As of December 31, 2015, noncurrent liability was $8.8 million.

Supplemental pro forma information (unaudited)

The following table presents summarized pro forma results of the Company and the acquired entities had the acquisition dates of all 2015 business combinations been January 1, 2014:

 

(in millions, except per share data)

   2015      2014  

Net sales

   $ 9,078.3       $ 10,524.4   

Net income (loss)

     23.6         (7.7

Income (loss) per common share – diluted

   $ 0.20       $ (0.08

The supplemental pro forma information presents the combined operating results of the Company and the businesses acquired, adjusted to exclude acquisition-related costs, to include the additional depreciation and amortization expense associated with the effect of fair value adjustments recognized, and to include interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Company’s borrowings used to fund the acquisitions.

 

131


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2014

Acquisition of D’Altomare Quimica Ltda.

On November 3, 2014, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in D’Altomare, a Brazilian distributor of specialty chemicals and ingredients. This acquisition expands the Company’s geographic footprint and market presence in Brazil and across Latin America. The acquisition purchase price and operating results subsequent to the acquisition date did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Year ended December 31, 2013

Acquisition of Quimicompuestos

On May 16, 2013, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Quimicompuestos, a leading distributor of commodity chemicals in Mexico. The acquisition provides the Company with a strong platform for future growth in Mexico and enables the Company to offer its customers and suppliers the complete end to end value proposition with both specialty chemical and commodity offerings. The final fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Quimicompuestos are as follows:

 

(in millions)

      

Purchase price:

  

Cash consideration

   $ 92.2   

Fair value of contingent consideration

     0.2   
  

 

 

 
     92.4   

Allocation:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

     3.5   

Trade accounts receivable

     31.2   

Inventories

     12.9   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     9.0   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     18.6   

Definite lived intangible assets

     30.6   

Deferred tax assets

     0.7   

Goodwill

     35.0   

Trade accounts payable

     (25.3

Accrued compensation and other accrued expenses

     (15.0

Deferred tax liabilities

     (8.8
  

 

 

 
   $ 92.4   
  

 

 

 

Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company was conditionally obligated to make an earnout payment of $5.0 million based on Quimicompuestos’ performance in 2013. As part of the allocation of the purchase price, the Company recognized $0.2 million in other accrued expenses related to the fair value of Quimicompuestos’ contingent consideration on the date of acquisition. The contingent consideration was recognized at fair value based on a real options approach, which took into account management’s best estimate of Quimicompuestos’ performance in 2013, as well as achievement risk. For the year ended December 31, 2013, Quimicompuestos did not achieve the required performance target, which resulted in no earnout payment.

Costs of $7.5 million directly attributable to the acquisition, consisting of legal and consultancy fees, were expensed as incurred in other operating expenses, net within the consolidated statements of operations.

Substantially all of the goodwill recognized above was attributed to the expected synergies from combining the assets and activities of Quimicompuestos with those of the Company’s Rest of World segment. The goodwill

 

132


Table of Contents

arising on the Quimicompuestos acquisition is not tax-deductible. The intangible assets recognized primarily consisted of customer relationships of $19.9 million, which are being amortized on an accelerated basis over a period of 11 years, and non-compete agreements of $10.0 million, which are being amortized on a straight line basis over a period of 3 years. The weighted average amortization period for intangibles related to the acquisition is 8.2 years.

The consolidated financial statements include the results of Quimicompuestos from the acquisition date. Had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2012, there would not have been a significant change to the Company’s net sales and net loss. Additionally, net sales and net income contributed by Quimicompuestos to the Company post-acquisition were not significant in the year ended December 31, 2013.

18. Commitments and contingencies

Lease commitments

Rental and lease commitments primarily relate to land, buildings and fleet. Operating lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $93.7 million, $107.4 million and $104.4 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases with lease terms in excess of one year and capital lease obligations are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Minimum rental
commitments
     Capital lease
commitments
 

2016

   $ 62.8       $ 20.0   

2017

     50.6         9.0   

2018

     41.1         7.3   

2019

     37.1         6.3   

2020

     30.4         5.4   

More than five years

     63.4         9.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 285.4       $ 57.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Litigation

In the ordinary course of business the Company is subject to pending or threatened claims, lawsuits, regulatory matters and administrative proceedings from time to time. Where appropriate the Company has recorded provisions in the consolidated financial statements for these matters. The liabilities for injuries to persons or property are in some instances covered by liability insurance, subject to various deductibles and self-insured retentions.

The Company is not aware of any claims, lawsuits, regulatory matters or administrative proceedings, pending or threatened, that are likely to have a material effect on its overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the Company cannot predict the outcome of any claims or litigation or the potential for future claims or litigation.

The Company is subject to liabilities from claims alleging personal injury from exposure to asbestos. The claims result primarily from an indemnification obligation related to Univar USA Inc.’s 1986 purchase of McKesson Chemical Company from McKesson Corporation (“McKesson”). Univar USA’s obligation to indemnify McKesson for settlements and judgments arising from asbestos claims is the amount which is in excess of applicable insurance coverage, if any, which may be available under McKesson’s historical insurance coverage. Univar USA is also a defendant in a small number of asbestos claims. As of December 31, 2015, there were fewer than 185 asbestos-related claims for which the Company has liability for defense and indemnity

 

133


Table of Contents

pursuant to the indemnification obligation. Historically, the vast majority of the claims against both McKesson and Univar USA have been dismissed without payment. While the Company is unable to predict the outcome of these matters, it does not believe, based upon current available facts, that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material effect on its overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the Company cannot predict the outcome of any present or future claims or litigation and adverse developments could negatively impact earnings or cash flows in a particular future period.

Environmental

The Company is subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that require environmental assessment or remediation efforts (collectively “environmental remediation work”) at approximately 130 locations, some that are now or were previously Company-owned/occupied and some that were never Company-owned/occupied (“non-owned sites”).

The Company’s environmental remediation work at some sites is being conducted pursuant to governmental proceedings or investigations, while the Company, with appropriate state or federal agency oversight and approval, is conducting the environmental remediation work at other sites voluntarily. The Company is currently undergoing remediation efforts or is in the process of active review of the need for potential remediation efforts at approximately 103 current or formerly Company-owned/occupied sites. In addition, the Company may be liable for a share of the clean-up of approximately 27 non-owned sites. These non-owned sites are typically (a) locations of independent waste disposal or recycling operations with alleged or confirmed contaminated soil and/or groundwater to which the Company may have shipped waste products or drums for re-conditioning, or (b) contaminated non-owned sites near historical sites owned or operated by the Company or its predecessors from which contamination is alleged to have arisen.

In determining the appropriate level of environmental reserves, the Company considers several factors such as information obtained from investigatory studies; changes in the scope of remediation; the interpretation, application and enforcement of laws and regulations; changes in the costs of remediation programs; the development of alternative cleanup technologies and methods; and the relative level of the Company’s involvement at various sites for which the Company is allegedly associated. The level of annual expenditures for remedial, monitoring and investigatory activities will change in the future as major components of planned remediation activities are completed and the scope, timing and costs of existing activities are changed. Project lives, and therefore cash flows, range from 2 to 30 years, depending on the specific site and type of remediation project.

On December 9, 2014, the Company was issued a violation notice from the Pollution Control Services Department of Harris County, Texas (“PCS”). The notice relates to claims that the Company’s facility on Luthe Road in Houston, Texas operated with inadequate air emissions controls and improperly discharged certain waste without authorization. On March 6, 2015, PCS notified the Company that the matter was forwarded to the Harris County District Attorney’s Office with a request for an enforcement action. No such action has commenced. The Company continues to investigate and evaluate the claims.

In April 2015, the Company’s subsidiary Magnablend Inc. (“Magnablend”) was advised that the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) was considering bringing an enforcement action against Magnablend. The matter relates to a January 26, 2015 incident at Magnablend’s Waxahachie, Texas facility at which a 300 gallon plastic container of sodium chlorite burst as a result of a chemical reaction. This matter has now been resolved by Magnablend making a payment of $37,500 to the EPA.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has not recorded a liability related to the PCS investigation described above as any potential loss is neither probable nor estimable at this stage in either investigation.

 

134


Table of Contents

Although the Company believes that its reserves are adequate for environmental contingencies, it is possible, due to the uncertainties noted above, that additional reserves could be required in the future that could have a material effect on the overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows in a particular period. This additional loss or range of losses cannot be recorded at this time, as it is not reasonably estimable.

Changes in total environmental liabilities are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Environmental liabilities at January 1

   $ 120.3       $ 137.0   

Revised obligation estimates

     11.3         1.9   

Environmental payments

     (17.8      (17.5

Foreign exchange

     (0.6      (1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Environmental liabilities at December 31

   $ 113.2       $ 120.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Environmental liabilities of $35.5 million and $31.1 million were classified as current in other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The long-term portion of environmental liabilities is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The total discount on environmental liabilities was $2.3 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The discount rate used in the present value calculation was 2.3% and 2.2% as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which represent risk-free rates.

The Company manages estimated cash flows by project. These estimates are subject to change if there are modifications to the scope of the remediation plan or if other factors, both external and internal, change the timing of the remediation activities. The Company periodically reviews the status of all existing or potential environmental liabilities and adjusts its accruals based on all available, relevant information. Based on current estimates, the expected payments for environmental remediation for the next five years and thereafter at December 31, 2015 are as follows, with projects for which timing is uncertain included in the 2016 estimated amount of $14.3 million:

 

(in millions)

      

2016

   $ 35.5   

2017

     15.4   

2018

     10.7   

2019

     9.1   

2020

     8.4   

Thereafter

     36.4   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 115.5   
  

 

 

 

Competition

At the end of May 2013, the Autorité de la concurrence, France’s competition authority, fined the Company $19.91 million (€15.18 million) for alleged price fixing. The price fixing was alleged to have occurred prior to 2006. The Company will not appeal the fine which was paid in full during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Customs and International Trade Laws

In April 2012, the US Department of Justice (“DOJ”) issued a civil investigative demand to the Company in connection with an investigation into the Company’s compliance with applicable customs and international trade laws and regulations relating to the importation of saccharin from 2002 through 2012. The Company also became aware in 2010 of an investigation being conducted by US Customs and Border Patrol (“CBP”) into the

 

135


Table of Contents

Company’s importation of saccharin. Finally, the Company learned that a civil plaintiff had sued the Company and two other defendants in a Qui Tam proceeding, such filing having been made under seal in 2012, and this plaintiff had requested that the DOJ intervene in its lawsuit.

The US government, through the DOJ, declined to intervene in the Qui Tam proceeding in November 2013 and, as a result, the DOJ’s inquiry related to the Qui Tam lawsuit and its initial investigation demand are now finished. On February 26, 2014, the Qui Tam plaintiff also voluntarily dismissed its lawsuit against the Company. CBP, however, continued its investigation on the importation of saccharin by the Company’s subsidiary, Univar USA Inc. On July 21, 2014, CBP sent the Company a “Pre-Penalty Notice” indicating the imposition of a penalty against Univar USA Inc. in the amount of approximately $84.0 million. Univar USA Inc. responded to CBP that the proposed penalty was not justified. On October 1, 2014, the CBP issued a penalty notice to Univar USA Inc. for $84.0 million and has reaffirmed this penalty notice. On August 6, 2015, the DOJ filed a complaint on CBP’s behalf against Univar USA Inc. in the Court of International Trade seeking approximately $84.0 million in allegedly unpaid duties, penalties, interest, costs and attorneys’ fees. The Company continues to defend this matter vigorously. Univar USA Inc. has not recorded a liability related to this investigation as the Company believes a loss is not probable.

19. Related party transactions

CD&R and CVC charged the Company a total of $2.8 million, $5.9 million and $5.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for advisory services provided to the Company pertaining strategic consulting. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2015, there was a contract termination fee of $26.2 million related to terminating consulting agreements between the Company and CVC and CD&R as a result of the IPO. Refer to Note 1 for additional information. These amounts were recorded in other operating expenses, net. Refer to “Note 4: Other operating expenses, net” for additional information.

The following table summarizes the Company’s sales and purchases with related parties within the ordinary course of business:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014      2013  

CVC:

        

Sales to affiliate companies

   $ 1.9       $ 9.1       $ 10.5   

Purchases from affiliate companies

     8.8         10.2         19.0   

CD&R:

        

Sales to affiliate companies

     29.7         20.9         3.5   

Purchases from affiliate companies

     19.9         21.6         0.4   

Temasek:

        

Sales to affiliate companies

     19.8         —           —     

Purchases from affiliate companies

     0.1         —           —     

The following table summarizes the Company’s receivables due from and payables due to related parties:

 

     December 31,  

(in millions)

   2015      2014  

Due from affiliates

   $ 4.1       $ 3.9   

Due to affiliates

     6.6         1.7   

The Senior Subordinated Notes were held by indirect stockholders of the Company and were therefore considered due to related parties. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” for further information regarding the Senior Subordinated Notes.

 

136


Table of Contents

20. Segments

Management monitors the operating results of its operating segments separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Management evaluates performance on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income (loss), plus the sum of: interest expense, net of interest income; income tax expense (benefit); depreciation; amortization; other operating expenses, net; impairment charges; loss on extinguishment of debt; and other (expense) income, net.

Transfer prices between operating segments are set on an arms-length basis in a similar manner to transactions with third parties. Corporate operating expenses that directly benefit segments have been allocated to the operating segments. Allocable operating expenses are identified through a review process by management. These costs are allocated to the operating segments on a basis that reasonably approximates the use of services. This is typically measured on a weighted distribution of margin, asset, headcount or time spent.

Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of inter-segment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively.

Financial information for the Company’s segments is as follows:

 

(in millions)

   USA      Canada      EMEA      Rest of
World
     Other/
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Year ended December 31, 2015

                

Net sales

                

External customers

   $ 5,351.5       $ 1,376.6       $ 1,780.1       $ 473.6       $ —        $ 8,981.8   

Inter-segment

     112.7         8.6         4.0         0.1         (125.4     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

     5,464.2         1,385.2         1,784.1         473.7         (125.4     8,981.8   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

     4,365.9         1,161.0         1,398.6         382.6         (125.4     7,182.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,098.3         224.2         385.5         91.1         —          1,799.1   

Outbound freight and handling

     216.9         39.3         59.6         8.8         —          324.6   

Warehousing, selling and administrative

     492.6         87.8         226.0         54.1         13.9        874.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 388.8       $ 97.1       $ 99.9       $ 28.2       $ (13.9   $ 600.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating expenses, net

                   106.1   

Depreciation

                   136.5   

Amortization

                   88.5   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                   12.1   

Interest expense, net

                   207.0   

Other expense, net

                   23.2   

Income tax expense

                   10.2   
                

 

 

 

Net income

                 $ 16.5   
                

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3.962.0       $ 1,709.7       $ 947.2       $ 233.6       $ (1,240.1   $ 5,612.4   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     714.9         133.3         167.7         20.3         46.3        1,082.5   

Capital expenditures

     106.8         16.1         17.2         3.4         1.5        145.0   

 

137


Table of Contents

(in millions)

   USA      Canada      EMEA      Rest of
World
     Other/
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Year ended December 31, 2014

                

Net sales:

                

External customers

   $ 6,081.4       $ 1,512.1       $ 2,230.1       $ 550.3       $ —        $ 10,373.9   

Inter-segment

     121.8         10.0         4.5         —           (136.3     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

     6,203.2         1,522.1         2,234.6         550.3         (136.3     10,373.9   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

     5,041.0         1,271.5         1,797.9         469.1         (136.3     8,443.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,162.2         250.6         436.7         81.2         —          1,930.7   

Outbound freight and handling

     233.3         46.4         75.5         10.3         —          365.5   

Warehousing, selling and administrative

     490.9         97.4         276.2         53.3         5.7        923.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 438.0       $ 106.8       $ 85.0       $ 17.6       $ (5.7   $ 641.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating expenses, net

                   197.1   

Depreciation

                   133.5   

Amortization

                   96.0   

Impairment charges

                   0.3   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                   1.2   

Interest expense, net

                   250.6   

Other income, net

                   (1.1

Income tax benefit

                   (15.8
                

 

 

 

Net loss

                 $ (20.1
                

 

 

 

Total assets (as adjusted*)

   $ 4,130.4       $ 1,986.5       $ 1,059.2       $ 310.8       $ (1,419.2   $ 6,067.7   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     621.6         135.8         189.4         25.1         60.4        1,032.3   

Capital expenditures

     73.1         9.3         24.9         5.1         1.5        113.9   

 

138


Table of Contents

(in millions)

   USA      Canada      EMEA      Rest of
World
     Other/
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

Year ended December 31, 2013

                

Net sales:

                

External customers

   $ 5,964.5       $ 1,558.7       $ 2,326.8       $ 474.6       $ —        $ 10,324.6   

Inter-segment

     116.5         8.0         4.0         —           (128.5     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

     6,081.0         1,566.7         2,330.8         474.6         (128.5     10,324.6   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

     4,953.4         1,316.6         1,902.9         404.3         (128.5     8,448.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,127.6         250.1         427.9         70.3         —          1,875.9   

Outbound freight and handling

     201.3         41.6         76.1         7.0         —          326.0   

Warehousing, selling and administrative

     492.6         102.4         299.3         48.3         9.1        951.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 433.7       $ 106.1       $ 52.5       $ 15.0       $ (9.1   $ 598.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating expenses, net

                   12.0   

Depreciation

                   128.1   

Amortization

                   100.0   

Impairment charges

                   135.6   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                   2.5   

Interest expense, net

                   294.5   

Other expense, net

                   17.6   

Income tax benefit

                   (9.8
                

 

 

 

Net loss

                 $ (82.3
                

 

 

 

Total assets (as adjusted*)

   $ 4,127.2       $ 1,780.2       $ 1,441.6       $ 268.9       $ (1,413.2   $ 6,204.7   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     621.9         147.6         226.7         26.0         74.9        1,097.1   

Capital expenditures

     59.9         15.8         23.8         3.0         38.8        141.3   

 

* Adjusted due to the adoption of ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15. Refer to “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” for additional information.

Business line information

Over 95% of the Company’s net sales from external customers relate to its industrial chemical business. Other sales to external customers relate to pest control products and equipment related to the pest management industry and services for collecting and arranging for the transportation of hazardous and nonhazardous waste.

Risks and concentrations

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales in any of the years presented.

The Company is exposed to credit loss and loss of liquidity availability if the financial institutions or counterparties issuing us debt securities fail to perform. We minimize exposure to these credit risks by dealing with a diversified group of investment grade financial institutions. We manage credit risk by monitoring the credit ratings and market indicators of credit risk of our lending counterparties. We do not anticipate any nonperformance by any of the counterparties.

The Company has portions of its labor force that are a part of collective bargaining agreements. A work stoppage or other limitation on operations could occur as a result of disputes under existing collective bargaining agreements with labor unions or government based work counsels or in connection with negotiation of new collective bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, approximately 25 percent and 26 percent of the Company’s labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 3 percent of the Company’s labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year.

 

139


Table of Contents

21. Quarterly financial information (unaudited)

The following tables contain selected unaudited statement of operations information for each quarter of the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The tables include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that is necessary for fair presentation of the consolidated financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. Our business is affected by seasonality, which historically has resulted in higher sales volume during our second and third quarter.

Unaudited quarterly results for the year ended December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2015  

(in millions, except per share data)

   March 31      June 30 1      September 30 2      December 31 3  

Net sales

   $ 2,299.1       $ 2,510.1       $ 2,206.3       $ 1,966.3   

Gross profit

     461.6         467.2         450.5         419.8   

Net income (loss)

     19.7         (12.4      12.1         (2.9

Income (loss) per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.20       $ (0.12    $ 0.09       $ (0.02

Shares used in computation of income (loss) per share:

           

Basic

     99.9         102.8         137.6         137.6   

Diluted.

     100.4         102.8         138.4         137.6   

 

(1) Included in the second quarter of 2015 was a contract termination fee of $26.2 million related to terminating consulting agreements between the Company and CVC and CD&R as a result of the IPO. In addition, there was a loss on extinguishment of debt of $7.3 million related to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount related to the Company paying the remaining principal balance related to the Senior Subordinated Notes. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” for further information. Also, there was a loss due to discontinuance of cash flow hedges of $7.5 million related to the interest rate swap contracts. Refer to “Note 16: Derivatives” for further information.
(2) Included in the third quarter of 2015 was a loss on extinguishment of $4.8 million and debt refinancing expenses of $16.5 million related to the July 2015 debt refinancing transactions. Refer to “Note 14: Debt” for further information.
(3) Included in the fourth quarter of 2015 was a loss of $21.1 million relating to the annual mark to market adjustment on the defined benefit pension and postretirement plans. Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” for further information.

Unaudited quarterly results for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2014  

(in millions, except share and per share data)

   March 31      June 30      September 30      December 31 1  

Net sales

   $ 2,516.4       $ 2,861.4       $ 2,608.9       $ 2,387.2   

Gross profit

     472.4         500.5         493.1         464.7   

Net income (loss)

     (2.8      19.5         45.8         (82.6

Income (loss) per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.02    $ 0.20       $ 0.46       $ (0.83

Shares used in computation of income (loss) per share:

           

Basic

     99.6         99.7         99.7         99.8   

Diluted

     99.6         100.4         100.5         99.8   

 

(1) Included in the fourth quarter of 2014 was a loss of $117.8 million relating to the annual mark to market adjustment on the defined benefit pension and postretirement plans. Refer to the “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” for further information. Also, included in the fourth quarter of 2014 was a net gain of $18.4 million relating to the release of unrealized tax benefits due to the statute of limitations expiration. Refer to “Note 7: Income taxes” for further information.

22. Subsequent events

On March 1, 2016, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Bodine Services of Decatur, Inc.; Bodine Environmental Services, Inc.; and affiliated entities, operating as Bodine Services of the Midwest (“Bodine”), a regional provider of environmental and facilities maintenance services for an estimated purchase price of $45.5 million. The acquisition is not expected to have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

140


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DICLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2015, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed at a reasonable assurance level and are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERANCE

Information about our directors is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Proposal 1: Election of Directors” to be included in the Proxy Statement. Information about compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” to be included in the Proxy Statement. Information about our Audit Committee, including the members of the Committee, and our Audit Committee financial experts, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Governance of the Company,” and headings “What is the composition of the Board of Directors and how often are members elected?,” “What is the Board’s Leadership Structure?,” “Who are this year’s nominees?”, “What are the committees of the Board?,” “Class II Directors Term Expiring in 2017”, and “Class III Directors Term Expiring in 2018, “ to be included in the Proxy Statement. Information about our Code of Conduct is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “What are the Company’s Corporate

 

141


Table of Contents

Governance Guidelines and Ethics Policies?” to be included in the Proxy Statement. Information regarding our executive officers is presented under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant pursuant to Instruction 3 to Regulation S-K, Item 401(b)” to be included in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information appearing under the headings entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation, Discussion and Analysis” to be included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. However, pursuant to Instructions to Item 407(e)(5) of Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K, the material appearing under the heading “Compensation Committee Report” shall not be deemed to be “filed” with the Commission.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information appearing under the heading entitled “Stock Ownership Information” to be included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

A total of 86.0 million shares of Common Stock held by the Equity Sponsors and the Temasek Investor, who are deemed to be “affiliates” of the Company, have been excluded from the computation of market value of our common stock on the cover page of this Form 10-K. This total represents that portion of the shares reported as beneficially owned by our directors, executive officers and pre-IPO equity sponsors as of June 30, 2015 which are actually issued and outstanding.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Refer to the information under the captions entitled “How does the Board determine which directors are considered independent?” and “What relationships and policies does the Company have with respect to transactions with related persons?,” to be included in the Proxy Statement, all of which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Refer to the information under the caption entitled “What fees did the Company pay to Ernst & Young LLP for audit and other services for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and to Ernst & Young LLP for audit and other services for the fiscal year 2014?” to be included in the Proxy Statement, all of which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

142


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  3.1    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Univar Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.
  3.2    Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Univar Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on June 8, 2015.
  4.2*    Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement.
  4.3    Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, between Univar USA Inc., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.
  4.4    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, between Univar USA Inc., the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.
  4.5    Form of 6.75% Senior Note due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.3 hereto), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.
10.1    European ABL Facility Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, by and among Univar B.V., the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, Univar Inc., as guarantor, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Bank of America, N.A., as joint bookrunner and syndication agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as administrative agent and collateral agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.2    Agreement in Relation to Technical Correction Amendment to the European ABL Facility Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2015, among Univar B.V. and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, in its capacity as administrative agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on June 8, 2015.
10.3    ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2015 between Univar Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, the several banks and financial institutions from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 30, 2015.
10.4    ABL Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2015, made by Univar Inc., Univar USA Inc. and the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of Bank of America, N.A, as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 30, 2015.
10.5    Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights, dated July 28, 2015, made by Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 30, 2015.
10.6    Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks, dated July 28, 2015, made by Univar USA Inc., Magnablend, Inc. and ChemPoint.com Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 30, 2015.

 

143


Table of Contents
10.7    Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Patents, dated July 28, 2015, made by Magnablend, Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 30, 2015.
10.8    Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015 between Univar USA Inc., Univar Inc., the several banks and financial institutions from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.
10.9    Term Loan Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, made by Univar Inc., Univar USA Inc. and the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of Bank of America, N.A, as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.
10.10    Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights, dated July 1, 2015, made by Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.
10.11    Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks, dated July 1, 2015, made by Univar USA Inc., Magnablend, Inc. and ChemPoint.com Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.
10.12    Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Patents, dated July 1, 2015, made by Magnablend, Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-k of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.
10.13    Univar Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, by and between Univar N.V. and Univar Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.14    Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, by and among CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, Univar USA Inc. and Univar Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.15†    Letter Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, by and among Univar N.V., CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P. and Mark J. Byrne, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.16†    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2012, by and between Univar Inc. and J. Erik Fyrwald, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.17†*    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Stephen N. Landsman.
10.18†*    Employment Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Warren T. Hill.
10.19†*    Release, dated as of August 25, 2015, by and between Univar Inc. and Warren T. Hill.
10.20†*    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Jason A. Grapski.

 

144


Table of Contents
10.21†*    Univar Inc. Management Incentive Plan.
10.22†    Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 28, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.23†    Amendment No. 1 to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of November 30, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.24†    Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.25†    Employee Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, by and between Univar Inc. and J. Erik Fyrwald, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.26†    Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among Ulysses Luxembourg S.à.r.l., Ulysses Participation S.à.r.l., Parcom Buy Out Fund II B.V., GSMP V Onshore US. Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US. Ltd., GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., Société Générale Bank & Trust and the other stockholders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.
10.27†*    Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of May 29, 2014.
10.28†*    Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan, dated as of June 12, 2007.
10.29†    Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Benefits Retirement Plan, dated as of July 1, 2004, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.30†*    First Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of May 17, 2005.
10.31†*    Second Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of August 24, 2006.
10.32†*    Third Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of June 11, 2007.
10.33†    Fourth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 6, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.
10.34†*    Fifth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 6, 2007.
10.35†*    Sixth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 19, 2007.
10.36†*    Seventh Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of June 19, 2008.
10.37†*    Eighth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 23, 2008.
10.38†*    Ninth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 21, 2009.
10.39†    Univar Inc. 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.
10.40†    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2014, by and between Univar Inc. and Carl J. Lukach, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

 

145


Table of Contents
10.41†    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2014, by and between Univar Inc. and Mark J. Byrne, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.
10.42†    Consulting Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2015, by and between Univar Inc. and Mark J. Byrne, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.
10.43†    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2011, by and between Univar Europe Limited and David Jukes, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.
10.44    Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among CVC European Equity Partners IV (A) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners IV (B) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners IV (C) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners IV (D) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners IV (E) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners Tandem Fund (A) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners Tandem Fund (B) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners Tandem Fund (C) L.P., CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited, CVC European Equity Tandem GP Limited, CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l, Univar Inc. and Univar USA Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.
10.45    Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII, L.P., CD&R Advisor Univar Co-Investor, L.P., CD&R Univar Co-Investor, L.P., CD&R Univar Co-Investor II, L.P., CD&R Univar NEP VIII Co-Investor, LLC, CD&R Univar NEP IX Co-Investor, LLC, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, Univar Inc. and Univar USA Inc. , incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.
10.46    Form of Director Indemnification Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on June 8, 2015.
10.47*    Termination Agreement by and among Univar Inc., Univar USA Inc. and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC.
10.48*    Termination Agreement by and among Univar, Inc., Univar USA, Inc., CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited and CVC Europe Equity Tandem GP Limited.
10.49*    Termination Agreement by and among Univar, Inc., Univar USA, Inc., and CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l.
10.50†    2014 Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.
10.51†    2014 Form of Employee Restricted Stock Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.
10.52    Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 1, 2015, among Univar Inc., Dahlia Investments Pte. Ltd., and Univar N.V., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on June 8, 2015.
10.53†    Univar Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.
10.54†    Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement, 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.

 

146


Table of Contents
10.55†    Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.
10.56†    Form of Director Restricted Stock Agreement, 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.
10.57†*    Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, by and between Univar Canada Ltd. and Michael Hildebrand.
21.1*    List of Subsidiaries
23.1*    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1*    Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*    Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1**    Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2**    Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.1    XBRL Instance Document

 

Identifies each management compensation plan or arrangement.
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.

 

147


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Univar Inc.

 

By: /s/ CARL J. LUKACH

Carl J. Lukach, Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Dated March 3, 2016

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

By: /s/ J. ERIK FYRWALD

J. Erik Fyrwald, President and

Chief Executive Officer, Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  

By: /s/ WILLIAM S. STAVROPOULOS

William S. Stavropoulos, Chairman of the Board

By: /s/ CARL J. LUKACH

Carl J. Lukach, Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  

By: /s/ MARK J. BYRNE

Mark J. Byrne, Director

By: /s/ RICHARD P. FOX

Richard P. Fox, Director

  

By: /s/ LARS HAEGG

Lars Haegg, Director

By: /s/ RICHARD A. JALKUT

Richard A. Jalkut, Director

  

By: /s/ GEORGE K. JAQUETTE

George K. Jaquette, Director

By: /s/ STEPHEN D. NEWLIN

Stephen D. Newlin, Director

  

By: /s/ CHRISTOPHER D. PAPPAS

Christopher D. Pappas, Director

By: /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. STADLER

Christopher J. Stadler, Director

  

By: /s/ JULIET TEO

Juliet Teo, Director

By: /s/ DAVID H. WASSERMAN

David H. Wasserman, Director

  

 

148

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

of

UNIVAR INC.

Dated as of June 23, 2015

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

  

Section 1.01.

   Definitions      2   

Section 1.02.

   Interpretation      10   

ARTICLE II

  

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

  

Section 2.01.

   Management Under Direction of the Board      10   

Section 2.02.

   Composition of the Board; Observers      10   

Section 2.03.

   Chairman      15   

Section 2.04.

   Committees of the Board      15   

ARTICLE III

  

OFFICERS; INFORMATION RIGHTS

  

Section 3.01.

   Officers      16   

Section 3.02.

   Annual Business Plan      16   

Section 3.03.

   Periodic Reports      17   

Section 3.04.

   Access      18   

ARTICLE IV

  

TRANSFERS

  

Section 4.01.

   Restriction on Transfers      18   

ARTICLE V

  

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

  

Section 5.01.

   Coordination Committee      19   

Section 5.02.

   Demand Registration      20   

Section 5.03.

   Piggyback Registrations      24   

Section 5.04.

   S-3 Shelf Registration      26   

Section 5.05.

   Suspension Periods      28   

Section 5.06.

   Holdback Agreements      29   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Cont’d)

 

          Page  
Section 5.07.    Registration Procedures      30   
Section 5.08.    Registration Expenses      35   
Section 5.09.    Indemnification      36   
ARTICLE VI   
LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; EXCULPATION   
Section 6.01.    Liabilities of the Company      39   
Section 6.02.    Waiver of Fiduciary Duties      39   
Section 6.03.    Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons; Exculpation      40   
Section 6.04.    Indemnification      40   
Section 6.05.    Advancement of Expense      41   
Section 6.06.    Notice of Proceedings      42   
Section 6.07.    Insurance      43   
ARTICLE VII   
CONFIDENTIALITY; PUBLICITY; NON-SOLICITATION   
Section 7.01.    Confidential Information      43   
Section 7.02.    Publicity      44   
Section 7.03.    Non-Solicit      44   
ARTICLE VIII   
TERMINATION   
Section 8.01.    Termination      44   
ARTICLE IX   
GOVERNING LAW AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION   
Section 9.01.    Governing Law      45   
Section 9.02.    Specific Performance      45   
ARTICLE X   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   
Section 10.01.    Organization, Standing and Power      46   
Section 10.02.    Consents and Approvals      46   
Section 10.03.    Non-Contravention      46   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Cont’d)

 

          Page  

Section 10.04.

  

No Litigation

     46   

ARTICLE XI

  

MISCELLANEOUS

  

Section 11.01.

  

Successors and Assigns

     47   

Section 11.02.

  

Amendments; Waiver

     47   

Section 11.03.

  

Notices

     48   

Section 11.04.

  

Integration; Interpretation

     50   

Section 11.05.

  

Severability

     50   

Section 11.06.

  

Counterparts

     51   

Section 11.07.

  

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     51   

 

 

iii


THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (as amended and restated from time to time according to its terms, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of June 23, 2015, relating to Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is entered into by and among the Company, CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ CD&R Investor ”), Univar N.V., a limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap ) organized under the laws of the Netherlands and with corporate seat in Rotterdam, the Netherlands (“ Univar NV ”), Dahlia Investments Pte. Ltd. (“ Temasek Investor ”), and each of the stockholders of the Company whose name appears on Annex A hereto (together with and each Person that has previously executed or subsequently executes an Accession Agreement, the “ Stockholders ” and each, individually, a “ Stockholder ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company entered into a Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, with CD&R Investor, the other CD&R Investor Parties and Univar NV, as further amended and restated on December 20, 2010, in connection with the admission of the Mezzanine Investors as stockholders of the Company and their becoming parties to this Agreement, as further amended and restated on March 10, 2011 in connection with the admission of the Goldman Sachs Investors and their becoming parties to this Agreement, as further amended and restated on June 27, 2012 in connection with the admission of the Management Stockholder and it becoming party to this Agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of the shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), CD&R Investor, Univar NV, Temasek Investor, the Stockholders and the Company desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement as provided herein to set forth their respective rights and obligations; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to  Section 13.02  of the Original Agreement, this amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement has been approved by Stockholders holding a majority of the Shares and has been unanimously approved by CD&R Investor and Univar NV.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

[Signature Page — Stockholders Agreement]


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.01.  Definitions . The following terms shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, have the following meanings:

Accession Agreement ” means an agreement with a prospective additional Stockholder accepting all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such other Person as of the date on which, or at any time during the period for which, the determination of affiliation is being made. For purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise. For the purpose of this Agreement, the Company and each other member of the Group shall not be deemed an Affiliate of any of the Stockholders. For the purposes of this Agreement, CD&R Manager shall be deemed an Affiliate of each CD&R Investor Party and each of the CVC GPs shall be deemed an Affiliate of Univar NV. For the purposes of this Agreement, each of CVC Ulysses and Parcom and their respective Affiliates (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) shall be deemed Affiliates of Univar NV. For the purposes of Article VII, any reference to Temasek Investor’s Affiliates shall mean its ultimate holding company, Temasek Holdings, and Temasek Holdings’ direct and indirect wholly owned companies whose boards of directors or equivalent governing bodies are comprised solely of nominees or employees of (A) Temasek Holdings; (B) Temasek Pte. Ltd; and/or (C) wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiaries of Temasek Pte. Ltd.

Agreement ” has the meaning given such term in the Preamble.

Annual Business Plan ” has the meaning set forth in  Section 3.01 .

Auditor ” means Ernst & Young LLP or another independent certified public accounting firm of recognized international standing and reputation appointed as the auditor of the Company.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.04(g) .

Board ” means, as of any date, the board of directors of the Company as of such date.

 

2


Business ” means the global chemical distribution business of the Group.

Business Day ” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks in New York City and Singapore are permitted under applicable Law to be open and transact business.

Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any entity, all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in the equity of such entity.

CD&R Fund VIII ” means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P.

CD&R Investor ” has the meaning given such term in the Preamble.

CD&R Investor Directors ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.02(a)(vii) .

CD&R Investor Parties ” means CD&R Investor, CD&R Advisor Univar Co-Investor, LLC, CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., CD&R Univar Co-Investor, L.P., CD&R Advisor Co-Investor II, L.P., CD&R Univar NEP VIII Co-Investor, LLC, CD&R Univar NEP IX Co-Investor, LLC.

CD&R Manager ” means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC.

CEO ” means the chief executive officer of the Company.

CFO ” means the chief financial officer of the Company.

Chairman ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.03 .

Claims and Expenses ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 6.04(a) .

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.04(a) .

Company ” has the meaning given such term in the Preamble.

Confidential Information ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 7.01(a) .

Coordination Committee ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.01 .

Covered Person ” means ( i ) Univar NV, the CD&R Investor Parties, Temasek Investor and their respective Permitted Transferees, ( ii ) solely for purposes of  Section 6.01  and  6.02(a)  and solely in their capacity as Stockholders, the Mezzanine Investors,

 

3


the Goldman Sachs Investors, the Management Stockholder and their respective Permitted Transferees, ( iii ) any officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, manager, employee, representative, agent or trustee of the Persons referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) and ( iv ) any director, officer, executive officer or authorized agent of the Company or any other member of the Group.

CVC GPs ” means CVC European Equity Tandem GP Limited, CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited and CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited.

CVC Ulysses ” means Ulysses Participation, S.à r.l.

Demand Registration ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.02(a) .

Demand Registration Statement ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.02(a) .

DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.

Directors ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.02(a) .

EBITDA ” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Encumbrance ” means any claim, lien, pledge, option, charge, easement, security interest, deed of trust, mortgage, conditional sales agreement, encumbrance or other right of third parties, voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law, and includes any agreement to give any of the foregoing in the future, and any contingent sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

GAAP ” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

Goldman Sachs Investors ” means GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and Broad Street Principal Investments, L.L.C, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

4


Government Entity ” means any supranational, national, federal, state, provincial, local or other political subdivision thereof or entity, court, agency, administrative body or other Government Entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Group ” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

GSO Fund ” means GSO COF Facility LLC.

Holdback Period ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.06 .

Independent CD&R Investor Directors ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.02(a)(vi)(B) .

Independent Directors ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.02(a)(vi)(B) .

Independent Univar NV Directors ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.02(a)(ii)(B) .

Initiating Stockholder ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.02(a) .

IPO ” means the initial underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock, consummated on June 23, 2015.

Law ” means any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, judgment, injunction or decree enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered by a Government Entity.

Management Director ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.02(a)(x) .

Management Stockholder ” means J. Erik Fyrwald Revocable Trust.

Management Subscription Agreements ” means ( i ) the Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2012, between the Management Stockholder and the Company and ( ii ) the Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2012, between the Management Stockholder and the Company.

Mezzanine Investors ” means Apollo Investment Corporation, AIE EuroLux S.à r.l., GSO COF Facility LLC, Highbridge Principal Strategies - Mezzanine Partners Delaware Subsidiary LLC, Highbridge Principal Strategies - Offshore Mezzanine Partners Master Fund LP, Highbridge Principal Strategies - Institutional Mezzanine Partners Subsidiary LP, and Minot Light Debt Mezz Ltd.

 

5


Mezzanine Subscription Agreements ” means the Subscription Agreements entered into, as of December 20, 2010, by the Company and the Mezzanine Investors, in connection with closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2010, among the Company, Basic Chemical Solutions, L.L.C. and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which the Mezzanine Investors purchased Shares on the terms and conditions set forth therein and the Mezzanine Investors became parties to this Agreement.

Minimum Amount ” means the lowest of (i) $100 million, (ii) if at any time after the IPO, the aggregate value of the Shares that are publicly traded is less than $400,000,000, the result of multiplying (x) 0.25 and (y) the value of the Shares that are publicly traded as of the close of business on the most recent Business Day or (iii) such lesser amount as agreed by Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor.

Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the articles or certificate of incorporation and the by-laws, certificate of formation and operating agreement or other similar organizational documents of such Person.

Original Agreement ” has the meaning given such term in the Recitals.

Original Shares ” means, when used in reference to any one or more Stockholders, the Shares held by such Stockholder or affiliated funds on November 30, 2010, or any shares or other securities into which or for which such Shares may have been converted or exchanged in connection with any exchange, reclassification, dividend, distribution, stock split, combination, subdivision, merger, spin-off, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction.

Parcom ” means, collectively, Parcom Ulysses 2 S.à r.l., a  société à responsabilité limitée  organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and Parcom Buy Out Fund II B.V., a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands recorded with the Register of the Chamber of Commerce of Gooi en Eemland under the number 32123585.

Permitted Transfer ” means a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee ( i ) in which such Permitted Transferee agrees by an Accession Agreement to be bound to the same extent as the Transferring Stockholder (which in the case of the Management Stockholder shall include the Management Subscription Agreements) and any other documentation that the Company may reasonably require and ( ii ) which would not require the Company to effect any registration pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Permitted Transferees ” means:

(i) with respect to Univar NV and its Permitted Transferees, any Affiliate of CVC Ulysses or any other entity that is controlled by a CVC GP;

 

6


(ii) with respect to any CD&R Investor Party and its Permitted Transferees, any Affiliate of CD&R Fund VIII or any other entity that is managed by CD&R Manager;

(iii) with respect to any Mezzanine Investor and its Permitted Transferees, any Affiliate of such Mezzanine Investor;

(iv) with respect to any Goldman Sachs Investor and its Permitted Transferees, any Affiliate of a Goldman Sachs Investor;

(v) with respect to the Management Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees, any of ( x ) J. Erik Fyrwald, ( y ) a trust, of which J. Erik Fyrwald or another person reasonably acceptable to the Company is the trustee, under which the distribution of the Shares may be made only to beneficiaries who are J. Erik Fyrwald, his spouse, his immediate family, his lineal descendents or in the event that none of the foregoing beneficiaries is alive at the time of distribution to other Persons reasonably acceptable to the Company, the constituent documents of which have been made available to the Company, or ( z ) by the laws of descent; and

(vi) with respect to Temasek Investor and its Permitted Transferees, any Affiliate of Temasek Investor.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, Government Entity or other entity or organization.

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.03(a) .

Proceeding ” means any litigation, arbitration, mediation, regulatory investigation or other proceeding brought before any Government Entity, arbitrator or mediator.

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses (whether preliminary or final) included in any Registration Statement and relating to Registrable Shares, as amended or supplemented and including all material incorporated therein by reference.

Providing Party ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 7.01(a) .

Receiving Party ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 7.01(a) .

Registrable Shares ” means, at any time, ( i ) the Shares held by the Stockholders and ( ii ) any securities issued by the Company after the date hereof in respect of clause (i) by way of a share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization;  provided  that Registrable Shares shall not include any and all Shares and other securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) that at any time after the date hereof ( a ) have been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act, ( b ) have been sold in a

 

7


transaction where a subsequent public distribution of such securities would not require registration under the Securities Act or ( c ) have been purported to be Transferred in violation of  Section 4.01  hereof or to a Person that does not become a Stockholder pursuant to the preamble hereof (or any combination of clauses (a), (b) or (c)).

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.08 .

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company which covers any of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all documents incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

Registration Termination Date ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.02(a) .

Relevant Party ” or “ Relevant Parties ” means each of Univar NV, CD&R Investor or Temasek Investor or all of them collectively.

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates, and its and their directors, officers, employees, partners, members, managers, agents, advisors and other representatives.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.

Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.

S-3 Shelf Registration ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.04(a) .

S-3 Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.04(a) .

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shares ” has the meaning given such term in the Recitals.

 

8


Shelf Takedown ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.04(b) .

Short-Form Registration ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.04(a) .

Stockholder Appointed Directors ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.02(a)(ix) .

Stockholders ” has the meaning given such term in the Preamble.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any entity, any other entity ( i ) whose Capital Stock, having by its terms the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or any other Person performing similar functions, is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such entity, ( ii ) whose business and policies such entity has the power, directly or indirectly, to direct, or ( iii ) of which 50% or more of the Capital Stock, partnership or other ownership interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by such entity.

Suspension Period ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.05 .

Temasek Holdings ” means Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited.

Temasek Investor ” has the meaning given such term in the Preamble.

Temasek Investor Director ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.02(a)(ix)

Transfer ” means, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, directly or indirectly to transfer, sell, assign, license, convey, donate, dispose of, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise encumber or permit or suffer to exist any Encumbrance, whether voluntarily, involuntary or by operation of Law (including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, spin-off or other business combination or any transfer of assets).

Transferee ” means any Person to whom any Stockholder or any Transferee thereof Transfers Capital Stock of the Company in accordance with the terms hereof.

Underwritten Offering ” means an offering registered under the Securities Act in which securities of the Company are sold to one or more underwriters on a firm-commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

Underwritten Shelf Takedown ” means an Underwritten Offering effected pursuant to an S-3 Shelf Registration.

Univar NV ” has the meaning given such term in the Preamble.

Univar NV Directors ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 2.02(a)(iii) .

 

9


WKSI ” has the meaning given such term in  Section 5.04(g) .

Section 1.02.  Interpretation . Except as the express context otherwise requires: ( i ) the meanings given to terms defined herein will be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms as well as to the uses of such terms as different parts of speech; ( ii ) the heading references herein and the table of contents hereof are for convenience only, and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof; ( iii ) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; ( iv ) the words “or” and “any” are not exclusive and the words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”; ( v ) any reference to Preamble, Recital, Article or a Section shall mean a reference to the Preamble, the Recital, an Article or a Section of this Agreement; ( vi ) a reference to a Person includes its successors and assigns as permitted by this Agreement; ( vii ) a reference to days means calendar days unless otherwise noted; ( viii ) a reference to any contract includes permitted supplements, amendments and modifications thereof; ( ix ) a reference to a Law includes any amendment, modification, supplement or replacement of such Law and any rules or regulations issued thereunder; ( x ) the terms “dollars” and “$” mean the currency of the United States of America; ( xi ) references herein to any gender include each other gender and ( xii ) this Agreement shall be construed as being drafted by all of the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.01.  Management Under Direction of the Board .

(a) The Board shall be constituted as provided in this  Article II  and in the Organizational Documents of the Company. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the management and control of the business and affairs of the Company shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, be vested in the Board.

(b) The Board may, in its sole discretion but subject to the terms of this Agreement, delegate rights and responsibilities regarding management of the Company to officers or employees of the Company and subcontract such rights and responsibilities to third parties.

Section 2.02.  Composition of the Board; Observers .

(a) The number of directors of the Company (the “ Directors ”) constituting the Board shall be fixed from time to time by the Board in accordance with, and subject to,

 

10


the Organizational Documents of the Company and this Agreement, but in no event shall the Board consist of fewer than six or more than fourteen Directors. As of the date hereof, the number of Directors of the Company shall be fourteen. The terms of office of members of the Board shall be divided into three classes: Class I Directors, whose initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; Class II Directors, whose initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and Class III Directors, whose initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018. Thereafter, each member will serve three-year terms expiring in successive years. The Company will nominate for election to the Board the Directors designated by Univar NV, the CD&R Investor, Temasek Investor and the Company, as the case may be, as set forth below:

(i) For so long as Univar NV (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns 50% or more of its Original Shares:

(A) Three Directors, who may be employees of Univar NV or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by Univar NV;

(B) Three independent Directors, who may not be employees of Univar NV or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by Univar NV;

(ii) If Univar NV (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns less than 50% but not less than 25% of its Original Shares:

(A) Two Directors, who may be employees of Univar NV or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by Univar NV;

(B) One independent Director, who may not be an employee of Univar NV or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by Univar NV (the Directors designated for nomination in accordance with clause (a)(i)(B) or this clause (a)(ii)(B), the “ Independent Univar NV Directors ”);

(iii) If Univar NV (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns less than 25% but not less than 5% of its Original Shares, one Director, who may be an employee of Univar NV or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by Univar NV (the Directors designated for nomination in accordance with clauses (a)(i)(A), (a)(ii)(A) or this clause (a)(iii), the “ Univar NV Directors ”);

(iv) If Univar NV (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns less than 5% of the percentage of its Original Shares, Univar NV shall cease to have the right to designate any Directors for nomination (including Independent Directors) and any other rights provided under this  Article II Article III  or  Section 4.01 ;

 

11


(v) For so long as CD&R Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns 50% or more of its Original Shares:

(A) Three Directors (including the Chairman), who may be employees of CD&R Investor or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by CD&R Investor;

(B) Three independent Directors, who may not be employees of CD&R Investor or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by CD&R Investor;

(vi) If CD&R Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns less than 50% but not less than 25% of its Original Shares:

(A) Two Directors, who may be employees of CD&R Investor or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by CD&R Investor;

(B) One independent Director, who may not be an employee of CD&R Investor or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by CD&R Investor (the Directors designated for nomination in accordance with clause (a)(v)(B) or this clause (a)(vi)(B), the “ Independent CD&R Investor Directors ” and, together with the Independent Univar NV Directors, the “ Independent Directors ”);

(vii) If CD&R Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns less than 25% but not less than 5% of its Original Shares, one Director, who may be an employee of CD&R Investor or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by CD&R Investor (the Directors designated for nomination in accordance with clauses (a)(v)(A), (a)(vi)(A) or this clause (a)(vii), the “ CD&R Investor Directors ”);

(viii) If CD&R Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns less than 5% of its Original Shares, CD&R Investor shall cease to have the right to designate any Directors for nomination (including Independent Directors) and any other rights provided under this  Article II Article III  or  Section 4.01 ;

(ix) For so long as Temasek Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns 10% or more of the outstanding Shares, one Director, who may be an employee of Temasek Investor or its Affiliates, may be designated for nomination by Temasek Investor (the “ Temasek Investor Director ” and, together with the Univar NV Directors and the CD&R Investor Directors, the “ Stockholder Appointed Directors ”); and

 

12


(x) One management Director who shall be the CEO (the “ Management Director ”).

(xi) Notwithstanding the limitations set forth in this  Section 2.02(a)  with respect to “Independent Directors”, each of Univar NV and CD&R Investor may designate for nomination as an Independent Director persons who are currently or have previously served as an independent director of a portfolio company of its Affiliates and or any person who was or is an executive of a former portfolio company of its Affiliates;  provided  that such person meets any applicable independence requirements of a national securities exchange upon which the Shares are listed to which it is then subject.

(b) The names, categories and classes of the Directors (including the Chairman) as of the date hereof are set forth on  Schedule 2.02(b) .

(c) In designating Directors, Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor shall endeavor to select individuals who are capable of serving actively on the Board and are reasonably knowledgeable, or capable of becoming reasonably knowledgeable promptly after becoming a Director, of the Company’s business and its plans.

(d) In the event that a Stockholder loses its right to designate for nomination one or more Stockholder Appointed Directors or Independent Directors pursuant to this  Section 2.02 , it shall cause such Stockholder Appointed Directors or Independent Directors, as applicable, to offer to resign immediately, and a successor shall be nominated to the Board in the manner prescribed in the Organizational Documents.

(e) Subject to the other provisions of this  Section 2.02 , ( i ) any Univar NV Director may be removed (with or without cause) at any time only by Univar NV, upon written notice to the Board; ( ii ) any CD&R Investor Director may be removed (with or without cause) at any time only by CD&R Investor, upon written notice to the Board; ( iii ) any Temasek Investor Director may be removed (with or without cause) at any time only by Temasek Investor, upon written notice to the Board; ( iv ) any Independent Univar NV Director, Independent CD&R Investor Director and Management Director may be removed only by mutual consent of Univar NV and CD&R Investor, which consent (in each case) shall not be unreasonably withheld; ( v ) any person designated as the Management Director may not continue to serve on the Board as the Management Director from such time as he or she ceases to be employed as CEO; and ( vi ) Directors shall serve until removed and their respective successors shall have been designated and shall have been qualified and elected.

(f) Each Stockholder agrees that, at any time it is entitled to vote on the election of Directors to the Board and for so long as it has the right to nominate a Director to the Board pursuant to this Section 2.02, it shall vote all of its Capital Stock in

 

13


the Company that is entitled to vote or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and take all other necessary action (including, if permitted under the Organizational Documents, causing the Company to call a special meeting of Stockholders) in order to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in this  Section 2.02 . The Company shall cause each individual designated for nomination pursuant to this  Section 2.02  to be nominated to serve as a Director on the Board and to take all other necessary actions (including, if permitted under the Organizational Documents, calling a special meeting of the Board and/or Stockholders) to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in this  Section 2.02 .

(g) Each Stockholder agrees for so long as it has the right to nominate a Director to the Board pursuant to this Section 2.02 to vote all of its Capital Stock in the Company entitled to vote, or execute written consents and take all other actions reasonably necessary and permitted by applicable Law to ( i ) to the extent that the Company’s Organizational Documents conflict with any provision of this Agreement, amend such Organizational Documents to eliminate such conflict and ( ii ) mitigate the effects of any such conflict on the parties hereto in a manner that implements the provisions of this Agreement as closely as possible to their intent.

(h) The Company shall reimburse each Stockholder Appointed Director for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them for the purpose of attending meetings of the Board or committees thereof.

(i) The Company agrees to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board the Stockholder Appointed Directors and Independent Directors designated for nomination in accordance with clause (a) of this Section 2.02 and to use its best efforts to cause the election of each such designee to the Board, including nominating such individuals to be elected as Directors as provided herein.

(j) Except as otherwise agreed by the CD&R Investor, Univar NV and Temasek Investor, the Board shall not be expanded to add an additional Director or Directors unless such increase in the size of the Board is necessary to comply with the independence requirements of a national securities exchange upon which the Company’s Shares are listed, provided that the agreement of CD&R Investor, Univar NV or Temasek Investor shall no longer be required when such Stockholder or Stockholders cease to have a right to nominate a Director to the Board pursuant to this Section 2.02.

(k) If at any time CD&R Manager, CD&R Fund VIII or their Permitted Transferees cease to control CD&R Investor (or its Permitted Transferee to whom the rights of CD&R Investor were Transferred in accordance with this Agreement), CD&R Investor and its Permitted Transferees shall cease to have any rights to which CD&R Investor is specifically entitled under this Agreement (and which rights are not held generally by all other Stockholders). If at any time the CVC GPs or their Permitted Transferees cease to control Univar NV (or its Permitted Transferee to whom the rights

 

14


of Univar NV were Transferred in accordance with this Agreement), Univar NV (or its Permitted Transferee to whom the rights of Univar NV were Transferred in accordance with this Agreement) shall cease to have any rights to which Univar NV is specifically entitled under this Agreement (and which rights are not held generally by all other Stockholders). If at any time Temasek Holdings or its Permitted Transferees cease to control Temasek Investor (or its Permitted Transferee to whom the rights of Temasek Investor were Transferred in accordance with this Agreement), Temasek Investor (or its Permitted Transferee to whom the rights of Temasek Investor were Transferred in accordance with this Agreement) shall cease to have any rights to which Temasek Investor is specifically entitled under this Agreement (and which rights are not held generally by all other Stockholders).

Section 2.03.  Chairman . Unless otherwise agreed by CD&R Investor, the chairman of the Board (the “ Chairman ”) shall be designated for nomination by CD&R Investor. As of the date hereof, CD&R Investor has designated the individual so named on  Schedule 2.02(b)  to serve as Chairman until the earlier of his death, resignation or removal by the Board. The Chairman shall be responsible for the preparation of the agenda for each Board meeting (which shall include issues presented by other Directors), determination of the location for such Board meeting and conducting each Board meeting. If CD&R Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns less than 25% of its Original Shares, CD&R Investor shall cease to have the right to designate the Chairman.

Section 2.04.  Committees of the Board .

(a) The Board shall have an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and may form additional committees upon the approval of the Board (each, a “ Committee ”). The authority of each Committee shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Committee membership shall be as determined by the Board,  provided  that, (i) the Directors comprising each Committee shall be proportionate to, and shall reflect, the relative number of Stockholder Appointed Directors of, and Independent Directors designated for nomination by, Univar NV, on the one hand, and CD&R Investor, on the other hand; (ii) for so long as Univar NV and CD&R Investor are entitled to any Director (including Independent Univar NV Directors or Independent CD&R Investor Directors), at least one Univar NV Director or Independent Univar NV Director and one CD&R Investor Director or Independent CD&R Director shall serve on each Committee; (iii) for so long as Temasek Investor is entitled to any Director, the Temasek Investor Director shall be entitled to serve on each of the various Committees; (iv) in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the right of any Director to serve on a Committee shall be subject to applicable law and the Company’s obligation to comply with any applicable independence requirements of a national securities exchange upon which the Shares are listed to which it is then subject; and (v) in the case of (iii) above, the right of the Temasek Investor Director to serve on each of the various Committees shall be subject to scheduling and logistical constraints regarding the operation of such Committees.

 

15


(b) The Chairman of each Committee shall be designated by a majority of the Directors serving on such Committee.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS; INFORMATION RIGHTS

Section 3.01.  Chief Executive Officer .

(a) For so long as it (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns no less than 25% of its Original Shares, either Univar NV or CD&R Investor may terminate the CEO upon 45 days’ written notice to the Board, if, ( x ) in one fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015), the Company’s EBITDA is more than 20% less or ( y ) for two consecutive fiscal years (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015), the Company’s EBITDA is more than 10% less, in either case, than the projected EBITDA as set forth in the Annual Business Plans to which such fiscal years relate.

(b) In the event that the CEO is dismissed pursuant to  Section 3.01(a) , an operating partner of CD&R Manager designated by CD&R Investor who is then serving (or nominated to serve) as a CD&R Investor Director shall be entitled to serve as CEO on an interim basis (but for a period of no more than one year, unless Univar NV otherwise consents) until a replacement CEO is hired (during which time the Board seat to which the CEO as a Management Director is entitled pursuant to  Section 2.02(a)(x)  shall remain vacant). CD&R Investor and Univar NV shall cooperate in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to jointly agree on a new permanent CEO. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this  Section 3.01(b) , if no replacement CEO has been hired with the approval of Univar NV and CD&R Investor prior to the first anniversary of the former CEO’s termination or resignation, then the Independent Directors shall ( i ) consult with each of Univar NV and CD&R Investor as to their view of the appropriate candidate or candidates for the CEO position and consider in good faith such views and ( ii ) select and hire a replacement CEO by vote of a majority of the Independent Directors (and without the need for the approval of Univar NV or CD&R Investor) within fifteen months after the former CEO’s termination or resignation, and until such fifteen month anniversary, the CD&R Investor Director serving as the interim CEO as contemplated by this  Section 3.01(b)  shall continue to so serve.

Section 3.02.  Annual Business Plan . The Company shall develop a detailed proposed annual business plan and budget for each upcoming fiscal year, beginning with January 1, 2016 (“ Annual Business Plan ”). The CEO shall submit such proposal for the consideration of the Board and the Board shall cooperate to set a schedule with

 

16


management to approve such proposal. After the Board approves the Annual Business Plan for a given fiscal year, the Company and other members of the Group shall conduct their respective business, including its capital and other expenditure programs, in accordance therewith. After the Board’s approval, for so long as Univar NV or the CD&R Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees), as applicable, owns at least 5% of its Original Shares and for so long as Temasek Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns 10% or more of the outstanding Shares, the Company shall make available to Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor the Annual Business Plan, no later than thirty days before the beginning of the Company’s next fiscal year, in such manner and form as approved by the Board, which shall include at least a projection of income and a projected cash flow statement for each fiscal quarter in such fiscal year and a projected balance sheet as of the end of each fiscal quarter in such fiscal year, in each case prepared in reasonable detail, with appropriate presentation and discussion of the principal assumptions upon which such budgets and projections are based, which shall be accompanied by the statement of the CEO or CFO or equivalent officer of the Company to the effect that such budget and projections are based on reasonable and good faith estimates and assumptions made by the management of the Company for the respective periods covered thereby; it being recognized that such budgets and projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by them may differ from the projected results.

Section 3.03.  Periodic Reports .

(a) For so long as Univar NV or the CD&R Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees), as applicable, owns at least 5% of its Original Shares and for so long as or Temasek Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns 10% or more of the outstanding Shares, as promptly as practicable and in any event within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall prepare and make available to each of Univar NV, the CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor, the following financial statements with respect to the Group audited by the Auditor and prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved: ( i ) a consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year; ( ii ) a consolidated statement of income for such fiscal year; ( iii ) a consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal year; and ( iv ) notes to the foregoing, setting forth in each case (other than the notes described in clause (iv)) in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by the opinion of independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company, and a Company-prepared comparison to the Annual Business Plan for such year as approved by the Board.

(b) The members of the Group shall close the books of account after the end of each month in each fiscal year and management of the Company shall provide information in reasonable detail to each Stockholder with respect to the results of operations of the Group during such month. Such information shall include an unaudited

 

17


consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such monthly period and consolidated statements of operations, income, cash flows, retained earnings and stockholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, for each month and for the current fiscal year of the Company to date, prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto), together with a comparison of actual year-to-date, remainder of the year as budgeted and the full year as budgeted information for the Group and a budget reforecast of profits and losses. Such information shall be delivered to each Stockholder no later than 20 days after the end of each month and no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year in respect of such fiscal year.

(c) The Company shall provide to each of Univar NV, the CD&R Investor Parties, Temasek Investor and their respective Permitted Transferees such additional reports as may be reasonably requested as and when required to comply with such Stockholder’s financial reporting practices as in effect from time to time.

Section 3.04.  Access . Subject to the provisions of  Article VII , the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, auditors and other agents to, so long as Univar NV and CD&R Investor (in each case, together with its Permitted Transferees) owns at least 5% of its Original Shares and so long as Temasek Investor (together with its Permitted Transferees) owns at least 10% of the outstanding Shares, ( a ) afford the officers, employees, auditors and other agents of Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice reasonable access at all reasonable times to its officers, employees, auditors, legal counsel, properties, offices, plants and other facilities and to all books and records, and ( b ) afford Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor the opportunity to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries with their respective officers from time to time as each may reasonably request.

ARTICLE IV

TRANSFERS

Section 4.01.  Restriction on Transfers .

(a) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, no Stockholders may, directly or indirectly, Transfer any Company Capital Stock legally or beneficially owned by them other than:

(i) in a Permitted Transfer to such Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees;

(ii) pursuant to the IPO;

 

18


(iii)  de minimis  Transfers by Univar NV, a CD&R Investor Party, Temasek Investor, a Goldman Sachs Investor, a Mezzanine Investor or their respective Permitted Transferees constituting (together with any other  de minimis  Transfers previously made by any such Stockholder (for purposes of this  Section 4.01(a)(iii) , the CD&R Investor Parties shall be regarded as one Stockholder and the Goldman Sachs Investors shall be regarded as one Stockholder) and its Permitted Transferees pursuant to this clause, and taking into account any stock split, combination, reclassification or similar transaction) no more than 1% of the outstanding Shares per calendar year;

(iv) solely with respect to GSO Fund, a pledge of Company Capital Stock solely in connection with a fund level financing of GSO Fund where assets of GSO Fund are pledged; provided that the pledgee shall have delivered an executed Accession Agreement to the Company which shall become effective immediately upon the foreclosure of any amount of pledged Company Capital Stock;

(v) with the prior written consent of the Coordination Committee and subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and  Section 5.01 ;

(vi) with respect to Temasek Investor, when it ceases to own at least 10% of the outstanding Shares, without limitation, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws;

(vii) with respect to the Mezzanine Investors, at such time as the Coordination Committee is dissolved in accordance with  Section 5.01 , without limitation, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws; or

(vii) at such time as the Coordination Committee is dissolved in accordance with  Section 5.01 , pursuant to the exercise of any registration rights or other rights granted by this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 5.01.  Coordination Committee . Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor shall form a committee (the “ Coordination Committee ”) responsible for facilitating coordination among the Stockholders with respect to all Transfer activities by the Stockholders. The Coordination Committee shall be comprised of three members, which will initially be one representative designated by each of Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor,  provided  that Temasek Investor shall no longer have the right to designate a member of the Coordination Committee at such time as Temasek Investor and its Permitted Transferees collectively own less than 10% of the outstanding

 

19


Shares. In the event that a Temasek Investor can no longer designate a member of the Coordination Committee, the third member of the Coordination Committee shall be agreed upon by Univar NV and CD&R Investor. Following the IPO, the Coordination Committee shall coordinate all Transfers, sales and other dispositions of Shares, including, without limitation, Rule 144 sales, distributions to limited partners, shelf takedowns and block trades, such that each of Univar NV, the CD&R Investor Parties, Temasek Investor, the Goldman Sachs Investors, the Mezzanine Investors and the Management Stockholder and their respective Permitted Transferees shall have the opportunity to participate on a  pro rata  basis. Any action of, or matter to be approved by, the Coordination Committee shall require the approval of a majority of its total membership and such approval shall be required for all Transfers described in this  Section 5.01  by any Stockholder or its Affiliates except as set forth in  Section 4.01  and  provided  that Transfers by Temasek Investor and its Permitted Transferees shall no longer require the approval of the Coordination Committee at such time as Temasek Investor and its Permitted Transferees collectively own less than 10% of the outstanding Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Coordination Committee shall be dissolved and shall have no further authority with respect to Transfers at such time as at least 65% of the outstanding Shares are publicly traded. So long as a Stockholder maintains a representative appointed as a member of the Coordination Committee, each such Stockholder hereby agrees to (1) promptly inform each other Stockholder with a Stockholder representative appointed as a member of the Coordination Committee at such time of any changes in such Stockholder’s beneficial ownership in the Company and (2) cooperate promptly with the reasonable request of any other Stockholder with respect to any other information about such Stockholder or such Stockholder’s investment in the Company that is reasonably required for any Stockholder to make filings that it may be required to make under any applicable U.S. federal or state securities law (including Section 13 or Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

Section 5.02.  Demand Registration .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this  Article V , until the first date on which there are no Registrable Shares (the “ Registration Termination Date ”), each of Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor may at any time request (at which time, such requesting Stockholder shall be referred to as the “ Initiating Stockholder ”) in writing registration for resale under the Securities Act of all or part of the Registrable Shares separate from an S-3 Shelf Registration (a “ Demand Registration ”);  provided , however , that (based on the then-current market prices) the number of Registrable Shares included in the Demand Registration would, if fully sold, yield gross proceeds (prior to deducting underwriting discounts and commission and offering expenses) to such Stockholder of at least the Minimum Amount. Upon such request, the Company shall promptly, but no later than two days after such request, deliver notice of such request to all other Stockholders. The other Stockholders shall then have three days to notify the Company in writing of their desire to be included in such registration. If the request for registration

 

20


contemplates an Underwritten Offering, the Company shall state such in the written notice and in such event the right of any other Stockholder to participate in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Stockholder’s participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Stockholder’s Registrable Shares in the Underwritten Offering to the extent provided herein. Subject to  Section 5.03(d) Section 5.05  and  Section 5.09 , the Company shall use reasonable best efforts ( i ) to file a Registration Statement registering for resale such number of Registrable Shares as requested to be so registered together with all or such portion of the Registrable Shares of any Stockholder joining in such request which have provided notification to the Company pursuant to this  Section 5.02(a)  (a “ Demand Registration Statement ”) within 30 days and ( ii ) if necessary, to cause such Demand Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable thereafter. If permitted under the Securities Act, such Registration Statement shall be one that is automatically effective upon filing.

(b) Subject to the limitations of  Section 5.02(a)  and  Section 5.02(d) , ( i ) each of Univar NV and CD&R Investor (in each case, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates and their Permitted Transferees) shall be entitled to request up to five Demand Registrations in the aggregate, so long as Univar NV or CD&R Investor (in each case, together with its Permitted Transferees), as the case may be, owns 5% or more of the outstanding Shares and ( ii ) until such time as the Company becomes eligible to register Shares on Form S-3 (or any successor form thereto) and so long as Temasek Investor owns 10% or more of the outstanding Shares, Temasek Investor (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates and their Permitted Transferees) shall be entitled to request up to three Demand Registrations,  provided  that Temasek Investor shall only be entitled to request for one Demand Registration during the period from the date of the IPO until the end of the 12th full calendar month following the date of the IPO and  provided further  that in the event that the Company ceases to be eligible to register Shares on Form S-3 after becoming so eligible, Temasek Investor shall be entitled to request up to three Demand Registrations less the number of prior Demand Registrations requested by Temasek Investor. A Registration Statement shall not count against the number of permitted Demand Registration unless and until it has become effective.

(c) The Company may include its own Capital Stock in a Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown on the terms provided below; and if such Demand Registration is an Underwritten Offering or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, such Capital Stock may be included only with the consent of the managing underwriters of such offering and Univar NV and CD&R Investor. If the managing underwriters of the requested Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown advise the Company and the Initiating Stockholder that in their good faith opinion the amount of Capital Stock proposed to be included in the Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown exceeds the amount of Capital Stock which can be sold in such Underwritten Offering without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the offering (including the price per share of the Capital Stock proposed to be sold in such Underwritten Offering),

 

21


the Company shall include in such Demand Registration or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as the case may be, ( i ) first, the number of Registrable Shares that Univar NV, the CD&R Investor Parties, Temasek Investor, the Mezzanine Investors, the Goldman Sachs Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees propose to sell in such offering, ( ii ) second, the amount of Capital Stock the Company proposes to issue and ( iii ) third, the number of Registrable Shares of any other Stockholder who has given notice to be included in such registration or has exercised piggyback rights pursuant to  Section 5.03 provided  that, if the entirety of the Registrable Shares in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) cannot be included, the Registrable Shares to be included pursuant to each subsection shall be determined on a  pro rata  basis among the Stockholders selling pursuant to such subsection on the basis of the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by each selling Stockholder relative to the total number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by all such selling Stockholders and  provided further , that, after the IPO, until the earlier of (I) the consummation of the second Demand Registration after the IPO and (II) such time as the percentage of the CD&R Investor Parties’ Original Shares owned by the CD&R Investor Parties is no greater than the percentage of Univar NV’s Original Shares owned by Univar NV, (x) the pro rata allocation of Registrable Shares to be allocated to Univar NV pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso above shall be reduced by a number of shares equal to 30% (such number of shares, the “Reduction Amount”); and (y) the number of Registrable Shares allocated to the CD&R Investor Parties pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso above will be the sum of (A) the pro rata allocation of Registrable Shares to be allocated to the CD&R Investor Parties pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso above plus (B) the Reduction Amount.

(d) No Stockholder shall be entitled to request a Demand Registration within 90 days of the effective date of a Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration pursuant to  Section 5.03  or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown requested pursuant to Section 5.04(b) provided  that a Stockholder shall be entitled to request a Demand Registration at any time after such time as the Coordination Committee has been dissolved pursuant to the terms of  Section 5.01 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to proceed with a Demand Registration if the offering to be effected pursuant to such registration can be effected pursuant to an S-3 Shelf Registration and the Company, in accordance with  Section 5.04 , effects or has effected an S-3 Shelf Registration pursuant to which such offering can be effected.

(e) Upon the date of effectiveness of any Demand Registration for an Underwritten Offering and if such offering is priced promptly on or after such date, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to keep such Demand Registration Statement effective for a period equal to 180 days from such date or such shorter period which shall terminate when all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold by the Stockholders who had requested to be included in such registration, provided however , that such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the

 

22


period the applicable holder of Registrable Shares refrains from selling any securities included in such Registration Statement at the request of the Company or an underwriter pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. If the Company shall withdraw any Demand Registration pursuant to  Section 5.05  before the end of such 180 day period and before all of the Registrable Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold pursuant thereto, the Initiating Stockholder shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Registration which shall be subject to all of the provisions of this  Article V . A Demand Registration shall not count against the limit on the number of such registrations set forth in  Section 5.02(b)  if ( i ) after the applicable Registration Statement has become effective, such Registration Statement or the related offer, sale or distribution of Registrable Shares thereunder becomes the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order or restriction imposed by the SEC or any other governmental agency and such interference is not thereafter eliminated so as to permit the completion of the contemplated distribution of Registrable Shares or ( ii ) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, the conditions specified in the related underwriting agreement, if any, are not satisfied or waived for any reason not attributable to the Initiating Stockholder or its Affiliates, or ( iii ) as a result of  Section 5.02(c) , less than 75% of the Initiating Stockholder’s Registrable Shares requested to be included in the Registration Statement are included in such Registration Statement.

(f) Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares which are to be registered in a particular offering pursuant to this  Section 5.02  shall have the right, prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, to notify the Company that they have determined that the Registration Statement be abandoned or withdrawn, in which event the Company shall abandon or withdraw such Registration Statement. Any holder of Registrable Shares who has elected to sell Registrable Shares in an Underwritten Offering pursuant to this  Section 5.02  (including the Stockholder who delivered the Demand Registration request) shall be permitted to withdraw from such registration by written notice to the Company if the price to the public at which the Registrable Shares are proposed to be sold will be less than 90% of the average closing price of the class of stock being sold in the offering during the 10 trading days preceding the date on which the notice of such offering was given pursuant to  Section 5.02(a) .

(g) If the Initiating Stockholder intends that the Registrable Shares requested to be covered by a Demand Registration shall be distributed by means of an Underwritten Offering, the Initiating Stockholder shall so advise the Company as a part of its request for a Demand Registration and the Company shall include such information in the notice sent by the Company to the other Stockholders with respect to such Demand Registration. In such event or in the case of an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the lead underwriter to administer the offering shall be chosen by the Initiating Stockholder, subject to the prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, of the Company. If the offering covered by a Demand Registration is to be an Underwritten Offering or in any Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the right of any Stockholder to registration in such

 

23


offering will be conditioned upon such Stockholder’s participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Stockholder’s Registrable Shares in the Underwritten Offering (unless otherwise agreed by the Initiating Stockholder) and each such Stockholder will (together with the Company and the other Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting (including pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter(s),  provided  that ( A ) no Stockholder shall be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Shares that such Stockholder has requested the Company to include in any registration) and ( B ) if any Stockholder disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Stockholder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter(s) and the Initiating Stockholder,  provided further  that no such Person (other than the Company) shall be required to make any representations or warranties other than those related to title and ownership of, and power and authority to Transfer, shares and as to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a Registration Statement, Prospectus or other document in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished to the Company or the managing underwriter(s) by such Stockholder pertaining exclusively to such Stockholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Stockholder shall be required to agree to any indemnification obligations on the part of such Stockholder that are greater than its obligations pursuant to  Section 5.09(b) .

Section 5.03.  Piggyback Registrations .

(a) Whenever after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Registration Termination Date the Company proposes to register any Capital Stock under the Securities Act (other than on a registration statement on Form S-8, F-8, S-4 or F-4), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more Stockholders, and the form of registration statement to be used may be used for any registration of Registrable Shares (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give written notice to each Stockholder of its intention to effect such a Piggyback Registration and, subject to  Section 5.03(b) , shall include in such registration statement and in any offering to be made pursuant to such registration statement all Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein from any Stockholder within three days after receipt of the Company’s notice. The Company shall have no obligation to proceed with any Piggyback Registration and may abandon, terminate and/or withdraw such Piggyback Registration for any reason at any time prior to the pricing thereof  provided , however, that any such abandonment, termination or withdrawal shall not prejudice the rights of the Stockholders to make a Demand Registration request or a Shelf Registration request pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. If the Company or any other Person other than a Stockholder proposes to sell Shares in any Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, such offering shall be treated as a primary or secondary Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Piggyback Registration.

 

24


(b) Subject to  Section 5.03(c)  if a Piggyback Registration is initiated as an Underwritten Offering on behalf of the Company or any Stockholder and the managing underwriters advise the Company and each Stockholder that has elected to include Registrable Shares in such Piggyback Registration that in their good faith opinion the amount of Capital Stock proposed to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of Capital Stock (of any class) which can be sold in such offering without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the offering (including the price per share of the Shares proposed to be sold in such offering), the Company shall include in such Piggyback Registration and offering ( i ) first, the amount of Capital Stock the Company proposes to issue, ( ii ) second, the number of Registrable Shares that Univar NV, the CD&R Investor Parties, Temasek Investor, the Mezzanine Investors, the Goldman Sachs Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees propose to sell in such offering on a  pro rata  basis relative to the total number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by such Stockholders and ( iii ) third, the number of Registrable Shares of any other Stockholder who has given notice to be included in such registration pursuant to this  Section 5.03  on a  pro rata  basis relative to the total number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by such Stockholders.

(c) If any Piggyback Registration is a primary Underwritten Offering, the Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

(d) No Stockholder may sell Registrable Shares in any offering pursuant to a Piggyback Registration unless it ( i ) agrees to sell such Shares on the same basis provided in the underwriting or other distribution arrangements approved by the Company and that apply to the Company and/or any other Stockholders involved in such Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company, with such differences, including any with respect to representations and warranties or indemnification and liability insurance, as may be customary or appropriate in combined primary and secondary offerings (but no Stockholder shall be required to agree to any indemnification obligations on the part of such Stockholder that are greater than its obligations pursuant to  Section 5.09(b) );  provided  that no Stockholder shall be required to make any representations or warranties other than those related to title and ownership of, and power and authority to Transfer the Shares it seeks to sell and as to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a Registration Statement, Prospectus or other document in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished to the Company or the managing underwriter(s) by such Person pertaining exclusively to such Stockholder and ( ii ) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lockups and other documents required under the terms of such arrangements. If a registration requested pursuant to

 

25


this  Section 5.03  involves an underwritten public offering, any Stockholder requesting that its Registrable Shares be included in such registration may elect, in writing at least two Business Days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration, to withdraw its request to register such securities in connection with such registration and shall be permitted to withdraw from such registration by written notice to the Company if the price to the public at which the Registrable Shares are proposed to be sold will be less than 90% of the average closing price of the class of stock being sold in the offering during the 10 trading days preceding the date on which the notice of such offering was given to such Stockholder pursuant to this Section 5.03 .

Section 5.04.  S-3 Shelf Registration .

(a) Subject to the provisions hereof, at any time following the IPO when the Company is eligible to use Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms or any similar short-form registration (a “ Short-Form Registration ”) and prior to the Registration Termination Date, and, if requested by Univar NV or CD&R Investor (so long as it together with its Permitted Transferees owns 5% or more of the outstanding Shares) or Temasek Investor (so long as it together with its Permitted Transferees owns 10% or more of the outstanding Shares) and available to the Company, such Short-Form Registration shall be a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis of, the Registrable Shares, pursuant to Rule 415 or otherwise (an “ S-3 Shelf Registration ”). At any time and from time to time following the IPO, Univar NV or CD&R Investor (so long as it together with its Permitted Transferees owns 5% or more of the outstanding Shares) or Temasek Investor (so long as it together with its Permitted Transferees owns 10% or more of the outstanding Shares) shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations, if available to the Company, with respect to the Registrable Shares held by it and its Permitted Transferees in addition to the other registration rights provided in  Section 5.02  and  Section 5.03 provided , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration pursuant to this  Section 5.04 , ( A ) within 90 days after the effective date of any Registration Statement of the Company hereunder and ( B ) unless the amount of Registrable Shares requested to be registered by Univar NV, CD&R Investor or Temasek Investor, as the case may be, and its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders is reasonably expected to result in aggregate gross proceeds (prior to deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses) of at least the Minimum Amount. Upon such request, the Company shall promptly deliver notice of such request to all other Stockholders. The other Stockholders shall then have three days to notify the Company in writing of their desire to include their Registrable Shares in such Registration Statement. Subject to  Section 5.05 , the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause Registration Statement for such S-3 Shelf Registration (an “ S-3 Shelf Registration Statement ”) to become effective as soon as practical thereafter. If permitted under the Securities Act, such Registration Statement shall be one that is automatically effective upon filing.

 

26


(b) Each of Univar NV, CD&R Investor, Temasek Investor, the Mezzanine Investors, the Goldman Sachs Investors, the Management Stockholder and their respective Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders shall be entitled, at any time and from time to time when an S-3 Shelf Registration Statement is effective and until the Registration Termination Date, to sell such Registrable Shares as are then registered pursuant to such Registration Statement (each, a “ Shelf Takedown ”), but only upon not less than three Business Days’ prior written notice to the Company (if such takedown is to be underwritten). Each of Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor and their respective Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to request that a Shelf Takedown shall be an Underwritten Offering;  provided however , that (based on the then-current market prices) the number of Registrable Shares included in each such Underwritten Shelf Takedown would reasonably be expected to yield gross proceeds (prior to deducting underwriting discounts and commission and offering expenses) to such Stockholder of at least the Minimum Amount, and  provided further  that such Stockholder shall not be entitled to request any Underwritten Shelf Takedown within 90 days after an Underwritten Offering effected pursuant to a Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or S-3 Shelf Registration. Each of Univar NV, CD&R Investor, Temasek Investor, the Mezzanine Investors, the Goldman Sachs Investors, the Management Stockholder and their respective Permitted Transferees shall give the Company prompt written notice of the consummation of each Shelf Takedown (whether or not underwritten).

(c) The Company may include Capital Stock of the Company other than Registrable Shares in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any accounts on the terms provided below, subject to  Section 5.02(c) . The provisions of this  Section 5.04(c)  apply only to a Shelf Takedown that the selling Stockholders have requested be an Underwritten Offering.

(d) If any of the Registrable Shares are to be sold in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown initiated by Univar NV, CD&R Investor or Temasek Investor, such Stockholder shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to lead the offering in accordance with  Section 5.02(g) .

(e) Upon filing any Short-Form Registration, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Short-Form Registration effective with the SEC at all times and to re-file such Short-Form Registration upon its expiration, and to cooperate in any Shelf Takedown, whether or not underwritten, by amending or supplementing the Prospectus related to such Short-Form Registration as may be reasonably requested by Univar NV or CD&R Investor (so long as it together with its Permitted Transferees owns 5% or more of the outstanding Shares) or Temasek Investor (so long as it together with its Permitted Transferees owns 10% or more of the outstanding Shares) or as otherwise

 

27


required. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to keep any such registration statement effective, or to permit Registrable Shares to be registered, offered or sold thereunder, at any time on or after the Registration Termination Date.

(f) If any registration is proposed by Univar NV, CD&R Investor or Temasek Investor to be a Short-Form Registration and an Underwritten Offering, and if the managing underwriter(s) shall advise the Company and Univar NV, CD&R Investor or Temasek Investor, as the case may be, that, in its good faith opinion, it is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering to file a registration statement on Form S-1 (or any successor or similar registration statement) or to include in such registration statement information not required to be included in a Short-Form Registration, then the Company shall file a registration statement on Form S-1 or supplement the Short-Form Registration as reasonably requested by such managing underwriter(s).

(g) To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405) (a “ WKSI ”) at the time any request for an S-3 Shelf Registration is submitted to the Company pursuant to  Section 5.04(a)  requesting that the Company file a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405) on Form S-3 (an “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ”) in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, which covers those Registrable Shares which are requested to be registered. The Company shall pay the registration fee for all Registrable Shares to be registered pursuant to an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement at the time of filing of the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement and shall not elect to pay any portion of the registration fee on a deferred basis. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not to become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405)) during the period during which any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is effective. If at any time following the filing of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to post-effectively amend the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to an S-3 Shelf Registration Statement or file a new S-3 Shelf Registration Statement or, if such form is not available, Form S-1, have such Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC and keep such Registration Statement effective during the period during which such Short-Form Registration or Form S-1 is required to be kept effective in accordance with Section 5.04(e)  or  Section 5.02(e) , respectively.

Section 5.05.  Suspension Periods . The Company may, after receiving the written consent of both Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor, ( i ) delay the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement in conjunction with a Demand Registration or an S-3 Shelf Registration or ( ii ) prior to the pricing of any Underwritten Offering or other offering of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Demand Registration or an

 

28


S-3 Shelf Registration, delay such underwritten or other offering (and, if it so chooses, withdraw any registration statement that has been filed), but in each case described in clauses (i) and (ii) only if the Company determines ( x ) that proceeding with such an offering would require the Company to disclose material non-public information, which disclosure in the good faith judgment of the Board (after consultation with external legal counsel), would not otherwise be required to be disclosed at that time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement and that the disclosure of such information at that time would not be in the Company’s best interests, or ( y ) that the registration or offering to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially and adversely affect the Company or the Group or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including, if material, any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other transaction. Any period during which the Company has delayed a filing, an effective date or an offering pursuant to this  Section 5.05  is herein called a “ Suspension Period ”. If pursuant to this  Section 5.05  the Company delays or withdraws a Demand Registration or S-3 Shelf Registration requested by a Stockholder, such Stockholder shall be entitled to withdraw such request and, if it does so, such request shall not count against the limitation on the number of such registrations set forth in  Section 5.02  or Section 5.04 . The Company shall provide prompt written notice to the Stockholders of the commencement and termination of any Suspension Period (and any withdrawal of a Registration Statement pursuant to this  Section 5.03 ). The Stockholders shall keep the existence of each Suspension Period confidential. In no event ( i ) may the Company deliver notice of a Suspension Period to the Stockholders more than two times in any calendar year (or more than once in a six month period) and ( ii ) shall a Suspension Period or Suspension Periods be in effect for an aggregate of 90 days or more in any calendar year or any single period of time in excess of 60 days.

Section 5.06.  Holdback Agreements . If the Company or any Stockholder that owns at least 5% of the outstanding Shares (or, in the case of Temasek Investor, 10% of the outstanding Shares) sells in an Underwritten Offering, and if the managing underwriters for such offering advise the Company (in which case the Company promptly shall notify each Stockholder) that a public sale or distribution of Registrable Shares outside such offering would materially adversely affect such offering, then, if requested by the Company, each of the Stockholders hereby agrees, as contemplated in this  Section 5.06 , not to (and to cause its Permitted Transferees and Affiliates not to) Transfer, directly or indirectly (including by means of any short sale) any Registrable Shares (or any securities of any Person that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or otherwise represent a right to acquire, any Registrable Shares) for a period (each such period, a “ Holdback Period ”) beginning on the 10th day before the pricing date for the Underwritten Offering and extending through the earlier of ( i ) the 90th day after such pricing date (subject to customary automatic extension in the event of the release of earnings results of or material news relating to the Company) and ( ii ) the period agreed upon by the selling Stockholders and the Company in the underwriting agreement, and to

 

29


sign a separate lock-up letter reflecting this agreement and deliver it to the managing underwriter for such Underwritten Offering. If any registration pursuant to  Section 5.02  or  Section 5.04  shall be in connection with any Underwritten Offering, the Company will not effect any public sale or distribution of any common equity (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common equity) (other than a registration statement ( i ) on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms promulgated for similar purposes or ( ii ) filed in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan) for its own account, during the Holdback Period.

Section 5.07.  Registration Procedures .

(a) Whenever a Stockholder requests or provides notification to the Company of joining in a request that any Registrable Shares be registered pursuant to this  Article V , the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to effect, as soon as practical as provided in this  Article V , the registration and the sale of such Registrable Shares in accordance with the intended methods of disposition thereof, and, pursuant thereto, the Company shall, as soon as practical as provided herein:

(i) subject to the other provisions of this  Article V , use reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and cause such Registration Statement to become effective (unless it is automatically effective upon filing),  provided however , that before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto and, to the extent reasonably practicable, documents that would be incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in a Registration Statement filed pursuant to a request for a Demand Registration, the Company shall furnish or otherwise make available to the holders of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel and the managing underwriter(s), if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (including exhibits thereto), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such counsel, and such other documents reasonably requested by such counsel, including any comment letter from the SEC and proposed response thereto, and, if requested by such counsel, provide such counsel reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement and each Prospectus included therein and such other opportunities to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act, including reasonable access to the Company’s books and records, officers, accountants and other advisors. The Company shall not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto (including such documents that, upon filing, would be incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference therein) with respect to a Demand Registration to which the holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement (or their counsel) or the managing underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object, in writing, on a timely basis, unless, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, such filing is necessary to comply with applicable law;

 

30


(ii) use reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and to keep such Registration Statement effective for the relevant period required hereunder, but no longer than is necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares covered by such Registration Statement, and to comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all the Shares covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition set forth in such Registration Statement;

(iii) use reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction in the United States;

(iv) deliver, without charge, such number of copies of the preliminary and final Prospectus and any supplement thereto as each selling Stockholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Shares of each selling Stockholder covered by such Registration Statement in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act;

(v) use reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Shares under such other securities or blue sky laws of such U.S. jurisdictions as each selling Stockholder reasonably requests and continue such registration or qualification in effect in such jurisdictions for as long as the applicable Registration Statement may be required to be kept effective under this Agreement ( provided  that the Company will not be required to ( A ) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph (v), ( B ) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or ( C ) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(vi) notify each selling Stockholder and each distributor of such Registrable Shares identified by such Stockholder, at any time when a Prospectus relating thereto would be required under the Securities Act to be delivered by such distributor, of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, at the request of such Stockholder, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to prepare, as soon as practical, a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so

 

31


that, as thereafter delivered to any prospective purchasers of such Registrable Shares, such Prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which notice shall notify the selling Stockholders only of the occurrence of such an event and shall provide no additional information regarding such event to the extent such information would constitute material non-public information);

(vii) in the case of an Underwritten Offering in which each selling Stockholder participates pursuant to a Demand Registration, a Piggyback Registration or an S-3 Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement containing such provisions (including provisions for indemnification, lockups, opinions of counsel and comfort letters), and take all such other customary and reasonable actions as the managing underwriters of such offering may request in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Shares, including, causing its officers to use their reasonable best efforts to support the marketing of the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement (including making members of senior management of the Company available at reasonable times and places to participate in “road-shows” that the managing underwriter determines are necessary to effect the offering), adding information requested by the managing underwriters to the Prospectus, and making such representations and warranties to the holders of such Registrable Shares and the underwriters, if any, with respect to the business of the Company and its material Subsidiaries, and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested;

(viii) in the case of an Underwritten Offering in which each selling Stockholder participates pursuant to a Demand Registration, a Piggyback Registration or an S-3 Shelf Registration, and to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, ( A ) make reasonably available, for inspection by the managing underwriters of such offering and one law firm and accounting firm acting for such managing underwriters, pertinent corporate documents and financial and other records of the Company and its Subsidiaries and controlled Affiliates, ( B ) cause the Company’s officers and employees to supply information reasonably requested by such managing underwriters or law firm or accounting firm in connection with such offering, ( C ) make the Company’s Auditor available for any such managing underwriters’ due diligence and have them provide customary comfort letters to such underwriters in connection therewith and to each selling holder of Registrable Shares (unless such accountants shall be prohibited from so addressing such letters by applicable standards of the accounting profession) and ( D ) cause the Company’s outside counsel to furnish

 

32


customary legal opinions and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter(s), if any, and counsels to the selling holders of the Registrable Shares) to such underwriters and each selling holder of Registrable Shares in connection therewith, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such counsel and underwriters;  provided however , that such records and other information provided under clauses (A) and (B) above shall be subject to such confidential treatment as is customary for underwriters’ due diligence reviews;

(ix) use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Shares to be listed on each primary securities exchange (if any) on which securities of the same class issued by the Company are then listed;

(x) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Shares not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and, a reasonable time before any proposed sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement, provide the transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Shares to be sold;

(xi) make generally available to Stockholders a consolidated earnings statement (which need not be audited) for a period of 12 months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of such period, which earnings statement shall satisfy the requirements of an earning statement under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder; and

(xii) promptly notify each selling Stockholder and the managing underwriters of any Underwritten Offering, if any:

(1) when the Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment, the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective;

(2) of any request by the SEC or any other Government Entity for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information regarding such Stockholder;

(3) of the notification to the Company by the SEC of its initiation of any proceeding with respect to the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

 

33


(4) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Shares for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction; and

(5) if at any time the Company has reason to believe that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by this  Section 5.07  cease to be true and correct.

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of clauses (vii), (viii) and (xi) of this  Section 5.07(a)  shall apply only in respect of an Underwritten Offering and only if (based on market prices at the time the offering is requested by such Stockholder) the number of Registrable Shares to be sold in the offering would reasonably be expected to yield gross proceeds (prior to deducting underwriting discounts and commission and offering expenses) to such Stockholder of at least the Minimum Amount.

(b) The Company may require each selling Stockholder and each distributor of Registrable Shares as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company information regarding such Person and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing in connection with such registration.

(c) Each Stockholder agrees by having its Shares treated as Registrable Shares hereunder that, upon being advised in writing by the Company of the occurrence of an event pursuant to  Section 5.07(a)(vi) , each Stockholder will immediately discontinue (and direct any other Persons making offers and sales of Registrable Shares to immediately discontinue) offers and sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to any Registration Statement (other than those pursuant to a plan that is in effect prior to such time and that complies with Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act) until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed and is furnished with a supplemented or amended Prospectus as contemplated by  Section 5.07(a)(vi) , and, if so directed by the Company, each Stockholder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in each Stockholder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice, provided however , that the time periods under this  Article V  with respect to the length of time that the effectiveness of a Registration Statement must be maintained shall automatically be extended by the amount of time a Stockholder is required to discontinue disposition of such securities.

 

34


(d) The Company may prepare and deliver an issuer free-writing prospectus (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) in lieu of any supplement to a Prospectus, and references herein to any “supplement” to a Prospectus shall include any such issuer free-writing prospectus.

(e) It is understood and agreed that any failure of the Company to file a registration statement or any amendment or supplement thereto or to cause any such document to become or remain effective or usable within or for any particular period of time as provided in  Section 5.02 Section 5.04  or  Section 5.07  or otherwise in this  Article V , due to reasons that are not reasonably within its control, or due to any refusal of the SEC to permit a registration statement or prospectus to become or remain effective or to be used because of unresolved SEC comments thereon (or on any documents incorporated therein by reference) despite the Company’s good faith and reasonable best efforts to resolve those comments or overcome such failure, shall not be a breach of this Agreement.

(f) It is further understood and agreed that the Company shall not have any obligations under this  Section 5.07  at any time on or after the Registration Termination Date, unless an Underwritten Offering in which a Stockholder participates has been priced but not completed prior to the Registration Termination Date, in which event the Company’s obligations under this  Section 5.07  shall continue with respect to such offering until it is so completed (but not more than 60 days after the commencement of the offering).

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this  Article V , the Company shall not be required to file a Registration Statement or include Registrable Shares in a Registration Statement unless it has received from each Stockholder participating in the applicable Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Registration, at least five days prior to the anticipated filing date of the Registration Statement, information regarding such Stockholder reasonably requested by the Company and required to achieve effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

Section 5.08.  Registration Expenses . All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, FINRA fees, listing application fees, printing expenses, transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees, cost of distributing Prospectuses in preliminary and final form as well as any supplements thereto, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”) (but not including any underwriting discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Shares or fees and expenses of counsel and any other advisor representing any underwriters or other distributors, except for fees and expenses of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Shares), shall be borne by the

 

35


Company. Each selling Stockholder shall bear the cost of all underwriting discounts and commissions associated with any sale of its Registrable Shares and shall pay all of its own costs and expenses, including all fees and expenses of any counsel (and any other advisers) representing such Stockholder and any stock transfer taxes;  provided  that the Company shall pay the reasonable legal fees of one counsel for each of Univar NV and CD&R Investor.

Section 5.09.  Indemnification .

(a) The Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each selling Stockholder and each Person who controls each selling Stockholder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and the officers, directors, partners, members, managers, shareholders, accountants, attorneys, agents and employees of each such Stockholder and controlling Person against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, costs (including reasonable costs of investigation) and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are made in reliance on and in conformity with information pertaining exclusively to such Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by such Stockholder expressly for use therein. In connection with an Underwritten Offering in which a Stockholder participates conducted pursuant to a registration effected under this  Article V , the Company shall indemnify each participating underwriter and each Person who controls such underwriter (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the selling Stockholder.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Stockholder is participating, such Stockholder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, and shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its officers and directors and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, costs (including reasonable costs of investigation) and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that the same are made in reliance on and in conformity with information pertaining exclusively to such Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the applicable Stockholder expressly for use therein. Notwithstanding anything to the

 

36


contrary in this Agreement, the liability of a holder of Registrable Shares shall be limited to the net proceeds received by such selling holder from the sale of Registrable Shares covered by the applicable Registration Statement.

(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this  Section 5.09  shall ( i ) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying Person of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and ( ii ) permit such indemnifying Person to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified Person. Failure so to notify the indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified Person except to the extent that the indemnifying Person is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby. The indemnifying Person shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified Person without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying Person who is entitled to, and elects to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to one local counsel) for all Persons indemnified (hereunder or otherwise) by such indemnifying Person with respect to such claim (and all other claims arising out of the same circumstances), unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified Person there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified Person which are in addition to or may conflict with those available to another indemnified Person with respect to such claim, in which case such maximum number of counsel for all indemnified Persons shall be two rather than one. If an indemnifying Person is entitled to, and elects to, assume the defense of a claim, the indemnified Person shall continue to be entitled to participate in the defense thereof, with counsel of its own choice, but, except as set forth above, the indemnifying Person shall not be obligated to reimburse the indemnified Person for the costs thereof. The indemnifying Person shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into or agree to any settlement relating to a claim or action for which any indemnified Person would be entitled to indemnification by any indemnified Person hereunder unless such judgment or settlement imposes no ongoing obligations on any such indemnified Person and includes as an unconditional term the giving, by all relevant claimants and plaintiffs to such indemnified Person, a release, satisfactory in form and substance to such indemnified Person, from all liabilities in respect of such claim or action for which such indemnified Person would be entitled to such indemnification. The indemnifying Person shall not be liable hereunder for any amount paid or payable or incurred pursuant to or in connection with any judgment entered or settlement effected with the consent of an indemnified Person unless the indemnifying Person has also consented to such judgment or settlement.

(d) The indemnification provided for under this  Section 5.09  shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified Person or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified Person and shall survive the Transfer of Shares and the date upon which a Stockholder no longer holds Registrable Shares but only with respect to offers and sales of Registrable

 

37


Shares commenced prior to such date pursuant to this  Article V . The obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries under this  Section 5.09  shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or its Subsidiaries may otherwise have to any Stockholder or other Person.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in or pursuant to this  Section 5.09  is due in accordance with the terms of this  Article V , but is held by a court to be unavailable or unenforceable in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein, then each applicable indemnifying Person, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified Person, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying Person on the one hand and of the indemnified Person on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which result in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying Person on the one hand and of the indemnified Person on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying Person or by the indemnified Person, and by such Person’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In no event shall the liability of the indemnifying Person be greater in amount than the amount for which such indemnifying Person would have been obligated to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided for under  Section 5.09(a)  or  Section 5.09(b)  had been available under the circumstances.

(f) To the extent that any of the Stockholders is, or would be expected to be, deemed to be an underwriter of Registrable Shares pursuant to any SEC comments or policies or any court of law or otherwise, the Company agrees that ( i ) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in this  Section 5.09  shall be applicable to the benefit of such Stockholder in its role as deemed underwriter in addition to its capacity as a Stockholder (so long as the amount for which any other Stockholder is or becomes responsible does not exceed the amount for which such Stockholder would be responsible if the Stockholder were not deemed to be an underwriter of Registrable Shares) and ( ii ) such Stockholder and its representatives shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which would normally be conducted in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters.

(g) After the IPO, the Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the reasonable request of Univar NV or CD&R Investor or Temasek Investor make publicly available such necessary information to permit sales of

 

38


Registrable Shares by the Stockholders pursuant to Rule 144), and it will take such further action as any holder of Registrable Shares may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell shares of Registrable Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Shares, the Company will deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

(h) If any Registration Statement or comparable statement under state blue sky laws refers to any Stockholder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Company, then such holder shall have the right to require ( a ) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance satisfactory to such holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or ( b ) in the event that such reference to such holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Company required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state blue sky or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such holder.

ARTICLE VI

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; EXCULPATION

Section 6.01.  Liabilities of the Company . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the members of the Group, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of such, and no Covered Person shall be obligated personally for the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Covered Person. All Persons dealing with the Company and the other members of the Group shall have recourse solely to the assets of the members of the Group for the payment of debts, obligations or liabilities of the members of the Group. The failure of the Company or any other member of the Group to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under the applicable Law or this Agreement shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Covered Persons for the liabilities of the Company or any other member of the Group.

Section 6.02.  Waiver of Fiduciary Duties .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Covered Persons shall have no duty, fiduciary or otherwise, in their capacity as Stockholders to the Group or any other Stockholder in its capacity as a Stockholder. To the extent that, under applicable Law, a Covered Person has duties, including fiduciary duties (and liabilities

 

39


arising from breach thereof), to a member of the Group or another Stockholder that are not waivable pursuant to the first sentence of this  Section 6.02(a) , such Covered Person shall not be liable to any member of the Group or any other Stockholder for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Every Director shall discharge his or her duties as a Director in good faith, with the care an ordinarily prudent Person in a like position would exercise under similar circumstances, and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Company. A Director shall not be liable for any monetary damages to the Company which the Director serves or any Stockholder for any breach of such duties except for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit, or any acts or omissions of such Director not in good faith or which involve knowing violation of applicable Law.

(c) The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of Stockholders or Directors otherwise existing under applicable Law (or set forth duties and liabilities that are lesser than those existing under applicable Law), are agreed by the Stockholders to replace such other duties and liabilities existing under applicable Law, and each Stockholder, for itself, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, hereby waives any right to make any claim or bring any action or seek any recovery whatsoever based on such other duties or liabilities for breach thereof.

Section 6.03.  Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons; Exculpation . Without limiting  Section 6.02 , to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any other member of the Group or any Stockholder for any Claims and Expenses arising out of or incidental to any act or omission of such Covered Person on behalf of the Company or any other member of the Group or relating to the business or activities of the Company or any other member of the Group except to the extent that such conduct was not in good faith or involved knowing violation of applicable Law. A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company or any other member of the Group and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company or any other member of the Group by any Person as to matters the Covered Person believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or any other member of the Group, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of assets, liabilities, profits or losses or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Stockholders might properly be paid.

Section 6.04.  Indemnification .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Company shall, and shall cause each member of the Group to, indemnify and hold harmless each of the

 

40


Covered Persons from and against all liabilities, obligations, losses, judgments, settlements, damages, fines, taxes and interest and penalties thereon (other than taxes based on fees or other compensation received by such Covered Person from the Group), claims, demands, actions, suits, Proceedings (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise), costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses and costs of investigation) of any kind or nature whatsoever (collectively, “ Claims and Expenses ”) which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted at any time against such Covered Person in connection with the business or affairs of the Group or the activities of such Covered Person on behalf of the Group except to the extent arising out of such Covered Person’s conduct that was not in good faith or involved knowing violation of applicable Law;  provided further  that indemnification hereunder and the advancement of expenses under  Section 6.05  shall be recoverable only from the assets of the Group and not from assets of the Stockholders.

(b) If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is due in accordance with the terms hereof but held by any court to be unavailable or unenforceable, then the Company shall and shall cause the other members of the Group to contribute to the amount paid or payable by it as a result of such Claims and Expenses ( i ) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Group and the Covered Persons or ( ii ) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable Law or provides a lesser sum to the indemnified party than the amount hereinafter calculated, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Group and the Covered Persons but also the relative fault of the Group and the Covered Persons in connection with the conduct that resulted in such Claims and Expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, Claims and Expenses arising in connection with claims, demands, actions, suits, Proceedings between or among the Stockholders or brought by the Company against a Stockholder shall not be considered as arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the Group’s business or affairs and therefore shall not be covered by the indemnification provisions of this  Section 6.04  or the advancement of expenses under  Section 6.05 .

(d) The obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries under this  Article VI  shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Subsidiaries may otherwise have to any Stockholder or other Person.

Section 6.05.  Advancement of Expense . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Company shall, and shall cause each member of the Group to, pay the expenses (including reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses and costs of investigation) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or Proceeding contemplated in  Section 6.04  (other than  Section 6.04(c) ) as such expenses are incurred by such Covered Person and in advance of the final disposition of such matter,  provided  that such Covered Person undertakes to repay such expenses if it is

 

41


determined by agreement between such Covered Person and the Company or, in the absence of such an agreement, by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified pursuant to  Section 6.04 .

Section 6.06.  Notice of Proceedings . Promptly after receipt by a Covered Person of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding against such Covered Person, such Covered Person shall, if a claim for indemnification in respect thereof is to be made against the Company, give written notice to the Board of the commencement of such Proceeding,  provided  that the failure of a Covered Person to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve any member of the Group of its obligations under  Section 6.04 and  Section 6.05 , except to the extent that the Group is prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such Proceeding is brought against a Covered Person (other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), after the Company has acknowledged in writing its obligation to indemnify and hold harmless the Covered Person, the Company will be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding;  provided  that ( i ) the Covered Person shall be entitled to participate in such Proceeding and to retain its own counsel at its own expense and ( ii ) if the Covered Person shall give written notice to the Company that in its good faith judgment certain claims made against it in such Proceeding could have a material adverse effect on the Covered Person or its Affiliates other than as a result of monetary damages, the Covered Person shall have the right to control (at its own expense and with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company) the defense of such specific claims with respect to the Covered Person (but not with respect to the Company or any other Covered Person); and  provided further  that if a Covered Person elects to control the defense of a specific claim with respect to such Covered Person, such Covered Person shall not consent to the entry of a judgment or enter into a settlement that would require the Company to pay any amounts under  Section 6.03  without the prior written consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. After written notice from the Company to such Covered Person acknowledging the Group’s obligation to indemnify and hold harmless the Covered Person and electing to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the Group will not be liable for expenses subsequently incurred by such Covered Person in connection with the defense thereof. Without the consent of such Covered Person, the Company will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that ( i ) does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Covered Person of a release from all liability arising out of the Proceeding and claims asserted therein, ( ii ) requires or involves any admission of guilt on the part of the Covered Person, or ( iii ) requires the Covered Person to take any action or to forego taking any action other than the payment of damages. Any decision that is required to be made by the Company pursuant to  Section 6.04  or  Section 6.05  or this  Section 6.06  shall be made on behalf of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors who are not Covered Persons;  provided that if all such Directors are less than a quorum, they shall be deemed to constitute a quorum.

 

42


Section 6.07.  Insurance . The Company may, or may cause a controlled Affiliate to, purchase and maintain directors and officers insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as the Board may, in its discretion, deem reasonable.

ARTICLE VII

CONFIDENTIALITY; PUBLICITY; NON-SOLICITATION

Section 7.01.  Confidential Information .

(a) During the term of this Agreement, certain confidential non-public information and materials ( x ) of the Company and the other members of the Group may be disclosed to the Stockholders and ( y ) of the Stockholders and their respective direct or indirect partners, stockholders or members may be disclosed to the Company and the other members of the Group (each party providing such information, a “ Providing Party ” and each party receiving such information, a “ Receiving Party ”). It is agreed that such materials, information and data (including all reports, analysis, compilations, data, studies and other materials which contain or otherwise reflect or are based on such materials, information or data) (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) constitute the property of the Providing Party, and that each Receiving Party shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, maintain strictly confidential and not disclose such Confidential Information, other than to its Representatives who need to know such Confidential Information in connection with this Agreement or the businesses of the Group or use Confidential Information for any purpose other than for the specific purpose for which such Confidential Information has been disclosed to such Receiving Party, without the prior written consent of the Providing Party at any time. Each Receiving Party agrees to ensure that its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents will comply with this  Section 7.01  and shall be liable for any breach hereof by such Persons.

(b) The obligation to maintain in confidence all Confidential Information shall survive for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of termination of this Agreement, but shall not apply to ( i ) any information which was known to a Receiving Party at or prior to the time of its disclosure by a Providing Party; ( ii ) any information which becomes lawfully known to a Receiving Party without any obligation of confidentiality to the Providing Party or its Affiliates at any time through a third party not known by such Receiving Party to be in breach of an obligation of confidentiality; ( iii ) any information which is or becomes known to the general public through no fault of a Receiving Party; ( iv ) any information which is developed by a Receiving Party or its Representatives independently of disclosure by the disclosing Person and without reference to or reliance on Confidential Information; ( v ) any information which a Receiving Party or its Representatives is required by applicable Law to disclose,  provided  that written notice of such disclosure under this clause (v) shall, to the extent legally permissible, be given promptly to the Providing Party so that it may take reasonable actions to avoid and minimize the extent of such disclosure; ( vi ) any disclosure of

 

43


Confidential Information by Univar NV, the CD&R Investor Parties, Temasek Investor or their respective Representatives to the limited partners of the private equity funds managed by CD&R Manager or controlled by Affiliates of CD&R Investor (in the case of the CD&R Investor Parties) or the limited partners of the private equity funds controlled by the CVC GPs or Affiliates of Univar NV or the Affiliates of Temasek Investor (in the case of Temasek Investor), in each case that is not inconsistent with such funds’ past practices of providing information regarding portfolio companies to limited partners or Affiliates, ( vii ) disclosure to other Stockholders, ( viii ) in the case of the Mezzanine Investors and the Goldman Sachs Investors, information received by them pursuant to any indenture, credit agreement or similar agreement, the treatment of which is governed by the confidentiality provisions thereof or ( ix ) disclosure to any proposed Transferee to whom such proposed Transfer would be permitted under  Section 4.01  as long as such proposed Transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this  Section 7.01  as if a Stockholder.

Section 7.02.  Publicity . Except to the extent required by applicable Law or stock exchange regulations in the reasonable judgment of each of the Stockholders’ legal counsel, none of the Stockholders will, and none of the Stockholders will permit any of their Affiliates and Representatives to, issue or cause the publication of any press release or other public announcement with respect to or concerning the matters contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written consent of Univar NV and CD&R Investor

Section 7.03.  Non-Solicit.  As long as each Relevant Party has a Director nominated by them on the Board, each Relevant Party and its Affiliates will refrain from soliciting for employment, employing or attempting to employ or divert any member of senior management of the Company,  provided  that each Relevant Party and its Affiliates may: (i) engage in general solicitations of employment not specifically directed at employees of the Company; (ii) employ any such person who (A) has been terminated by the Company; or (B) who has contacted such Relevant Party or its Affiliates through his or her own initiative without any direct or indirect solicitation by such party.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

Section 8.01.  Termination .

(a) This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of any of the following:

(i) the written agreement of the parties holding a majority of the Shares held by all parties hereto,  provided  that each of Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor is party to such written agreement; and

 

44


(ii) as to each Stockholder, at such time as such Stockholder ceases to own Capital Stock, except for those provisions that by the terms thereof survive the termination of this Agreement, including  Section 5.12 Article VI  and  Article VII .

(b) Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to release any party from any liability for any breach by such party of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or to impair the right of any party to compel specific performance by any other party of its obligations under this Agreement or to limit any other remedy available to a party on account of such breach under applicable Law.

ARTICLE IX

GOVERNING LAW AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION

Section 9.01.  Governing Law . THE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. Each party agrees that all disputes and controversies arising from or related to this Agreement shall be referred to the Delaware Court of Chancery pursuant to Delaware Court of Chancery Rules 96 through 98 for a final and binding arbitration of that dispute. Each party may, without waiving any remedy under this Agreement, seek from any court having jurisdiction any interim or provisional relief that is necessary to protect the rights or property of such party, pending the establishment of the arbitral tribunal (or pending the arbitral tribunal’s determination of the merits of the controversy). Service of process made upon any party in any such action or proceeding shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with  Section 11.03 . Each party hereto irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 9.02.  Specific Performance . The parties hereto each acknowledge that, in view of the uniqueness of the subject matter hereof, the parties hereto may not have an adequate remedy at law for money damages if this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its terms, and therefore agree that the parties hereto shall be entitled to seek specific enforcement of the terms hereof and thereof in addition to any other remedy to which the parties hereto or thereto may be entitled at law or in equity.

ARTICLE X

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Stockholder (other than Univar NV, CD&R Investor, Temasek Investor, the Mezzanine Investors and the Management Stockholder) hereby represents and warrants to the other parties hereto, as of the date such Stockholder becomes party to this Agreement, as follows:

 

45


Section 10.01.  Organization, Standing and Power .

(a) If such Stockholder is a legal entity: ( i ) such Stockholder is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (where and if applicable) under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction of organization; ( ii ) such Stockholder has full organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; ( iii ) the execution, delivery and performance by such Stockholder of this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized and no additional organizational or shareholder authorization or consent is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Stockholder of this Agreement; and ( iv ) this Agreement, when executed and delivered by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable against such Stockholder in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(b) If such Stockholder is a natural person: ( i ) such Stockholder has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; ( ii ) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Stockholder; and ( iii ) this Agreement when executed and delivered by the other parties hereto each constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable against such Stockholder in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

Section 10.02.  Consents and Approvals . No consent, approval, waiver, authorization, notice or filing is required to be obtained by such Stockholder or any of its Affiliates from, or to be given by such Stockholder or any of its Affiliates to, or made by such Stockholder or any of its Affiliates with, any Government Entity in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Stockholder of this Agreement.

Section 10.03.  Non-Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by such Stockholder of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, does not and will not ( i ) if such Stockholder is a legal entity, violate any provision of the organizational documents of such Stockholder or ( ii ) violate any Law to which such Stockholder is subject, or under any governmental authorization.

Section 10.04.  No Litigation . There is no litigation, investigation or other Proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of such Stockholder, threatened against such Stockholder or any of its Affiliates which, if adversely determined, could materially

adversely affect the ability of such Stockholder to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

46


ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.  Successors and Assigns . Subject to  Section 11.02(c) , this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the Company and by any Stockholder and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and no term or provision of this Agreement is for the benefit of, or intended to create any obligations to, any other Person, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement. Stockholders may assign their respective rights and obligations hereunder to any Transferees only to the extent expressly provided herein.

Section 11.02.  Amendments; Waiver .

(a) Any provision of this Agreement may only be amended or waived by the prior written consent of the Stockholders holding a majority of the Shares held by Stockholders party to this Agreement together with the prior written consent of Univar NV and CD&R Investor, in each case for so long as it is a Stockholder;  provided , that no provision of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions on Transfers set forth in  Article IV ) may be amended or waived ( w ) in a manner adversely affecting the rights or obligations of a Mezzanine Investor which does not, by its terms, adversely affect the rights or obligations of all other Stockholders in a substantially similar manner, without the prior written consent of Mezzanine Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees that own a majority of the Shares owned by all Mezzanine Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees, ( x ) in a manner adversely affecting the rights or obligations of the Goldman Sachs Investors which does not, by its terms, adversely affect the rights or obligations of all other Stockholders in a substantially similar manner, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees that own at least 50% of the Shares owned by all Goldman Sachs Investors and their respective Permitted Transferees, ( y ) in a manner adversely affecting the rights or obligations of the Management Stockholder which does not, by its terms, adversely affect the rights or obligations of all other Stockholders in a substantially similar manner, without the prior written consent of the Management Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees that own a majority of the Shares owned by the Management Stockholder and its Permitted Transferees and ( z ) in a manner adversely affecting the rights or obligations of Temasek Investor which does not, by its terms, adversely affect the rights or obligations of all other Stockholders in a substantially similar manner, without the prior written consent of Temasek Investor and its Permitted Transferees that own a majority of the Shares owned by Temasek Investor and its Permitted Transferees.

 

47


(b) Any party may waive in whole or in part any benefit or right provided to it under this Agreement, such waiver being effective only if contained in a writing executed by the waiving party except as provided in  Section 11.02(a) . No failure or delay by any party to insist upon the strict compliance and performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or in exercising any right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right, power, privilege or remedy and no single or partial exercise thereof (except as otherwise specified herein) shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy.

(c) This Agreement may not be assigned without the express written consent of Univar NV and CD&R Investor, except as expressly provided in  Section 4.01  in connection with a Transfer of Shares expressly permitted by and effected pursuant to Article IV , and any purported or attempted assignment in violation hereof or thereof shall be void.

Section 11.03.  Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given or made if delivered personally, sent by facsimile (which is confirmed) or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (with delivery confirmed) to the respective parties hereto at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this  Section 11.03 ):

If to CD&R Investor or any of its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, to:

CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P.

c/o Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC

375 Park Avenue

18th Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attn:         David H. Wasserman

                 George K. Jaquette

Facsimile: 1-212-407-5252

with a copy (which shall not by itself constitute notice hereunder) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn:         Paul S. Bird

                 Steven J. Slutzky

Facsimile: 1-212-909-6836

 

48


If to Univar NV:

Univar N.V.

712 Fifth Avenue

43rd Floor

New York NY 10019

Attn:         Gijs Vuursteen

Facsimile: 1-212-265-6375

with a copy (which shall not by itself constitute notice hereunder) to:

Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

Attn:         Sean Griffiths

Facsimile: 1-212-351-5222

If to the Temasek Investor to:

Dahlia Investments Pte Ltd.

60B Orchard Road

#06-18 Tower 2

The Atrium@Orchard

Singapore 238891

Attn:         Juliet Teo

Email:       juliett@temasek.com.sg

If to the Company, to:

Univar Inc.

3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200

Downers Grove, IL 60515

Attn:         Stephen N. Landsman

Email:       steve.landsman@univar.com

with a copy (which shall not by itself constitute notice hereunder) to:

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn:         Paul S. Bird

                 Steven J. Slutzky

Facsimile: 1-212-909-6836

 

49


If to a Mezzanine Investor or any of its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, to the applicable address set forth in Schedule I to the Mezzanine Subscription Agreements.

If to the Management Stockholder or any of its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, to the applicable address set forth in Schedule I to the Management Subscription Agreements.

If to a Goldman Sachs Investor or any of its Permitted Transferees who are Stockholders, to:

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

Attn:         Oliver Thym / Eric Goldstein

Facsimile: 1-212-357-5505

with a copy (which shall not by itself constitute notice hereunder) to:

Fried Frank Harris Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, NY 10004

Attn:         Emil Buchman

Facsimile: 1-212-859-8587

Any party may furnish a change of address to the other parties hereto in writing in accordance herewith, and such notices of change of address shall be effective upon receipt.

Section 11.04.  Integration; Interpretation . This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and the Organizational Documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or between the parties hereto, this Agreement shall govern.

Section 11.05.  Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereto hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law. If any

 

50


provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, ( a ) the Company, Univar NV, CD&R Investor and Temasek Investor shall negotiate in good faith to agree upon a suitable and equitable provision that shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision, and ( b ) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11.06.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

Section 11.07.  No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, except as expressly provided in  Section 5.09  and with respect to Covered Persons in  Article VI .

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

UNIVAR INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Landsman

  Name:   Stephen Landsman
  Title:   General Counsel

 

UNIVAR N.V.
By:  

/s/ Henk Schop

  Name:   Henk Schop
  Title:   Director

 

CD&R UNIVAR HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Theresa A. Gore

  Name:   Theresa A. Gore
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

DAHLIA INVESTMENTS PTE. LTD.
By:  

/s/ Seah Seow Ling

  Name:   Seah Seow Ling
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page — Stockholders Agreement]


GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Overbay

  Name:   Elizabeth Overbay
  Title:   Vice President

 

GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Overbay

  Name:   Elizabeth Overbay
  Title:   Vice President

 

GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Overbay

  Name:   Elizabeth Overbay
  Title:   Vice President

 

BROAD STREET PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Overbay

  Name:   Elizabeth Overbay
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page — Stockholders Agreement]


PARCOM ULYSSES 2 S.à r.l.
By:  

/s/ Lux Business Management S.à.r.l.

  Name:   Lux Business Management S.à.r.l.
  Title:   Sole Manager

 

PARCOM BUY OUT FUND II B.V.
By:  

/s/ Erik Westerink

  Name:   Erik Westerink
  Title:   Managing Partner
    Parcom Capital Management B.V.

 

KYCO INVESTMENTS L.P.
By:  

/s/ Scott Pendery

  Name:   Scott Pendery
  Title:   President

[Signature Page — Stockholders Agreement]


ANNEX A

Univar N.V.

CD&R Univar Holdings, L.P.

Apollo Investment Corporation

AIE EuroLux S.àr.l.

Highbridge Principal Strategies — Mezzanine Partners Delaware Subsidiary, LLC

Highbridge Principal Strategies — Institutional Mezzanine Partners Subsidiary, L.P.

Highbridge Principal Strategies — Offshore Mezzanine Partners Master Fund, L.P.

GSO COF Facility LLC

GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd.

GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd.

GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd.

Broad Street Principal Investments, L.L.C.

Minot Light Debt Mezz Ltd.

KYCO Investments, L.P.

J. Erik Fyrwald

2012 Fyrwald Irrevocable Family Trust

J. Erik Fyrwald Revocable Trust u/a/d 12/05/2005

2013 Fyrwald Irrevocable Family Trust

David E. Flitman Trust dated October 15,1998

Jack F. Welch, Jr. 2004 Revocable Trust

Exhibit 10.17

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of the 17 th day of December, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Univar”), and Stephen N. Landsman (“Executive”).

RECITALS

A. Univar is engaged in the chemical distribution business.

B. Univar wishes to employ Executive and Executive wishes to be employed by Univar in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, Executive and Univar agree as follows:

1 . Employment . As of the Effective Date, Univar hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Univar, as its Executive Vice President–General Counsel. Executive will report directly to Univar’s Chief Executive Officer, or such other position as may be designed by Univar from time to time. Executive’s responsibilities will include all those matters customarily assigned to a corporate General Counsel and those that may be reasonably assigned by Univar from time to time. Executive shall follow the reasonable instructions of Executive’s manager and will comply in all material respects with all rules, policies and procedures of Univar as modified from time to time to the extent that they are not inconsistent with this Agreement. Executive will perform all of Executive’s responsibilities in compliance with all applicable laws. During Executive’s employment, Executive will not engage in any other business activity that prevents Executive from carrying out Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage.

2 . At-Will Employment . Employment under this Agreement shall be terminable at-will, and, in such case either Executive or Univar may terminate Executive’s employment at any time with or without Cause or Good Reason, as defined in this Agreement, and without notice, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 3. Any termination of Executive’s employment by Executive or Univar (other than death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party in accordance with Section 14 of this Agreement.

3. Termination. The following provisions shall apply upon termination of Executive’s employment under applicable circumstances as set forth below. Any amount payable to Executive under this Section 3 shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local withholdings, or payroll or other taxes. Except as set forth in this Section 3, upon termination of employment, Executive shall not be entitled to further payments, severance or other benefits arising under this Agreement or from Executive’s employment with Univar or its termination, except as required by law.

3.1 By Univar with Cause or by Executive without Good Reason . If Univar terminates Executive’s employment for Cause or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment without Good Reason, Executive shall be paid unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date.

3.1.1. “Cause,” as used herein, shall mean Executive’s (i) willful and continued failure to perform his material duties with respect to Univar or it affiliates (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) which continues beyond fifteen (15) business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by Univar, (ii) conviction of or plea nolo contendere to (A) the commission of a felony by Executive, or (B) any misdemeanor that is a crime of moral turpitude,


(iii) Executive’s willful or gross misconduct in connection with his employment duties, or (iv) breach of the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants to which Executive is subject. No act on Executive’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of Univar. No failure of Executive or Univar to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause.

3.1.2. “Good Reason,” as used herein, shall mean (i) a material reduction in Executive’s base salary or a material reduction in annual incentive compensation opportunity, in each case other (a) than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event and (b) a reduction which is applicable to all employees in the same salary grade as Executive; (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event; (iii) a transfer of Executive’s primary workplace by more than thirty-five (35) miles from his current workplace, or (iv) the failure of a successor to have assumed this Agreement in connection with any sale of the business, where such assumption does not occur by operation of law, provided that in order for an event described in this Section 3.1.2 to constitute Good Reason, Executive must provide notice to Univar (in accordance with Section 13 of this Agreement) within ninety (90) business days of the initial existence of such event.

3.2 By Univar other than for Cause or Total Disability or by Executive for Good Reason . If Univar terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause or Total Disability, or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause, Univar shall pay to Executive the amounts and benefits, and cause the vesting as set forth in this Section 3.2; provided, however, that Executive’s entitlement to the amounts described in Sections 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 is conditioned upon Executive executing and not revoking a release substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Release”) within the applicable 21 or 45 day time period provided for therein (the “Applicable Release Period”); provided, however, that in any case where the first and last days of the Applicable Release Period are in two separate taxable years, any payments required to be made to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year, promptly following the conclusion of the Applicable Release Period.

3.2.1 Unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date;

3.2.2 A severance payment, payable in a lump sum payment not later than fifteen (15) days following Executive’s termination date, an amount equal to the sum of (A) twelve (12) months of the Annual Base Salary plus (B) one (1) times the Target Bonus for the year in which Executive’s employment terminates; and

3.3 Total Disability . If Univar or Executive terminates Executive’s employment due to Executive’s Total Disability, Univar shall pay to Executive unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date, and the Target Bonus stated in Section 3.2.2. “Total Disability” as used herein shall have the same meaning as the term “Total Disability” as used in Univar’s long-term disability policy in effect at the time of termination, if one exists. If Univar does not have a long-term disability policy in effect at such time, the term “Total Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability (with or without such accommodation as may be required by law protecting persons with disabilities) to perform the essential functions of Executive’s duties hereunder for a period aggregating to ninety (90) calendar days in a twelve (12) month period, provided, however, that this period may be extended in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer.

3.4 Death . If Executive’s employment terminates due to death, Univar shall pay to Executive’s estate the unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date, and the Target Bonus stated in Section 3.2.2.

 

-2-


4. Confidential Information

4.1 Executive recognizes that the success of Univar and its current or future Affiliates (as defined below in this Section 4) depends upon the protection of information or materials that are designated as confidential and/or proprietary at the time of disclosure or should, based on their nature or the circumstances surrounding such disclosure, reasonably be deemed confidential including, without limitation, information to which Executive has access while employed by Univar whether recorded in any medium or merely memorized (all such information being “Confidential Information”). “Confidential Information” includes without limitation, and whether or not such information is specifically designated as confidential or proprietary: all business plans and marketing strategies; information concerning existing and prospective markets, suppliers, and customers; financial information; information concerning the development of new products and services; and technical and non-technical data related to software programs, designs, specifications, compilations, inventions (as defined in Section 6.1), improvements, patent applications, studies, research, methods, devices, prototypes, processes, procedures and techniques. Confidential Information expressly includes information provided to Univar or Affiliates by third parties under circumstances that require them to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall have no confidentiality obligation with respect to disclosure of any Confidential Information that (a) was, or at any time becomes, available in the public domain other than through a violation of this Agreement or (b) Executive can demonstrate by written evidence was furnished to Executive by a third party in lawful possession thereof and who was not under an obligation of confidentiality to Univar or any of its Affiliates.

4.2 Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment and after termination of employment irrespective of cause, Executive will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Univar and its Affiliates and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use or divulge, any Confidential Information for any reason, except as authorized by Univar or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose Confidential Information as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body, provided Executive has notified Univar or the applicable Affiliate immediately after receipt of such order or requirement and allowed Univar and/or the Affiliate a meaningful opportunity to apply for protective measures.

4.3 Executive hereby assigns to Univar any rights Executive may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and acknowledges that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of Univar and/or its Affiliates or their assigns.

4.4 There are no rights granted or any understandings, agreements or representations between the parties hereto, express or implied, regarding Confidential Information that are not specified herein.

4.5 Executive’s obligations under this Section 4 are in addition to any obligations that Executive has under state or federal law.

4.6 Executive agrees that in the course of Executive’s employment with Univar, Executive will not violate in any way the rights that any entity, including former employers, has with regard to trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information.

4.7 For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” means any entity currently existing or subsequently organized or formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Univar, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

4.8 Executive’s obligations under this Section 4 are indefinite in term and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

5. Return of Company Property. Executive acknowledges that all tangible items containing any Confidential Information, including without limitation memoranda, photographs, records, reports, manuals, drawings, blueprints, prototypes, notes, documents, drawings, specifications, software, media and other materials, including any copies thereof (including electronically recorded copies), are the

 

-3-


exclusive property of Univar or its applicable Affiliate, and Executive shall deliver to Univar all such material in Executive’s possession or control upon Univar’s request and in any event upon the termination of Executive’s employment with Univar. Executive shall also return any keys, equipment, identification or credit cards, or other property belonging to Univar or its Affiliates upon termination or request.

6. Inventions.

6.1 Executive understands and agrees that all Inventions are the exclusive property of Univar. As used in this Agreement, “Inventions” shall include without limitation ideas, discoveries, developments, concepts, inventions, original works of authorship, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, ideas, data, information, know-how, documentation, formulae, results, prototypes, designs, methods, processes, products, formulas and techniques, improvements to any of the foregoing, and all other matters ordinarily intended by the words “intellectual property,” whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or otherwise able to be registered, which are developed, created, conceived of or reduced to practice by Executive, alone or with others, during Executive’s employment with Univar or Affiliates, whether or not during working hours or within three (3) months thereafter and related to Univar’s then existing or proposed business. In recognition of Univar’s ownership of all Inventions, Executive shall make prompt and full disclosure to Univar of, will hold in trust for the sole benefit of Univar, and (subject to Section 6.2 below) hereby assigns, and agrees to assign in the future, exclusively to Univar all of Executive’s right, title, and interest in and to any and all such Inventions.

6.2 NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140 : Executive understands that Executive’s obligation to assign inventions shall not apply to any inventions for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of Univar was used and that was developed entirely on Executive’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of Univar, or (ii) to Univar’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for Univar.

6.3 To the extent any works of authorship created by Executive made within the scope of employment may be considered “works made for hire” under United States copyright laws, they are hereby agreed to be works made for hire. To the extent any such works do not qualify as a “work made for hire” under applicable law, and to the extent they include material subject to copyright, Executive hereby irrevocably and exclusively assigns and conveys all rights, title and interests in such works to Univar subject to no liens, claims or reserved rights. Executive hereby waives any and all “moral rights” that may be applicable to any of the foregoing, for any and all uses, alterations, and exploitation thereof by Univar, or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees. To the extent that any such “moral rights” may not be waived in accordance with law, Executive agrees not to bring any claims, actions or litigation against Univar or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees, based on or to enforce such rights. Without limiting the preceding, Executive agrees that Univar may in its discretion edit, modify, recast, use, and promote any such works of authorship, and derivatives thereof, with or without the use of Executive’s name or image, without compensation to Executive other than that expressly set forth herein.

6.4 Executive hereby waives and quitclaims to Univar any and all claims of any nature whatsoever that Executive now or hereafter may have for infringement of any patent or patents from any patent applications for any Inventions. Executive agrees to cooperate fully with Univar and take all other such acts requested by Univar (including signing applications for patents, assignments, and other papers, and such things as Univar may require) to enable Univar to establish and protect its ownership in any Inventions and to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, during Executive’s employment or thereafter. If Executive fails to execute such documents by reason of death, mental or physical incapacity or any other reason, Executive hereby irrevocably appoints Univar and its officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact to execute such documents on Executive’s behalf.

6.5 Executive agrees that there are no Inventions made by Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Univar and belonging to Executive that Executive wishes to have excluded from this Section 6 (the “Excluded Inventions”). If during Executive’s employment with Univar, Executive uses in the specifications or development of, or otherwise incorporates into a product, process, service,

 

-4-


technology, or machine of Univar or its Affiliates, or otherwise uses any invention, proprietary know-how, or other intellectual property in existence before the Effective Date owned by Executive or in which Executive has any interest (“Existing Know-How”), Univar or its Affiliates, as the case may be, is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide right and license under the Existing Know-How (including any patent or other intellectual property rights therein) to make, have made, use, sell, reproduce, distribute, make derivative works from, publicly perform and display, and import, and to sublicense any and all of the foregoing rights to that Existing Know-How (including the right to grant further sublicenses) without restriction as to the extent of Executive’s ownership or interest, for so long as such Existing Know-How is in existence and is licensable by Executive.

7. Nonsolicitation.

7.1 During Executive’s employment with Univar, and for a period expiring eighteen (18) months after the termination of Executive’s employment, regardless of the reason, if any, for such termination, Executive shall not, in the United States, Western Europe or Canada, directly or indirectly:

7.1.1 solicit or entice away or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any officer, employee, consultant or agent of Univar or any of its Affiliates to alter or discontinue his or her relationship with Univar, or its Affiliate;

7.1.2 solicit from any person or entity that was a customer of Univar or any of its Affiliates during Executive’s employment with Univar, any business of a type or nature similar to the business of Univar or any of its Affiliates with such customer;

7.1.3 solicit, divert, or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any supplier of Univar or any of its Affiliates to discontinue its relationship with Univar or its Affiliates;

7.1.4 solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any customers of Univar or its Affiliates; or

7.1.5 engage in or participate in the chemical distribution or logistics business.

7.2 Nothing in Section 7.1 limits Executive’s ability to hire an employee of Univar or any of its Affiliates in circumstances under which such employee first contacts Executive regarding employment and Executive does not violate any of Sections 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.1.4 or 7.1.5 herein.

7.3 Univar and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 9 do not impose an undue hardship on Executive and are not injurious to the public; that this provision is necessary to protect the business of Univar and its Affiliates; that the nature of Executive’s responsibilities with Univar under this Agreement provide and/or will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information that is valuable and confidential to Univar and its Affiliates; that Univar would not employ Executive if Executive did not agree to the provisions of this Section 7; that this Section 7 is reasonable in terms of length of time and scope; and that adequate consideration supports this Section 7. In the event that a court determines that any provision of this Section 7 is unreasonably broad or extensive, Executive agrees that such Court should narrow such provision to the extent necessary to make it reasonable and enforce the provision as narrowed.

7.4 This Section 7.1 supplements and does not replace any other obligations the Executive may have with regard to the subject matter herein.

8. Remedies. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement regarding dispute resolution, including Section 8, Executive agrees that Executive’s violation of any of Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement would cause Univar or its Affiliates irreparable harm which would not be adequately compensated by monetary damages and that an injunction may be granted by any court or courts having jurisdiction, restraining Executive from violation of the terms of this Agreement, upon any breach or threatened breach of Executive of the obligations set forth in any of Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7. The preceding

 

-5-


sentence shall not be construed to limit Univar or its Affiliates from any other relief or damages to which it may be entitled as a result of Executive’s breach of any provision of this Agreement, including Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7.

9. Venue. Except for proceedings for injunctive relief, the venue of any litigation arising out of Executive’s employment with Univar or interpreting or enforcing this Agreement shall lie in a court of appropriate jurisdiction in King County, Washington.

10. Disclosure . Executive agrees fully and completely to reveal the terms of the terms of Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement to any future employer or business contacts of Executive and authorizes Univar and its Affiliates, at their election, to make such disclosure.

11. Representation of Executive . Executive represents and warrants to Univar that Executive is free to enter into this Agreement and has no commitment, arrangement or understanding to or with any party that restrains or is in conflict with Executive’s performance of the covenants, services and duties provided for in this Agreement. Executive shall not in the course of Executive’s employment violate any obligation that Executive may owe any third party, including former employers.

12. Fees . The prevailing party will be entitled to its costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in any litigation relating to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.

13. Assignability . During Executive’s employment, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other; provided, however, that Univar may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without Executive’s consent to any of its Affiliates or to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation, if such successor carries on the business substantially in the form in which it is being conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, such assignment and Executive’s transfer of employment thereunder shall not be deemed a termination of employment under Section 3.2 of this Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon Executive, Executive’s heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns and on Univar, its successors and assigns.

14. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder is sufficient if in writing and delivered by e-mail, hand, by facsimile or by registered or certified mail, at a valid address of Executive on file with Univar, or in the case of Univar at the address of its principal executive offices (attention: Chief Executive Officer), or such other address as may be provided to each party by the other.

15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or compliance by any of the parties with any provision of this Agreement constitutes a violation of any law, or is or becomes unenforceable or void, then such provision, to the extent only that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary so that it is no longer in violation of law, unenforceable or void, and such provision will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If such modification is not possible, said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement, which provisions will remain binding on the parties.

16. Waivers. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy granted hereby or by law.

17. Governing Law. The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of such laws.

18. Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of this Agreement shall survive a termination of this Agreement or the termination of Executive’s employment with Univar, except for obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4.

 

-6-


19. Entire Agreement . This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and Univar with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior such agreements and understandings, and there are no other such representations or agreements other than as stated in this Agreement related to the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment with Univar. This Agreement may be changed only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or discharge is sought, and any such modification agreed to by Univar must, in order to be binding upon Univar, be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of Univar.

20. Executive’s Recognition of Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understood this Agreement and agrees that its terms are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the business of Univar and its Affiliates. Executive acknowledges that Executive has been advised by Univar that Executive is entitled to have this Agreement reviewed by an attorney of his selection, at Executive’s expense, prior to signing, and that Executive has either done so or elected to forgo that right.

21. Delayed Payment under certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent required to avoid an excise tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the payment of any compensation pursuant to Sections 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3 or 3.4, shall be delayed for a period of six (6) months after Executive’s separation from service if Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). In such a circumstance, the payments that would otherwise have been made during such six (6) month period will be paid on the six-month anniversary of Executive’s separation from service.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly signed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

UNIVAR INC.     EXECUTIVE
By  

        /s/ Edward Evans

   

/s/ Stephen N. Landsman

      (Signature)
  Edward Evans    

 

  Executive Vice President     Stephen N. Landsman
     

 

      (Date)

 

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE

This Release (“Release”) is entered into by              (“Executive”) with respect to the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Univar Inc. (the “Company”).

1. Executive’s last day of employment with the Company was              (“Termination Date”). Executive shall not seek future employment or any right to future employment with the Company, its parent or any of its affiliates.

2. Executive has been provided all compensation and benefits earned Executive by virtue of employment with the Company, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date and accrued unused vacation and excluding the amount payable to Executive under the Employment Agreement between Executive and the Company (“Employment Agreement”).

3. As consideration for the obligations undertaken by the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases the Company, Univar N.V., and its affiliates, including without limitation Univar USA, Inc. (formerly Vopak USA Inc.) and their respective officers, directors, and employees, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executive’s employment and separation from employment (“Released Claims”). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys’ fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied (including the Employment Agreement); tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (“ADEA”), Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Released Claims” do not include claims for breach or enforcement of this Release, claims that arise after the execution of this Release, claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers’ compensation claims, or any other claims that may not be released under this Release in accordance with applicable law.

4. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim, if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity of this Release in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executive’s right or interest in any Released Claim.

5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to the Company all property of the Company, including without limitation all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from the Company or its employees or that Executive generated in the course of employment with the Company.

6. Executive specifically agrees as follows:

a. Executive has carefully read this Release and finds that it is written in a manner that Executive understands;

b. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;

 

-8-


c. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in the absence of Executive’s entry into this Release, as consideration for Executive’s entering into this Release;

d. Executive understands that this Release is waiving any potential claims under the ADEA and other discrimination statutes, except as provided in this Release;

e. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and has done so or has knowingly and voluntarily waived the right to do so;

f. Executive understands he has a period of twenty-one (21) days from the date a copy of this Release is provided to Executive in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;

g. If during the twenty-one (21) day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void. The effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided he has not revoked acceptance; and

h. Executive may accept this Release before the expiration of the twenty-one (21) days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the 21-day waiting period.

7. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with the obligations that survive termination of the Employment Agreement, including without limitation those obligations with respect to confidentiality, inventions and nonsolicitation.

8. Section 3 of this Release is integral to its purpose and may not be severed from this Release. In the event that any other provision of this Release shall be found to be unlawful or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed narrowed to the extent required to make it lawful and enforceable. If such modification is not possible, such provision shall be severed from the Release and the remaining provisions shall remain fully valid and enforceable to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law. To the extent any terms of this Release are put into question, all provisions shall be interpreted in a manner that would make them consistent with current law.

9. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Washington law.

 

Executive:

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)
Dated:  

 

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.18

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of the14th day of June, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Univar”), and Warren T. Hill (“Executive”).

RECITALS

A. Univar is engaged in the chemical distribution business.

B. Since 1985, Executive has been employed by Univar (or Univar USA Inc., a Washington corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Univar) in various capacities, most recently as Univar’s Executive Vice President, Industry Relations.

C. Executive and Univar are parties to the Employment Agreement, dated May 31, 2007, as amended by Amendment 1 to the Employment Agreement, dated October 11, 2007 (collectively, the “Prior Agreement”).

D. Univar wishes to continue to employ Executive, and Executive wishes to continue to be employed by Univar, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

E. Univar and Executive intend and agree that, as of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede in its entirety the Prior Agreement and any other prior agreements between the parties, with the exception of the Employee Stock Option Agreement between Univar and Executive, dated March 28, 2011 (the “Stock Option Agreement”), which shall remain in full force and effect.

F. By executing this Agreement, Executive fully waives any rights he might otherwise have had pursuant to the Prior Agreement and acknowledges and agrees that the covenants in this Agreement constitute sufficient consideration for such waiver. Accordingly, Executive agrees and acknowledges that, by entering into this Agreement, Executive is expressly consenting to the changes to the terms and conditions of his employment as set forth herein and waiving any right he might otherwise have had to terminate his employment with Univar for “Good Reason,” pursuant to and as defined in Section 5.1.2 of the Prior Agreement, as a result of those changes, as well as any right to notice of termination and/or automatic renewal of the Prior Agreement.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, Executive and Univar agree as follows:

1. Employment. As of the Effective Date, Univar hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Univar, as its Executive Vice President, Supplier Relations. Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of Univar or such other persons as may be designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the Univar Board of Directors (the “Board”) from time to time. Executive agrees to serve in the assigned position or in such other senior officer capacities as may be requested from time to time by Univar. Executive agrees to perform diligently and to the best of Executive’s abilities the duties and services pertaining to such position as reasonably determined by Univar, as well as such additional or different duties and services appropriate to such positions which

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

1


Executive from time to time may be reasonably directed to perform by Univar. Executive shall follow the reasonable instructions of Executive’s manager and will comply in all material respects with all rules, policies and procedures of Univar as modified from time to time to the extent that they are not inconsistent with this Agreement. Executive will perform all of Executive’s responsibilities in compliance with all applicable laws. During Executive’s employment, Executive will not engage in any other business activity that prevents Executive from carrying out Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage.

2. Term of Employment. Employment under this Agreement shall be terminable at-will, and, in such case either Executive or Univar may terminate Executive’s employment at any time with or without Cause or Good Reason, as defined in this Agreement, and without notice, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 5. Any termination of Executive’s employment by Executive or Univar (other than death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement.

3. Compensation. For the duration of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to compensation computed and paid pursuant to the following subparagraphs and subject to applicable withholdings and deductions:

3.1 Salary. Executive shall be paid a gross salary at the rate of $450,000 per year (the “Annual Base Salary”), with actual amounts paid to be prorated for the actual period of employment, payable in equal installments in accordance with Univar’s normal payroll practices. Univar may review Executive’s salary from time to time as part of a review of Executive’s performance and other relevant factors, including roles and responsibilities, and may determine in its sole discretion whether any increase in salary shall be made.

3.2 Annual Bonus. Univar will provide Executive with the opportunity for annual cash bonus awards in accordance with its management incentive plans and the financial performance targets set for Executive thereunder (“Annual Bonus”), with a target amount equal to 80% of the Annual Base Salary (the target bonus as a percentage of Annual Base Salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Target Bonus”) and a maximum Annual Bonus equal to 160% of the Annual Base Salary. Any Annual Bonus payable thereunder shall be paid between January 1st and March 15th of the year immediately following the year to which such Annual Bonus relates. For the calendar year 2013, Executive shall be eligible for a bonus pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Management Incentive Plan, calculated as follows. For that portion of the calendar year that precedes the Effective Date, such bonus, if any, shall be calculated based on the target bonus amount of 100% and the annual base salary of $575,000 (both as in effect prior to the Effective Date), and for that portion of the year that includes and follows the Effective Date, the target bonus amount shall be calculated based on the target bonus amount of 80% and the Annual Base Salary. Any such bonus for 2013, if applicable, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the 2013 Management Incentive Plan and shall be paid no later than March 15, 2014.

3.3 Special 2013 and 2014 Bonuses. Executive shall be paid a special one-time bonus of $100,000 within 30 days of the execution of this agreement.

4. Other Benefits.

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

2


4.1 Certain Benefits. Executive may continue to participate in employee benefit programs established by Univar for personnel on a basis commensurate with Executive’s position and in accordance with Univar’s benefit plans and arrangements from time to time, including eligibility requirements, but nothing herein shall require the adoption or maintenance of any such plan. Executive shall be entitled to an automobile expense allowance of $1,465 per month, as may be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s automobile allowance policy.

4.2 Vacation and Holidays. Executive shall be entitled to all public holidays observed by Univar. Vacation days shall be in accordance with the applicable provision of Univar’s vacation policy, provided, however, that Executive shall be granted not less than 20 vacation days per year.

4.3 Expenses. Univar shall reimburse Executive in accordance with Univar’s policies and procedures for reasonable expenses necessarily incurred in Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties against appropriate receipts and vouchers indicating the specific business purpose for each such expenditure.

5. Termination. The following provisions shall apply upon termination of Executive’s employment under applicable circumstances as set forth below. Any amount payable to Executive under this Section  5 shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local withholdings, or payroll or other taxes. Except as set forth in this Section 5, upon termination of employment, Executive shall not be entitled to further payments, severance or other benefits arising under this Agreement or from Executive’s employment with Univar or its termination, except as required by law.

5.1 By Univar with Cause or by Executive without Good Reason. lf Univar terminates Executive’s employment for Cause or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment without Good Reason, Executive shall be paid unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date.

5.1.1 “Cause,” as used herein, shall mean Executive’s (i) willful and continued failure to perform his material duties with respect to Univar or its affiliates (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) which continues beyond 15 business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by Univar, (ii) conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to (A) the commission of a felony by Executive, or (B) any misdemeanor that is a crime of moral turpitude, (iii) Executive’s willful and gross misconduct in connection with his employment duties, or (iv) breach of the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants to which Executive is subject pursuant to this Agreement, the Stock Option Agreement and/or (for previously undiscovered acts that occurred prior to the Effective Date) the Prior Agreement. No act on Executive’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of Univar. No failure of Executive or Univar to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no termination shall be treated as for “Cause” (and any such termination shall instead be treated as without “Cause”) unless (i) Executive has been given not less than 15 business days’ written notice by the Board of its intention to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, such notice to state in detail the

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

3


particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Cause is based (the “Board Notice”), (ii) the Board Notice is delivered not later than 60 days after the Board’s learning of such act or acts or failure or failures to act, and (iii) the Board has thereafter provided Executive with a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board (after Executive has been given a reasonable opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board) confirming that, in its judgment, grounds for Cause on the basis of the original notice exist, and no cure was timely effected.

5.1.2 “Good Reason,” as used herein, shall mean (i) a material reduction in Executive’s base salary or a material reduction in annual incentive compensation opportunity, in each case other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within 30 business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event; or (ii) the failure of a successor to have assumed this Agreement in connection with any sale of the business, where such assumption does not occur by operation of law, provided that in order for an event described in this Section 5.1.2 to constitute Good Reason, Executive must provide notice to Univar (in accordance with Section 16 of this Agreement) within 90 business days of the initial existence of such event.

5.2 By Univar other than for Cause, Death or Total Disability, or by Executive for Good Reason. lf Univar terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death, or Total Disability, or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause or Total Disability, Univar shall pay to Executive the amounts and benefits set forth below; provided, however, that Executive’s entitlement to the amounts described in Sections 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 is conditioned upon Executive executing and not revoking a release substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Release”), subject to revision as required by the particular circumstances of the termination, within the applicable 28 or 52 day time period provided for therein (the “Applicable Release Period”); provided, however, that in any case where the first and last days of the Applicable Release Period are in two separate taxable years, any payments required to be made to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year, following the conclusion of the Applicable Release Period.

5.2.1 Unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date;

5.2.2 A severance payment, payable in a lump sum payment not later than 15 days following the expiration of the Applicable Release Period, in an amount equal to the sum of (A) 18 months of the Annual Base Salary plus (B) one and one half (1.5) times the Target Bonus for the year in which Executive’s employment terminates, less applicable withholdings and deductions; and

5.2.3 A prorated bonus for the year of termination, payable in a lump sum at the time such payment would be paid in accordance with Univar’s then current management incentive plan, equal to the product of (A) the bonus that would have been earned had Executive remained employed until the end of the year of termination multiplied by (B) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed during the year in which Executive’s employment terminates and (ii) the denominator of which is 365 (the “Prorated Bonus”), less applicable withholdings and deductions.

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

4


5.3 Total Disability . If Univar or Executive terminates Executive’s employment due to Executive’s Total Disability, Univar shall pay to Executive unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date and the Prorated Bonus. “Total Disability” as used herein shall have the same meaning as the term “Total Disability’’ as used in Univar’s long-term disability policy in effect at the time of termination, if one exists. If Univar does not have a long-term disability policy in effect at such time, the term “Total Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability (with or without such accommodation as may be required by law protecting persons with disabilities) to perform the essential functions of Executive’s duties hereunder for a period aggregating to 90 calendar days in a 12 month period, provided, however, that this period may be extended in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer.

5.4 Death. If Executive’s employment terminates due to death, Univar shall pay to Executive’s estate the unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date and the Prorated Bonus.

6. Confidential Information.

6.1 Executive recognizes that the success of Univar and its current and future Affiliates (as defined below Section 6.7) depends upon the protection of information or materials that are designated as confidential and/or proprietary at the time of disclosure or should, based on their nature or the circumstances surrounding such disclosure, reasonably be deemed confidential, including without limitation information to which Executive has access while employed by Univar, whether recorded in any medium or merely memorized (all such information being “Confidential Information”). “Confidential Information” includes without limitation, and whether or not such information is specifically designated as confidential or proprietary: all business plans and marketing strategies; information concerning existing and prospective markets, suppliers, and customers; financial information; information concerning the development of new products and services; and technical and non-technical data related to software programs, designs, specifications, compilations, inventions (as defined in Section 8.1), improvements, patent applications, studies, research, methods, devices, prototypes, processes, procedures and techniques. Confidential Information expressly includes information provided to Univar and its Affiliates by third parties under circumstances that require them to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall have no confidentiality obligation with respect to disclosure of any Confidential Information that (a) was, or at any time becomes, available in the public domain, other than through a violation of this Agreement or (b) Executive can demonstrate by written evidence was furnished to Executive by a third party in lawful possession thereof and who was not under an obligation of confidentiality to Univar or any of its Affiliates.

6.2 Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment and after termination of employment irrespective of cause, Executive will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Univar and its Affiliates and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use or divulge, any Confidential Information for any reason, except as authorized by Univar or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose Confidential

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

5


Information as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body, provided Executive has notified Univar or the applicable Affiliate immediately after receipt of such order or requirement and allowed Univar and/or the Affiliate a meaningful opportunity to apply for protective measures.

6.3 Executive hereby assigns to Univar any rights Executive may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and acknowledges that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of Univar and/or its Affiliates or their assigns.

6.4 There are no rights granted or any understandings, agreements or representations between the parties hereto, express or implied, regarding Confidential Information that are not specified herein, other than those set forth in the Stock Option Agreement.

6.6 Executive’s obligations under this Section 6 are in addition to any obligations that Executive has under the Stock Option Agreement, as well as under state and federal law. Executive agrees that in the course of Executive’s employment with Univar, Executive will not violate in any way the rights that any entity, including any former employer, has with regard to trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information.

6.7 For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” means any entity currently existing or subsequently organized or formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Univar, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

6.8 Executive’s obligations under this Section 6 are indefinite in term and shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment.

7. Return of Univar Property. Executive acknowledges that all tangible items containing any Confidential Information, including without limitation memoranda, photographs, records, reports, manuals, drawings, blueprints, prototypes, notes, documents, drawings, specifications, software, media and other materials, including any copies thereof (including electronically recorded copies), are the exclusive property of Univar or its applicable Affiliate, and Executive shall deliver to Univar all such material in Executive’s possession or control upon Univar’s request and in any event upon the termination of Executive’s employment with Univar. Executive shall also return any keys, equipment, identification or credit cards, or other property belonging to Univar or its Affiliates upon termination or request.

8. Inventions.

8.1 Executive understands and agrees that all Inventions are the exclusive property of Univar. As used in this Agreement, “Inventions” shall include without limitation ideas, discoveries, developments, concepts, inventions, original works of authorship, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, ideas, data, information, know-how, documentation, formulae, results, prototypes, designs, methods, processes, products, formulas and techniques, improvements to any of the foregoing, and all other matters ordinarily intended by the words

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

6


“intellectual property,” whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or otherwise able to be registered, which are developed, created, conceived of or reduced to practice by Executive, alone or with others, during Executive’s employment with Univar or Affiliates(whether or not during working hours) or within three (3) months thereafter and related to Univar’s then existing or proposed business. In recognition of Univar’s ownership of all Inventions, Executive shall make prompt and full disclosure to Univar of, will hold in trust for the sole benefit of Univar, and (subject to Section 8.2 below) hereby assigns, and agrees to assign in the future, exclusively to Univar all of Executive’s right, title, and interest in and to any and all such Inventions.

8.2 NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 4 9.44.140: Executive understands that Executive’s obligation to assign inventions shall not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of Univar was used and that was developed entirely on Executive’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of Univar, or (ii) to Univar’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for Univar.

8.3 To the extent any works of authorship created by Executive made within the scope of employment may be considered “works made for hire” under United States copyright laws, they are hereby agreed to be works made for hire. To the extent any such works do not qualify as a “work made for hire” under applicable law, and to the extent they include material subject to copyright, Executive hereby irrevocably and exclusively assigns and conveys all rights, title and interests in such works to Univar subject to no liens, claims or reserved rights. Executive hereby waives any and all “moral rights” that may be applicable to any of the foregoing, for any and all uses, alterations, and exploitation thereof by Univar, or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees. To the extent that any such “moral rights” may not be waived in accordance

with law, Executive agrees not to bring any claims, actions or litigation against Univar, its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees, based on or to enforce such rights. Without limiting the preceding, Executive agrees that Univar may in its discretion edit, modify, recast, use, and promote any such works of authorship, and derivatives thereof, with or without the use of Executive’s name or image, without compensation to Executive other than that expressly set forth herein.

8.4 Executive hereby waives and quitclaims to Univar any and all claims of any nature whatsoever that Executive now or hereafter may have for infringement of any patent or patents from any patent applications for any Inventions. Executive agrees to cooperate fully with Univar and take all other such acts requested by Univar (including signing applications for patents, assignments, and other papers, and such things as Univar may require) to enable Univar to establish and protect its ownership in any Inventions and to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, during Executive’s employment or thereafter. If Executive fails to execute such documents by reason of death, mental or physical incapacity or any other reason, Executive hereby irrevocably appoints Univar and its officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact to execute such documents on Executive’s behalf.

8.5 Executive agrees that there are no Inventions made by Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Univar and belonging to Executive that Executive wishes to have excluded from this Section 8 (the “Excluded Inventions”). If during Executive’s employment

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

7


with Univar, Executive uses in the specifications or development of, or otherwise incorporates into a product, process, service, technology, or machine of Univar or its Affiliates, or otherwise uses any invention, proprietary know-how, or other intellectual property in existence before the Effective Date owned by Executive or in which Executive has any interest (“Existing Know-How”), Univar or its Affiliate, as the case may be, is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide right and license under the Existing Know-How (including any patent or other intellectual property rights therein) to make, have made, use, sell, reproduce, distribute, make derivative works from, publicly perform and display, and import, and to sublicense any and all of the foregoing rights to that Existing Know- How (including the right to grant further sublicenses) without restriction as to the extent of Executive’s ownership or interest, for so long as such Existing Know-How is in existence and is licensable by Executive.

9. Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition.

9.1 During Executive’s employment with Univar, and for a period expiring 18 months after the termination of Executive’s employment, regardless of the reason, if any, for such termination, Executive shall not, in the United States, Western Europe or Canada, directly or indirectly:

9.1.1 solicit or entice away or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any officer, employee, consultant or agent of Univar or any of its Affiliates to alter or discontinue his or her relationship with Univar or its Affiliates;

9.1.2 solicit from any person or entity that was a customer of Univar or any of its Affiliates during Executive’s employment with Univar any business of a type or nature similar to the business of Univar or any of its Affiliates with such customer;

9.1.3 solicit, divert, or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any supplier of Univar or any of its Affiliates to discontinue its relationship with Univar or its Affiliates;

9.1.4 solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any customers of Univar or its Affiliates; or

9.1.5 engage in or participate in the chemical distribution or logistics business.

9.2 Nothing in Section 9.1 limits Executive’s ability to hire an employee of Univar or any of its Affiliates in circumstances under which such employee first contacts Executive regarding employment and Executive does not violate any of Sections 9.1.1, 9.1.2, 9.1.3, 9.1.4 or 9.1.5 herein.

9.3 Univar and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 9 do not impose an undue hardship on Executive and are not injurious to the public; that this provision is necessary to protect the business of Univar and its Affiliates; that the nature of Executive’s responsibilities with Univar under this Agreement provide and/or will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information that is valuable and confidential to Univar and its Affiliates; that Univar would not employ Executive if Executive did not agree to the provisions of this

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

8


Section 9; that this Section 9 is reasonable in terms of length of time and scope; and that adequate consideration supports this Section 9. In the event that a court determines that any provision of this Section 9 is unreasonably broad or extensive, Executive agrees that such Court should narrow such provision to the extent necessary to make it reasonable and enforce the provision as narrowed. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Section 4 of Exhibit A to the Stock Option Agreement imposes obligations on Executive that are similar to those imposed by this Section 9, but that the obligations imposed by the Stock Option Agreement are supported by separate and independently sufficient consideration, as set forth in that agreement.

10. Remedies. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement regarding dispute resolution, including Section 11, Executive agrees that Executive’s violation of any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9 of this Agreement would cause Univar or its Affiliates irreparable harm which would not be adequately compensated by monetary damages and that an injunction may be granted by any court or courts having jurisdiction restraining Executive from violation of the terms of this Agreement upon any breach or threatened breach of Executive of the obligations set forth in any of Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9. The preceding sentence shall not be construed to limit Univar or its Affiliates from any other relief or damages to which it may be entitled as a result of Executive’s breach of any provision of this Agreement, including Sections 6, 7, 8 or 9.

11. Venue. Except for proceedings for injunctive relief, the venue of any litigation arising out of Executive’s employment with Univar or interpreting or enforcing this Agreement shall lie in a court of appropriate jurisdiction in King County, Washington.

12. Fees. The prevailing party will be entitled to its costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in any litigation relating to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.

13. Disclosure. Executive agrees fully and completely to reveal the terms of Sections 6, 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement, and Exhibit A of the Stock Option Agreement, to any future employer or business contacts of Executive and authorizes Univar and its Affiliates, at their election, to make such disclosure.

14. Representation of Executive. Executive represents and warrants to Univar that Executive is free to enter into this Agreement and has no commitment, arrangement or understanding to or with any party that restrains or is in conflict with Executive’s performance of the covenants, services and duties provided for in this Agreement. Executive shall not in the course of Executive’s employment violate any obligation that Executive may owe any third party, including former employers.

15. Assignability. During Executive’s employment, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other; provided, however, that Univar may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without Executive’s consent to any of its Affiliates or to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation, if such successor carries on the business substantially in the form in which it is being conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation and, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, such assignment and Executive’s transfer of employment thereunder shall not be deemed a termination of employment under Section 5.2 of this Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon Executive, Executive’s heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns and on Univar, its successors and assigns.

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

9


16. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder is sufficient if in writing and delivered by e-mail, by hand, by facsimile or by registered or certified mail, at a valid address of the Executive on file with Univar, or in the case of Univar, at the address of its principal executive offices, attention to the General Counsel or Chief Executive Officer, or such other address as may be provided to each party by the other.

17. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or compliance by any of the parties with any provision of this Agreement constitutes a violation of any law, or is or becomes unenforceable or void, then such provision, to the extent only that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary so that it is no longer in violation of law, unenforceable or void, and such provision will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If such modification is not possible, said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement, which provisions will remain binding on the parties.

18. Waivers. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy granted hereby or by law.

19. Governing Law. The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of such laws.

20. Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of this Agreement shall survive a termination of this Agreement or the termination of Executive’s employment with Univar, except for obligations under Sections 1 , 2, 3 and 4.

21. Entire Agreement. This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and Univar with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior such agreements and understandings, and there are no other such representations or agreements other than as stated in this Agreement related to the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment with Univar; provided, however, that the Stock Option Agreement (including without limitation the covenants set forth in Exhibit A thereto) is not superseded by this Agreement and remains in full force and effect. Wherever possible, this Agreement and the Stock Option Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that avoids any conflict and allows both agreements to be given full effect and enforcement. If there is any unavoidable conflict between any provision(s) of this Agreement and any provision(s) of the Stock Option Agreement, Executive and Univar agree that the provision(s) providing the greater protection of Univar’s interests shall govern. This Agreement may be changed only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or discharge is sought, and any such modification agreed to by Univar must, in order to be binding upon Univar, be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of Univar or a person delegated responsibility by the Board.

22. Executive’s Recognition of Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

10


read and understood this Agreement and agrees that its terms are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the business of Univar and its Affiliates. Executive acknowledges that Executive has been advised by Univar that Executive is entitled to have this Agreement reviewed by an attorney of his selection, at Executive’s expense, prior to signing, and that Executive has either done so or elected to forgo that right.

23. Delayed Payment under certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent required to avoid an excise tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the payment of any compensation pursuant to Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3, 5.3 or 5.4 shall be delayed for a period of six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service if Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). In such a circumstance, the payments that would otherwise have been made during such six-month period will be paid on the six- month anniversary of Executive’s separation from service.

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly signed and delivered this Employment Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

UNIVAR INC.

/s/ J. Erik Fyrwald

J. Erik Fyrwald

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

 

/s/ Warrant T. Hill

Warren T. Hill

 

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

12


EXHIBIT A

UNIVAR INC. RELEASE

This Release (“Release”) is entered into by Warren T. Hill (“Executive”) with respect to the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Univar Inc. (the “Company”).

1. Executive’s last day of employment with the Company was              (“Termination Date”).

2. Executive has been provided all compensation and benefits earned by virtue of Executive’s employment with Employer, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date and accrued unused vacation, and excluding amounts Executive may be eligible to receive pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Employment Agreement between Executive and the Company dated(“Employment Agreement”).

3. As consideration for the obligations undertaken by the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement, including without limitation Section 5.2 of that agreement, Executive hereby releases the Company and its affiliates, including without limitation Univar USA, Inc. (formerly Vopak USA Inc.) and their respective officers, directors, and employees, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executive’s employment and separation from employment (“Released Claims”). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys’ fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied (including the Employment Agreement); tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (“ADEA’’), the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“BRISA”); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Released Claims” do not include: (i) claims for breach or enforcement of this Release, (ii) claims that arise after the execution of this Agreement, (iii) claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers’ compensation claims, ); (iv) claims for indemnification as a current or former director or officer of any of the entities that comprise the Company, or (if applicable) inclusion as a beneficiary of any insurance policy related to Executive’s service in such capacity; or (v) any other claims that may not be released under this Release in accordance with applicable law.

4. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim, if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity of this Release in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Moreover, while nothing in this Agreement restricts Executive from bringing before any fair employment practices agencies matters for which such agencies have jurisdiction, or cooperating in any investigation by any such agency, Executive covenants and promises that he waives, releases, and shall not accept any benefits of any

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

13


administrative or agency action. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executive’s right or interest in any Released Claim.

5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to the Company all property of the Company and its affiliates, including without limitation all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from the Company, its affiliates, or their employees, or that Executive generated in the course of employment with the Company or any affiliate.

6. Executive specifically agrees as follows:

a. Executive has carefully read this Release [(if applicable) , including its attached Exhibit A setting forth various disclosures regarding the applicable separation program as required by the ADEA,] and finds that it is written in a manner that Executive understands;

b. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;

c. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in t11e absence of Executive’s entry into this Release, as consideration for Executive’s entering into this Release;

d. Executive understands that this Release is waiving any potential claims under the ADEA and other discrimination statutes, except as provided in this Release;

e. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and has done so or has knowingly and voluntarily waived the right to do so;

f. Executive understands he has a period of at least [twenty-one (21)][forty-five (45)] days from the date a copy of this Release is provided to Executive in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;

g. If during the [twenty-one (21)][forty-five (45)]day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void and the effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided he has not revoked acceptance; and

h. Executive may accept this Release before the expiration of the [twenty-one (21)][forty-five (45)] days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the [twenty-one (21)-day][forty-five (45)-day] waiting period.

7. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with the obligations pursuant

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

14


to the Employment Agreement and the Employee Stock Option Agreement between Univar Inc. and Executive, dated March 28, 2011 (the “Stock Option Agreement”), that survive the termination of his employment, including without limitation those obligations with respect to confidentiality, inventions, non-solicitation and non-competition.

8. Section 3 of this Release is integral to its purpose and may not be severed from this Release. In the event that any other provision of this Release shall be found to be unlawful or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed narrowed to the extent required to make it lawful and enforceable. If such modification is not possible, such provision shall be severed from the Release and the remaining provisions shall remain fully valid and enforceable to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law. To the extent any terms of this Release are put into question, all provisions shall be interpreted in a manner that would make them consistent with current law.

 

9. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Washington law.

 

Executive:

 

Warren T. Hill
Dated:  

 

Univar Inc.

 

<<insert name>>
Dated:  

 

 

Warren T. Hill Employment Agreement

 

15

Exhibit 10.19

UNIVAR INC.RELEASE

This Release (“Release”) is entered into this 25th day of August, 2015 by Warren T. Hill (“Executive”) with respect to the separation of the employment relationship between Executive, on one side, and Univar Inc. and Univar N.V. (collectively the “Company”).

1. Executive’s last day of employment with the Company will be August 15, 2015 (“Termination Date”).

2. Executive will be paid $1,215,000, representing his 18 months base pay and 1.5 times target incentive (collectively the “Separation Payment”). Other than the Separation Payment, the Executive and Employer have settled all compensation and benefits earned Executive by virtue of employment with Employer and agreements with Employer, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed: (a) salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date, (b) vested stock options and owned stock in affiliates of the Company and (c) outplacement service support as indicated in Executive’s Employment Agreement. The payment of the Separation Payment is conditioned upon Executive signing this Release Agreement and not revoking it within the applicable release period described below, and per Executive’s Employment Agreement, because the first and last days of the applicable release period are in two separate taxable year, the payment shall be made in the later year, promptly following the conclusion of the applicable release period (and otherwise in recognition of 409A). The payment shall be made after the expiration of the revocation period described below.

3. Executive hereby releases the Company, Univar N.V., and its affiliates, including without limitation Univar USA Inc. (formerly Vopak USA Inc.) and their respective officers, directors, and employees, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executive’s employment and separation from employment (“Released Claims”). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys’ fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied ;tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (“ADEA”), the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Released Claims” do not include claims for breach or enforcement of this Agreement, claims that arise after the execution of this Agreement, claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers’ compensation claims, claims challenging the validity of this Agreement, or any other claims that may not be released under this Agreement in accordance with applicable law. This waiver and release shall not apply to claims arising after Executive’s execution of this Release.

4. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim, if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity and enforceability of this Agreement independent of or in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executive’s right or interest in any Released Claim.

5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to Employer all property of Employer (except cell phone), including without limitation to all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from Employer or its employees or that Executive generated in the course of employment with Employer.

6. Executive specifically agrees as follows:

 

  a. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;

 

  b. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in the absence of Executive’s entry into this Release, as consideration for Executive’s entering into this Release;

 

  c. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release;

 

  d.

Executive understands he has a period of at least twenty-one (21 ) days from the date a copy of this


  Release is provided to Executive in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;

 

  e. If during the twenty-one (21) day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void and the effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided he has not revoked acceptance; and

 

  f. Upon written notification to the Company, Executive may accept this Agreement before the expiration of the twenty-one (21) days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the 21-day waiting period.

7. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with the obligations that survive termination of any agreement he has executed with the Company.

Executive agrees not to disclose any of the terms of this Release or any employment agreement with the Company to anyone, other than Executive’s spouse, attorney, and accountant or as required by law. Disclosure of the terms of this Separation Agreement by anyone to whom Executive discloses them shall be deemed an unauthorized disclosure by Executive.

In exchange for the consideration hereunder, for a period of eighteen (18) months beginning on the effective date of termination, Executive shall not, within any jurisdiction or marketing area in which the Company (or its subsidiaries and its affiliates) is doing business, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, consult with, be employed by, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of any business of the type and character engaged in or competitive with that conducted by the Company (or its subsidiaries and its affiliates).

Executive shall not directly or indirectly employ, solicit for employment or otherwise contract for the services of any individual who is an employee of the Company or its affiliates for a period of eighteen (18) months from the effective date of termination.

Executive will not divulge, transmit or otherwise disclose (except as legally compelled by court order, and then only to the extent required, after prompt notice to the Company of any such order), directly or in directly, any confidential knowledge or information with respect to the business, operations, finances, organization or employees of the Company (or its subsidiaries and affiliates) or with respect to trade secrets, confidential or secret processes, services, techniques, product formulations, customer information, marketing or business plans with respect to the Company (or its subsidiaries and affiliates); and Executive will not use, directly or indirectly, any confidential information for the benefit of anyone other than the Company (or its subsidiaries and affiliates); provided, however, that Executive has no obligation, express or implied, to refrain from using or disclosing to others any such knowledge or information which is or hereafter shall become available to the public other than through disclosure by Executive.

8. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Illinois law.

Executive:

 

/s/ Warren Terry Hill
(Signature)
Warren Terry Hill
Univar Inc.
By:/s/ Stephen N. Landsman
Title: General Counsel

Exhibit 10.20

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of the December 17, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) between Univar Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Univar”), and Jason A. Grapski (“Executive”).

RECITALS

A. Univar is engaged in the chemical distribution business.

B. Univar wishes to employ Executive and Executive wishes to be employed by Univar in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, Executive and Univar agree as follows:

1 . Employment . As of the Effective Date, Univar hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Univar, as its Senior Vice President–Continuous Improvement, Strategy and M&A. Executive will report directly to Univar’s President and Chief Executive Officer, or such other position as may be designated by Univar from time to time. Executive’s responsibilities will include all those matters customarily assigned to a corporate vice president of Continuous Improvement, Strategy and M&A, and those which may be reasonably assigned by Univar from time to time. Executive shall follow the reasonable instructions of Executive’s manager and will comply in all material respects with all rules, policies and procedures of Univar as modified from time to time to the extent that they are not inconsistent with this Agreement. Executive will perform all of Executive’s responsibilities in compliance with all applicable laws. During Executive’s employment, Executive will not engage in any other business activity that prevents Executive from carrying out Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage.

2. Term of Employment.

2.1 At-Will Employment . Employment under this Agreement shall be terminable at-will, and, in such case either Executive or Univar may terminate Executive’s employment at any time with or without Cause or Good Reason, as defined in this Agreement, and without notice, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 3. Any termination of Executive’s employment by Executive or Univar (other than death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party in accordance with Section 14 of this Agreement.

2.2 Relocation. Univar shall reimburse Executive’s expenses incurred in Executive’s relocation to the Chicago, Illinois area in accordance with Univar’s policies and procedures for new hire executive management employees.

3. Termination. The following provisions shall apply upon termination of Executive’s employment under applicable circumstances as set forth below. Any amount payable to Executive under this Section 3 shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local withholdings, or payroll or other taxes. Except as set forth in this Section 3, upon termination of employment, Executive shall not be entitled to further payments, severance or other benefits arising under this Agreement or from Executive’s employment with Univar or its termination, except as required by law.

3.1 By Univar with Cause or by Executive without Good Reason . If Univar terminates Executive’s employment for Cause or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment without Good Reason, Executive shall be paid unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date.


3.1.1. “Cause,” as used herein, shall mean Executive’s (i) willful and continued failure to perform his material duties with respect to Univar or it affiliates (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) which continues beyond fifteen (15) business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by Univar, (ii) conviction of or plea nolo contendere to (A) the commission of a felony by Executive, or (B) any misdemeanor that is a crime of moral turpitude, (iii) Executive’s willful or gross misconduct in connection with his employment duties, or (iv) breach of the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants to which Executive is subject. No act on Executive’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of Univar. No failure of Executive or Univar to achieve performance goals, in and of itself, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause.

3.1.2. “Good Reason,” as used herein, shall mean (i) a material reduction in Executive’s base salary or a material reduction in annual incentive compensation opportunity, in each case other (a) than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event and (b) a reduction which is applicable to all employees in the same salary grade as Executive; (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s title, duties and responsibilities, other than any isolated or inadvertent failure by Univar that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after Executive gives Univar notice of such event; (iii) a transfer of Executive’s primary workplace by more than thirty-five (35) miles from his current workplace, or (iv) the failure of a successor to have assumed this Agreement in connection with any sale of the business, where such assumption does not occur by operation of law, provided that in order for an event described in this Section 3.1.2 to constitute Good Reason, Executive must provide notice to Univar (in accordance with Section 13 of this Agreement) within ninety (90) business days of the initial existence of such event.

3.2 By Univar other than for Cause or Total Disability or by Executive for Good Reason . If Univar terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause or Total Disability or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause, Univar shall pay to Executive the amounts and benefits, and cause the vesting as set forth in this Section 3.2; provided, however, that Executive’s entitlement to the amounts described in Sections 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 is conditioned upon Executive executing and not revoking a release substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Release”) within the 21-day time period provided for therein (the “Applicable Release Period”); provided, however, that in any case where the first and last days of the Applicable Release Period are in two separate taxable years, any payments required to be made to Executive that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year, promptly following the conclusion of the Applicable Release Period.

3.2.1 Unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date;

3.2.2 A severance payment, in an amount equal to the sum of (A) twelve (12) months of Executive’s annual base salary plus (B) one times the Target Bonus for the year in which the Executive’s employment terminates.

3.3 Total Disability . If Univar or Executive terminates Executive’s employment due to Executive’s Total Disability, Univar shall pay to Executive unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date. “Total Disability” as used herein shall have the same meaning as the term “Total Disability” as used in Univar’s long-term disability policy in effect at the time of termination, if one exists. If Univar does not have a long-term disability policy in effect at such time, the term “Total Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability (with or without such accommodation as may be required by law protecting persons with disabilities) to perform the essential functions of Executive’s duties hereunder for a period aggregating to ninety (90) calendar days in a twelve (12) month period, provided, however, that this period may be extended in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer.

3.4 Death . If Executive’s employment terminates due to death, Univar shall pay to Executive’s estate the unpaid wages and unused accrued vacation earned through the termination date.

 

-2-


4. Confidential Information

4.1 Executive recognizes that the success of Univar and its current or future Affiliates (as defined below in this Section 4) depends upon the protection of information or materials that are designated as confidential and/or proprietary at the time of disclosure or should, based on their nature or the circumstances surrounding such disclosure, reasonably be deemed confidential including, without limitation, information to which Executive has access while employed by Univar whether recorded in any medium or merely memorized (all such information being “Confidential Information”). “Confidential Information” includes without limitation, and whether or not such information is specifically designated as confidential or proprietary: all business plans and marketing strategies; information concerning existing and prospective markets, suppliers, and customers; financial information; information concerning the development of new products and services; and technical and non-technical data related to software programs, designs, specifications, compilations, inventions (as defined in Section 6.1), improvements, patent applications, studies, research, methods, devices, prototypes, processes, procedures and techniques. Confidential Information expressly includes information provided to Univar or Affiliates by third parties under circumstances that require them to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall have no confidentiality obligation with respect to disclosure of any Confidential Information that (a) was, or at any time becomes, available in the public domain other than through a violation of this Agreement or (b) Executive can demonstrate by written evidence was furnished to Executive by a third party in lawful possession thereof and who was not under an obligation of confidentiality to Univar or any of its Affiliates.

4.2 Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment and after termination of employment irrespective of cause, Executive will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Univar and its Affiliates and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use or divulge, any Confidential Information for any reason, except as authorized by Univar or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose Confidential Information as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body, provided Executive has notified Univar or the applicable Affiliate immediately after receipt of such order or requirement and allowed Univar and/or the Affiliate a meaningful opportunity to apply for protective measures.

4.3 Executive hereby assigns to Univar any rights Executive may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and acknowledges that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of Univar and/or its Affiliates or their assigns.

4.4 There are no rights granted or any understandings, agreements or representations between the parties hereto, express or implied, regarding Confidential Information that are not specified herein.

4.5 Executive’s obligations under this Section 4 are in addition to any obligations that Executive has under state or federal law.

4.6 Executive agrees that in the course of Executive’s employment with Univar, Executive will not violate in any way the rights that any entity, including former employers, has with regard to trade secrets or proprietary or confidential information.

4.7 For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” means any entity currently existing or subsequently organized or formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Univar, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

4.8 Executive’s obligations under this Section 4 are indefinite in term and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

5. Return of Company Property. Executive acknowledges that all tangible items containing any Confidential Information, including without limitation memoranda, photographs, records, reports, manuals, drawings, blueprints, prototypes, notes, documents, drawings, specifications, software,

 

-3-


media and other materials, including any copies thereof (including electronically recorded copies), are the exclusive property of Univar or its applicable Affiliate, and Executive shall deliver to Univar all such material in Executive’s possession or control upon Univar’s request and in any event upon the termination of Executive’s employment with Univar. Executive shall also return any keys, equipment, identification or credit cards, or other property belonging to Univar or its Affiliates upon termination or request.

6. Inventions.

6.1 Executive understands and agrees that all Inventions are the exclusive property of Univar. As used in this Agreement, “Inventions” shall include without limitation ideas, discoveries, developments, concepts, inventions, original works of authorship, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, ideas, data, information, know-how, documentation, formulae, results, prototypes, designs, methods, processes, products, formulas and techniques, improvements to any of the foregoing, and all other matters ordinarily intended by the words “intellectual property,” whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or otherwise able to be registered, which are developed, created, conceived of or reduced to practice by Executive, alone or with others, during Executive’s employment with Univar or Affiliates, whether or not during working hours or within three (3) months thereafter and related to Univar’s then existing or proposed business. In recognition of Univar’s ownership of all Inventions, Executive shall make prompt and full disclosure to Univar of, will hold in trust for the sole benefit of Univar, and (subject to Section 6.2 below) hereby assigns, and agrees to assign in the future, exclusively to Univar all of Executive’s right, title, and interest in and to any and all such Inventions.

6.2 NOTICE REQUIRED BY REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON 49.44.140 : Executive understands that Executive’s obligation to assign inventions shall not apply to any inventions for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of Univar was used and that was developed entirely on Executive’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of Univar, or (ii) to Univar’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for Univar.

6.3 To the extent any works of authorship created by Executive made within the scope of employment may be considered “works made for hire” under United States copyright laws, they are hereby agreed to be works made for hire. To the extent any such works do not qualify as a “work made for hire” under applicable law, and to the extent they include material subject to copyright, Executive hereby irrevocably and exclusively assigns and conveys all rights, title and interests in such works to Univar subject to no liens, claims or reserved rights. Executive hereby waives any and all “moral rights” that may be applicable to any of the foregoing, for any and all uses, alterations, and exploitation thereof by Univar, or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees. To the extent that any such “moral rights” may not be waived in accordance with law, Executive agrees not to bring any claims, actions or litigation against Univar or its Affiliates, or their successors, assignees or licensees, based on or to enforce such rights. Without limiting the preceding, Executive agrees that Univar may in its discretion edit, modify, recast, use, and promote any such works of authorship, and derivatives thereof, with or without the use of Executive’s name or image, without compensation to Executive other than that expressly set forth herein.

6.4 Executive hereby waives and quitclaims to Univar any and all claims of any nature whatsoever that Executive now or hereafter may have for infringement of any patent or patents from any patent applications for any Inventions. Executive agrees to cooperate fully with Univar and take all other such acts requested by Univar (including signing applications for patents, assignments, and other papers, and such things as Univar may require) to enable Univar to establish and protect its ownership in any Inventions and to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, during Executive’s employment or thereafter. If Executive fails to execute such documents by reason of death, mental or physical incapacity or any other reason, Executive hereby irrevocably appoints Univar and its officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact to execute such documents on Executive’s behalf.

6.5 Executive agrees that there are no Inventions made by Executive prior to Executive’s employment with Univar and belonging to Executive that Executive wishes to have excluded from this Section 6 (the “Excluded Inventions”). If during Executive’s employment with Univar, Executive

 

-4-


uses in the specifications or development of, or otherwise incorporates into a product, process, service, technology, or machine of Univar or its Affiliates, or otherwise uses any invention, proprietary know-how, or other intellectual property in existence before the Effective Date owned by Executive or in which Executive has any interest (“Existing Know-How”), Univar or its Affiliates, as the case may be, is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide right and license under the Existing Know-How (including any patent or other intellectual property rights therein) to make, have made, use, sell, reproduce, distribute, make derivative works from, publicly perform and display, and import, and to sublicense any and all of the foregoing rights to that Existing Know-How (including the right to grant further sublicenses) without restriction as to the extent of Executive’s ownership or interest, for so long as such Existing Know-How is in existence and is licensable by Executive.

7. Nonsolicitation.

7.1 During Executive’s employment with Univar, and for a period expiring eighteen (18) months after the termination of Executive’s employment, regardless of the reason, if any, for such termination, Executive shall not, in the United States, Western Europe or Canada, directly or indirectly:

7.1.1 solicit or entice away or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any officer, employee, consultant or agent of Univar or any of its Affiliates to alter or discontinue his or her relationship with Univar, or its Affiliate;

7.1.2 solicit from any person or entity that was a customer of Univar or any of its Affiliates during Executive’s employment with Univar, any business of a type or nature similar to the business of Univar or any of its Affiliates with such customer;

7.1.3 solicit, divert, or in any other manner persuade or attempt to persuade any supplier of Univar or any of its Affiliates to discontinue its relationship with Univar or its Affiliates;

7.1.4 solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any customers of Univar or its Affiliates; or

7.1.5 engage in or participate in the chemical distribution or logistics business.

7.2 Nothing in Section 7.1 limits Executive’s ability to hire an employee of Univar or any of its Affiliates in circumstances under which such employee first contacts Executive regarding employment and Executive does not violate any of Sections 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.1.4 or 7.1.5 herein.

7.3 Univar and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 7 do not impose an undue hardship on Executive and are not injurious to the public; that this provision is necessary to protect the business of Univar and its Affiliates; that the nature of Executive’s responsibilities with Univar under this Agreement provide and/or will provide Executive with access to Confidential Information that is valuable and confidential to Univar and its Affiliates; that Univar would not employ Executive if Executive did not agree to the provisions of this Section 7; that this Section 7 is reasonable in terms of length of time and scope; and that adequate consideration supports this Section 7. In the event that a court determines that any provision of this Section 7 is unreasonably broad or extensive, Executive agrees that such Court should narrow such provision to the extent necessary to make it reasonable and enforce the provision as narrowed.

7.4 This Section 7 supplements and does not replace any other obligations the Executive may have with regard to the subject matter herein.

8. Remedies. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement regarding dispute resolution, including Section 8, Executive agrees that Executive’s violation of any of Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement would cause Univar or its Affiliates irreparable harm which would not be adequately compensated by monetary damages and that an injunction may be granted by any court or courts having jurisdiction, restraining Executive from violation of the terms of this Agreement, upon any breach or

 

-5-


threatened breach of Executive of the obligations set forth in any of Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7. The preceding sentence shall not be construed to limit Univar or its Affiliates from any other relief or damages to which it may be entitled as a result of Executive’s breach of any provision of this Agreement, including Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7.

9. Venue. Except for proceedings for injunctive relief, the venue of any litigation arising out of Executive’s employment with Univar or interpreting or enforcing this Agreement shall lie in a court of appropriate jurisdiction in King County, Washington.

10. Disclosure . Executive agrees fully and completely to reveal the terms of the terms of Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement to any future employer or business contacts of Executive and authorizes Univar and its Affiliates, at their election, to make such disclosure.

11. Representation of Executive . Executive represents and warrants to Univar that Executive is free to enter into this Agreement and has no commitment, arrangement or understanding to or with any party that restrains or is in conflict with Executive’s performance of the covenants, services and duties provided for in this Agreement. Executive shall not in the course of Executive’s employment violate any obligation that Executive may owe any third party, including former employers.

12. Fees . The prevailing party will be entitled to its costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in any litigation relating to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.

13. Assignability . During Executive’s employment, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other; provided, however, that Univar may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without Executive’s consent to any of its Affiliates or to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation, if such successor carries on the business substantially in the form in which it is being conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, such assignment and Executive’s transfer of employment thereunder shall not be deemed a termination of employment under Section 3.2 of this Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon Executive, Executive’s heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns and on Univar, its successors and assigns.

14. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder is sufficient if in writing and delivered by e-mail, hand, by facsimile or by registered or certified mail, at a valid address of Executive on file with Univar, or in the case of Univar at the address of its principal executive offices (attention: General Counsel), or such other address as may be provided to each party by the other.

15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or compliance by any of the parties with any provision of this Agreement constitutes a violation of any law, or is or becomes unenforceable or void, then such provision, to the extent only that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary so that it is no longer in violation of law, unenforceable or void, and such provision will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If such modification is not possible, said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, unenforceable or void, shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement, which provisions will remain binding on the parties.

16. Waivers. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy granted hereby or by law.

17. Governing Law. The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of such laws.

 

-6-


18. Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of this Agreement shall survive a termination of this Agreement or the termination of Executive’s employment with Univar, except for obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4.

19. Entire Agreement . This instrument contains the entire agreement of Executive and Univar with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior such agreements and understandings, and there are no other such representations or agreements other than as stated in this Agreement related to the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment with Univar. This Agreement may be changed only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or discharge is sought, and any such modification agreed to by Univar must, in order to be binding upon Univar, be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of Univar.

20. Executive’s Recognition of Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understood this Agreement and agrees that its terms are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the business of Univar and its Affiliates. Executive acknowledges that Executive has been advised by Univar that Executive is entitled to have this Agreement reviewed by an attorney of his selection, at Executive’s expense, prior to signing, and that Executive has either done so or elected to forgo that right.

21. Delayed Payment under certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent required to avoid an excise tax under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the payment of any compensation pursuant to Sections 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3 or 3.4, shall be delayed for a period of six (6) months after Executive’s separation from service if Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). In such a circumstance, the payments that would otherwise have been made during such six (6) month period will be paid on the six-month anniversary of Executive’s separation from service.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly signed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

UNIVAR INC.     EXECUTIVE
By  

/s/ Edward Evans

   

/s/ Jason A. Grapski

      (Signature)
  Edward Evans    

 

  Executive Vice President     Jason A. Grapski
     

 

      (Date)

 

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE

This Release (“Release”) is entered into by              (“Executive”) with respect to the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Univar Inc. (the “Company”).

1. Executive’s last day of employment with the Company was              (“Termination Date”). Executive shall not seek future employment or any right to future employment with the Company, its parent or any of its affiliates.

2. Executive has been provided all compensation and benefits earned Executive by virtue of employment with the Company, except to the extent that Executive may still be owed salary earned during the last pay period prior to the Termination Date and accrued unused vacation and excluding the amounts payable to Executive under the Employment Agreement between Executive and the Company (“Employment Agreement”).

3. As consideration for the obligations undertaken by the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby releases the Company, Univar N.V., and its affiliates, including without limitation Univar USA, Inc. (formerly Vopak USA Inc.) and their respective officers, directors, and employees, from any and all claims, causes of action, and liability for damages of whatever kind, known or unknown, arising from or relating to Executive’s employment and separation from employment (“Released Claims”). Released Claims include claims (including claims to attorneys’ fees), damages, causes of action, and disputes of any kind whatsoever, including without limitation all claims for wages, employee benefits, and damages arising out of any: contracts, express or implied (including the Employment Agreement); tort; discrimination; wrongful termination; any federal, state, local, or other governmental statute or ordinance, including, without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (“ADEA”), Fair Labor Standards Act, the Washington Law Against Discrimination, the Washington Minimum Wage Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”); and any other legal limitation on the employment relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Released Claims” do not include claims for breach or enforcement of this Release, claims that arise after the execution of this Release, claims to vested benefits under ERISA, workers’ compensation claims, or any other claims that may not be released under this Release in accordance with applicable law.

4. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has not filed any litigation based on any Released Claims. Executive covenants and promises never to file, press, or join in any lawsuit based on any Released Claim and agrees that any such claim, if filed by Executive, shall be dismissed, except that this covenant and promise does not apply to any claim of Executive challenging the validity of this Release in connection with claims arising under the ADEA. Executive represents and warrants that Executive is the sole owner of any and all Released Claims that Executive may have; and that Executive has not assigned or otherwise transferred Executive’s right or interest in any Released Claim.

5. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has turned over to the Company all property of the Company, including without limitation all files, memoranda, keys, manuals, equipment, data, records, and other documents, including electronically recorded documents and data that Executive received from the Company or its employees or that Executive generated in the course of employment with the Company.

6. Executive specifically agrees as follows:

a. Executive has carefully read this Release and finds that it is written in a manner that Executive understands;

b. Executive is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Release;

 

-8-


c. Executive acknowledges that the Company is providing benefits in the form of payments and compensation, to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled in the absence of Executive’s entry into this Release, as consideration for Executive’s entering into this Release;

d. Executive understands that this Release is waiving any potential claims under the ADEA and other discrimination statutes, except as provided in this Release;

e. Executive is hereby advised by this Release to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and has done so or has knowingly and voluntarily waived the right to do so;

f. Executive understands she has a period of twenty-one (21) days from the date a copy of this Release is provided to Executive in which to consider and sign the Release (during which the offer will remain open), and that Executive has an additional seven (7) days after signing this Release within which to revoke acceptance of the Release;

g. If during the twenty-one (21) day waiting period Executive should elect not to sign this Release, or during the seven (7) day revocation period Executive should revoke acceptance of the Release, then this Release shall be void. The effective date of this Release shall be the eighth day after Executive signs and delivers this Release, provided she has not revoked acceptance; and

h. Executive may accept this Release before the expiration of the twenty-one (21) days, in which case Executive shall waive the remainder of the 21-day waiting period.

7. Executive hereby acknowledges his obligation to comply with the obligations that survive termination of the Employment Agreement, including without limitation those obligations with respect to confidentiality, inventions and nonsolicitation.

8. Section 3 of this Release is integral to its purpose and may not be severed from this Release. In the event that any other provision of this Release shall be found to be unlawful or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed narrowed to the extent required to make it lawful and enforceable. If such modification is not possible, such provision shall be severed from the Release and the remaining provisions shall remain fully valid and enforceable to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law. To the extent any terms of this Release are put into question, all provisions shall be interpreted in a manner that would make them consistent with current law.

9. With regard to the subject matter herein, this Release shall be interpreted pursuant to Washington law.

 

Executive:

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)
Dated:  

 

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.21

 

Univar Inc.
Human Resources Policies and Procedures
Management Incentive Plan–Exempt
Effective Date    Supersedes    Page
1 Jan 2015    2014 MIP    1 of 7

 

A. Policy.

The Management Incentive Plan (MIP or Plan) is designed to motivate key employees to achieve specific objectives that will help the Company grow, be profitable, and effectively manage and use its capital. The MIP focuses attention on key objectives, encourages planning and teamwork to achieve them, and enables participants to see a direct link between their contribution to the Company’s success and their compensation.

 

B. Effective Date.

The Plan was approved by the Univar Inc. Compensation Committee substantially in the form set forth herein on February 28, 2015, and, as amended, is effective January 1, 2015, or such later date as may be required to comply with the requirements of IRC Section 162(m) when it is approved by the Company’s shareholders. The Plan will remain in effect until such time as the Compensation Committee may elect to suspend, amend, or terminate it. Provided that, if subject to shareholder approval, the Plan shall not extend for a period beyond that approved by the shareholders or as required by law.

 

C. Eligibility.

1. Participants . Designated executives, managers and other key employees who work for the Company or one of its subsidiaries for more than one consecutive month during a Plan Year are eligible to participate in the MIP.

2. Participant Categories. Eligible Participants must be in one of the following categories:

 

  a. Exempt Participants . Participants who work in positions considered exempt from overtime pay under the wage-hour laws, but who are not in an eligible sales, supervisory, management or executive position.

 

  b. Sales Participants . Participants who work in eligible sales positions not covered under the Sales Incentive Plan (Policy #460) or specific business unit incentive plan.


Univar Inc.

Management Incentive Plan–Exempt (2014)

Page 2 of 7

 

  c. Supervisory Participants . Participants who work in positions considered exempt from overtime pay under the wage-hour laws, and who are in an eligible supervisory position.

 

  d. Management Participants . Participants who work in positions considered exempt from overtime pay under the wage-hour laws, and who are in an eligible management position.

 

  e. Executive Participants . Participants who work in positions considered exempt from overtime pay under the wage-hour laws, and who are in an eligible executive position.

3. Participant Rights . The Plan is not intended to confer contractual rights on any Participant. The payment of an MIP Award to a Participant with respect to any Plan Year does not guarantee the Participant future employment by the Company or its subsidiaries, nor future participation in the Plan. Employee’s rights under the Plan are not assignable.

4. Plan Changes . The Compensation Committee reserves the right to change, modify, amend, suspend, or discontinue the MIP at any time without prior notice in its sole discretion.

 

D. Definitions.

1. Plan Year . The Company’s fiscal year, from January 1 to December 31.

2. Internal Revenue Code (IRC or the Code) . The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto, and the U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued under it, including without limitation any such regulations or guidance that may be issued after the Plan’s Effective Date.

3. Covered Employee . As defined by IRC Section 162(m).

4. Salary . Base salary as of December 31 of the Plan Year. Company contributions to VIP or other fringe benefits, earned and paid during the Plan Year, are not included. Where applicable, in certain countries Salary includes 13 th , 14 th , and 15 th month salary and other payments considered by custom as fixed earnings for the purpose of calculating awards. This includes any direct salary paid by the Company, but does not include vacation bonuses, pay in lieu of vacations, assignment allowances, or any other regular, variable or incentive compensation paid by the Company or its subsidiaries.


Univar Inc.

Management Incentive Plan–Exempt (2014)

Page 3 of 7

 

E. Plan Administration.

1. Compensation Committee . The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, which has sole discretionary authority to interpret the Plan, and the Compensation Committee’s determinations will be final. The Compensation Committee may delegate its authority to members of the Company’s management team. (In the event of such delegation, the references in this document to Compensation Committee shall mean the delegated members of management). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is subject to IRC Section 162(m), to the extent the Compensation Committee is not comprised solely of members who are “outside directors” within the meaning of IRC Section 162(m), the Plan will be administered by a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee comprised of outside directors within the meaning of IRC Section 162(m). In the latter event, references in the Plan to the Compensation Committee will be deemed to refer to such subcommittee of the Compensation Committee.

2. Compensation Committee Discretion . All MIP Awards are subject to the Compensation Committee’s discretion. Subject to restrictions imposed by IRC Section 162(m), if such provision is applicable, the Compensation Committee has full authority to:

 

  a . Vary, withhold, grant, or reinstate MIP Awards;

 

  b . Vary or eliminate performance goals, targets, and metrics; and

 

  c . Determine, calculate, and vary performance assessments.

The Compensation Committee may decide how any performance goals, targets or metrics shall be adjusted to the extent necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of any MIP Award as a result of extraordinary events or circumstances, as determined by the Compensation Committee, or to exclude the effects of extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring items; changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles; currency fluctuations; discontinued operations; non-cash items, such as amortization, depreciation, or reserves; asset impairment; or any recapitalization, restructuring, reorganization, merger, acquisition, divestiture, consolidation, spin-off, split-up, combination, liquidation, dissolution, sale of assets, or other similar corporate transaction. Provided, however, that no such adjustment will be made to the MIP Award of a Covered Employee if the effect of such adjustment would cause the award to fail to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of IRC Section 162(m), if such provision is applicable. The Plan will be subject to any policy implemented by the Company as related to the forfeiture of incentive compensation or benefits.

3. Compliance with IRC Section 409A . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Sections E.1 and E.2, and notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan and MIP Awards paid under it will be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of IRC Section 409A, and payments under the Plan are anticipated to be made within the time frames anticipated by IRC Section 409A. In addition, if the Compensation


Univar Inc.

Management Incentive Plan–Exempt (2014)

Page 4 of 7

 

Committee determines that any amounts payable under the Plan will be taxable to a Participant under IRC Section 409A, then prior to payment to such Participant of such amount, the Compensation Committee may:

 

  a . Adopt such amendments to the Plan and MIP Awards and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Compensation Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by the Plan and MIP Awards hereunder; and/or

 

  b . Take such other actions as the Compensation Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of IRC Section 409A.

4. Delegation of Authority . The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, delegate to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer the authority (subject to the terms and conditions the Compensation Committee shall determine) to grant and administer MIP Awards to Participants who are not Covered Employees.

5. Target-Setting Process . The Compensation Committee will assign to each executive employee Participant an MIP Award basis related to the individual’s responsibilities. Members of management will assign to other employee Participants and MIP Award basis related to the individual’s responsibilities. Individual MIP Awards will depend on the attainment of any of the following performance criteria, either alone or in any combination, which may be expressed with respect to the Company or one or more operating units or groups, as the Compensation Committee may determine: cash flow; cash flow from operations; total earnings; earnings per share, diluted or basic; earnings per share from continuing operations, diluted or basic; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; earnings from operations; net asset turnover; inventory turnover; capital expenditures; net earnings; operating earnings; gross or operating margin; debt; working capital; return on equity; return on net assets; return on total assets; return on capital; return on investment; return on sales; net or gross sales; market share; economic value added; cost of capital; change in assets; expense reduction levels; debt reduction; productivity; delivery performance; safety record; stock price; and total stockholder return.

Performance goals may be determined on an absolute basis or relative to internal goals or relative to levels attained in prior Plan Years or related to other companies or indices or as ratios expressing relationships between two or more performance goals.

6. MIP Award Percentages . No later than 90 days after the beginning of a Plan Year, the Compensation Committee or the members of management will assign to each Participant a target MIP Award as a percentage of their Salary.


Univar Inc.

Management Incentive Plan–Exempt (2014)

Page 5 of 7

 

7. MIP Award Calculation . A Participant’s actual MIP Award may range from 0% to 200% of their target MIP Award, depending on the degree to which specified performance goals are achieved. MIP Awards earned between target points are based on interpolation of the data. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any agreement to the contrary, in no event may a Participant’s MIP Award for any Plan Year exceed US$2.5 million. Total awards calculated under the Plan will be reviewed by the Compensation Committee, and the Compensation Committee has the discretion to vary the Plan, including an increase or reduction in the amount of a Participant’s available MIP Award (including a reduction to zero), based on any subjective or objective factors it determines to be appropriate in its sole discretion. Provided, however, in the case of a Covered Employee the Compensation Committee may reduce (including a reduction to zero), but may not increase the amount of an available MIP Award or waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals. This Plan shall be subject to any clawback or similar policy adopted at any time by the Company. Participants who violate any Company policy, any agreement with the Company or any law, as determined in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, shall forfeit their rights to any MIP Award.

8. Performance Standard. If a Participant is on a written progressive discipline plan at any time during a Plan Year, the Compensation Committee may reduce a portion of the Participant’s MIP Award for that Plan Year.

9. Errors . If an error is made in calculating the amount of a MIP Award, as determined in the Compensation Committee’s sole discretion, the Compensation Committee reserves the right to correct the award and to request the repayment of any such award that was paid and/or to offset the amount of any such award from any severance pay which the Company may choose to pay.

10. Partial Year Participation . Subject to IRC Section 162(m), if such provision is applicable, if a Participant was eligible for the MIP for only a portion of a Plan Year, or worked during a Plan Year in different positions, grades, geographic groups, locations, business units, incentive plans, related companies, etc., each period of work while in an MIP-eligible position will be pro-rated based on the number of calendar days the Participant worked in each position, with the payout multiple and corresponding MIP Award calculated separately for each period.

11. Participation in MIP and Sales Incentive Plan . SIP payments are subject to adjustment for employees who participate in both the MIP and Sales Incentive Plan (460) during any quarter of a Plan Year. For such quarters, the SIP bonus will be adjusted to reflect the portion of the quarter they worked in an MIP-eligible position.

12. Periods of Disability or Unpaid Leave . Participants who suffer periods of illness or disability, or take unpaid leave, during all or a portion of a Plan Year will have their MIP Award, if any, for that Plan Year reduced under the following terms:


Univar Inc.

Management Incentive Plan–Exempt (2014)

Page 6 of 7

 

  a. Sick Leave . No effect on MIP Award.

 

  b. Short-Term Disability . Participants on short-term disability will not receive a MIP Award for the days they were on short-term disability.

 

  c. Long-Term Disability . Participants on long-term disability will not receive a MIP Award for the days they were on long-term disability.

 

  d. Workers’ Compensation . Participants on workers’ compensation will have their MIP Award reduced by the percentage their pay is reduced, if any, for the days they were on workers’ compensation.

 

  e. Unpaid Leave . Participants who take unpaid leave of any type, including unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act or any state law equivalent, will not receive a MIP Award for the days they were on such leave. This does not apply to vacation days used by Participants for part of any such leave.

 

  f . Military Leave. Periods of active duty will have no effect on a Participant’s MIP Award.

13. Timing and Form of Payment . In the United States, MIP Awards will be paid by March 15 th of the year following the Plan Year. In other countries, MIP Awards will be paid based on local tax and compensation practices. All MIP Awards will be paid in cash directly to Participants, subject to applicable taxes and other deductions.

14. Termination of Employment During or After Plan Year .

 

  a. During Plan Year .

 

  (1) Death or Retirement . Participants whose employment terminates during a Plan Year due to death or retirement are eligible for a pro-rata MIP Award for the number of days worked in an MIP-eligible position during the Plan Year. For purposes of this Plan, retirement shall mean a voluntary termination of employment by an individual who is at least 60 years of age and had five years of service with the Company.

 

  (2) Resignation . Participants who resign their employment with the Company during a Plan Year are not eligible for a MIP Award for that Plan Year. Participants who resign their employment during a Plan Year, but who wish their resignation to be effective at the end of that Plan Year, may have their resignations accepted by the Company before the end of the Plan Year, and so be ineligible for an MIP Award.


Univar Inc.

Management Incentive Plan–Exempt (2014)

Page 7 of 7

 

  (3) Reduction in Force . Subject to the other provisions herein, Participants whose employment terminates during the Plan Year due to a reduction in force are not eligible for a MIP Award for that Plan Year.

 

  (4) Discharge . Participants who are discharged for any reason during the Plan Year are not eligible for an MIP Award for that Plan Year.

 

  b. After Plan Year, But Before Payout . A Participant whose employment terminates for any reason other than discharge after the end of a Plan Year, but before an MIP Award has been paid for that year, is not eligible for an award for that completed Plan Year.

15. Participants Rehired During Plan Year . Participants who terminate their employment during a Plan Year, and who are then rehired during the same Plan Year, may be given credit for their previous service during the Plan Year based on the following rules:

 

Reason for

Termination

  

Credit Given for Previous

Service during Plan Year

Discharge

   No

Resignation

   Yes

Retirement

   Yes

Reduction in Force

   Yes

Participants who terminate their employment during one Plan Year, and who are then rehired during another Plan Year, will not be given credit for their service during the first Plan Year. Each Plan Year will be treated separately.

16. Unfunded Plan . The Company is not required to purchase assets, place assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made, or to otherwise segregate assets for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan. Participants have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company.

17. Limit of Liability . Neither the Company nor any other person participating in the interpretation, administration or application of the Plan will have any liability to any Participant or other party for any action taken or not taken in good faith under the Plan.

Exhibit 10.27

UNIVAR USA INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL VALUED INVESTMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective as of June 1, 2014)

1. Purpose . The purpose of this Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan is to provide a select group of management or highly compensated employees of Univar USA Inc. and certain affiliated companies designated by the President of Univar USA Inc. or the Pension Management Committee with a Plan benefit that permits them to defer the receipt of certain Compensation and be credited with employer contributions. It is the intention of the Company, and it is the understanding of those Participants covered under the Plan, that the Plan is unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A with respect to amounts that are accrued or become vested after 2004 (and earnings thereon), and shall be interpreted to the maximum extent possible in a manner consistent with such intent.

2. Effective Date . This Plan was originally established effective January 1, 2000. It was amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 to comply with Code Section 409A with respect to amounts that became accrued or vested after 2004 and earnings thereon and was not intended to materially modify the terms of the Plan applicable to amounts that were accrued and vested under the Plan as of December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon. This document is a complete amendment and restatement of the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan effective June 1, 2014 with changes to the deferral election process applying June 1, 2014 and all other changes applying for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2015, except as otherwise provided herein.

3. Definitions .

Beneficiary means the person or entity designated pursuant to and in accordance with the VIP.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company means Univar USA Inc., its corporate successors, and any corporation or corporations into which it may be merged or consolidated. It also means those affiliated companies of Univar USA Inc. which have, with the consent of the President of Univar USA Inc. or the Pension Management Committee, adopted the Plan as a participating employer. Affiliated companies participating in the Plan are listed in Appendix A, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

Company Match means the amount the Company will credit in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 of this Plan.

Compensation means compensation as defined in Article I of the VIP as amended from time to time, such definition to be incorporated herein by reference, except that (i) the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit specified therein shall not be part of the Compensation definition for purposes of this Plan, and (ii) for purposes of determining the amount of a Participant’s Deferrals


and Retirement Contributions (but not Company Match) for a Plan Year, Deferrals a Participant makes to this Plan during such Plan Year shall be included in Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of Deferrals and Company Match, Compensation shall not include (1) Performance-Based Compensation if a Participant is hired after the Company establishes the performance criteria for such Performance-Based Compensation and (2) Compensation that is based on performance criteria but is not Performance-Based Compensation.

Deferral Election Procedure means the commitment made by the Participant to defer between one percent (1%) and seventy-five percent (75%) (inclusive) of the Participant’s Compensation to this Plan, with such deferrals applying to Compensation received in the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the election is made.

Deferrals mean the Participant’s elective deferrals of Compensation under this Plan.

Distribution Event is as defined in Section 9.

Employee means any person who is employed by the Company who meets the definitional requirements of “Employee” as defined in the VIP.

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Participant means an Employee who meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.1 and becomes a Plan Participant pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan.

Performance-Based Compensation means Compensation received based upon the satisfaction of pre-established performance criteria of the Employee, Company or its affiliates as determined by the Company relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months as defined under Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

Plan means the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan.

Plan Account means those bookkeeping accounts established by the Company for each Plan Participant, which shall reflect (a) all Deferrals and any investment earnings, gains and losses credited with respect thereto, (b) all Company Match credited by the Company to each Participant, and any investment earnings, gains, and losses credited with respect thereto, and (c) Retirement Contributions credited by the Company to each Participant who is eligible for such contributions, and any investment earnings, gains, and losses credited with respect thereto.

Plan Administrator means the Pension Management Committee as established from time to time by Univar USA Inc. (herein referred to as the “Pension Management Committee”).

Plan Year means the 12-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31.

 

2


Post-2004 Account means amounts that are either credited to a Participant’s Plan Account or become vested after 2004 and earnings thereon.

Pre-2005 Account means amounts that were credited to a Participant’s Plan Account and vested as of December 31, 2004 and earnings thereon.

Retirement Contribution means the amount which the Company will credit in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2 of this Plan.

VIP means the Univar USA Inc. Valued Investment Plan as amended from time to time.

4. Participation .

4.1 Employee Eligibility. An Employee shall be eligible to make Deferrals and receive Company Match in the Plan for an up-coming Plan Year if on the date selected by the Pension Management Committee for determining eligibility for such Plan Year (see below), the Employee is an eligible employee in the VIP and meets the following criteria:

(i) The Employee (a) is employed at the Company’s compensation band 1, 2, or 3, or (b) if he or she was not employed at the Company’s compensation band 1, 2 or 3 as of April 30, 2011, was a Participant who was eligible to make Deferrals for the 2011 Plan Year and made Deferrals in the 2011 Plan Year or in a prior Plan Year; and

(ii) The Employee is earning a base salary at least equal to the amount set forth in Code Section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) (as adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 414(q)(1)) which would have caused the Employee to be considered a highly compensated employee pursuant to Code Section 414(q) for the up-coming Plan Year (e.g., $115,000 is the threshold for base salary for participation during the 2015 Plan Year because an employee has to earn at least $115,000 in total compensation in 2014 to be considered highly compensated in 2015 for VIP purposes).

An Employee shall be determined eligible to make Deferrals and receive Company Match for a Plan Year as of a date between April 1 and April 30 of the calendar year immediately preceding the applicable Plan Year, such date to be selected by the Pension Management Committee in its sole discretion.

An Employee shall be eligible to receive Retirement Contributions for a Plan Year if the Employee makes Deferrals to the Plan for such Plan Year or has retirement contributions in the VIP limited by Code Sections 401(a)(17) or 415(c).

4.2 Participation. An Employee shall not become a Participant in the Plan with respect to making Deferrals or receiving Company Match until the Employee’s Deferral Election Procedure is properly completed. An Employee’s eligibility to make Deferrals and receive Company Match is determined each year for the upcoming Plan Year. Subject to Section 5.3,

 

3


individuals who first become an Employee eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1, or who again become eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1 after not being eligible in a prior Plan Year, shall not be allowed to commence (or recommence) active participation in this Plan until the following Plan Year.

An Employee shall become a Participant with respect to Retirement Contributions on the earlier of the date he or she makes Deferrals or has retirement contributions in the VIP limited by Code Sections 401(a)(17) or 415(c), provided the Participant is eligible to have employer nonelective retirement contributions made to the VIP on his or her behalf. A Participant who is eligible to receive Retirement Contributions need not make Deferrals to receive Retirement Contributions under this Plan.

4.3 Effect and Duration. Upon becoming a Participant, an Employee shall be entitled to the benefits and shall be bound by all terms and conditions of the Plan. Each Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan shall remain a Participant until his termination of participation in the Plan, provided however, that such Participant shall be eligible to make deferrals to the Plan and receive Company Match and Retirement Contributions (if otherwise eligible) only as long as the Participant meets the requirements of Section 4.1 of the Plan, as amended from time to time.

4.4 Re-employment. If an Employee’s employment is terminated and such Employee is subsequently rehired by the Company, such Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan only if the Employee meets the eligibility criteria of Section 4.1.

5. Deferrals .

5.1 Manner . A Participant may defer not less than one percent (1%) and not more than seventy-five percent (75%) of his Compensation to the Plan. Such Deferrals shall apply to all Compensation received by the Participant in the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the election is made. Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Plan Account as of each applicable pay period in which the Participant makes Deferrals to the Plan. If an Employee who meets the eligibility criteria in Section 4.1 fails to properly complete the Deferral Election Procedure by the prescribed time or in the manner specified by the Plan Administrator, he will be deemed to have elected not to make any Deferrals for the applicable Plan Year. Deferral elections shall not carry over from one year to the next, but instead new elections must be made for each new Plan Year.

5.2 Timing . Plan Participants must complete the Deferral Election Procedure with respect to an up-coming Plan Year during an enrollment period established by the Plan Administrator, which enrollment period shall be some period of time between the dates of May 1 and June 30 of the calendar year that immediately precedes such up-coming Plan Year. The Deferral Election Procedure apply to Compensation paid in the Plan Year that immediately follows the calendar year in which the form is submitted.

5.3 Irrevocability of Election . For Plan Years for which a Participant has completed the Deferral Election Procedure, the Participant may not change, terminate or increase or

 

4


decrease his Deferrals. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 5.3, during the period that a Participant is on either short term disability or long term disability under the Employer’s short-term or long-term disability plans, Deferrals shall not be made to the Plan. Once such a Participant returns to active employment with the Employer, Deferrals will immediately recommence to this Plan at the same deferral percentage rate as in effect before the Participant commenced his or her disability leave. For purposes of this Section 5.3, a Participant shall be considered disabled if the Participant has a medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months. A Participant who terminates employment after having submitted a deferral election for a Plan Year and is rehired before the end of such Plan Year in a position that meets the eligibility criteria of Section 4.1 will immediately recommence Deferrals to this Plan for such Plan Year at the same deferral percentage rate the Participant had elected prior to his or her termination of employment.

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant takes a hardship withdrawal from the VIP, the Participant’s election for Deferrals under this Plan shall be cancelled for the remainder of the calendar year in which the withdrawal is made and for the calendar year that includes the six-month anniversary of the date in which the hardship withdrawal is received (if different), in accordance with the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Code Section 409A.

6. Employer Contributions .

6.1 Company Match . No later than the January after the end of a Plan Year, the Company shall credit to the Plan Account of any Participant an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

  (i) the amount of the Participant’s Deferrals made during such Plan Year, or

 

  (ii) 4% of the sum of

(a) the amount of Compensation the Participant received in such Plan Year that was in excess of the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit, plus

(b) his or her Deferrals made in such Plan Year.

6.2 Retirement Contributions . For any Participant who is eligible to receive a retirement contribution pursuant to Section 3.5 of the VIP, the Company shall credit such Participant’s Plan Account with a Retirement Contribution. The Retirement Contribution shall be an amount equal to the difference between the amount of the retirement contribution allocated to the Participant’s retirement contribution account in the VIP for such Plan Year and the amount of the retirement contribution that would have been contributed and allocated to the Participant’s retirement contribution account in the VIP for such Plan Year if (i) the limits under Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(c) did not apply to the VIP, and (ii) Deferrals a Participant makes to this Plan during such Plan Year were included in the definition of compensation in Article I of the VIP. Retirement Contributions earned by a Participant for a Plan Year shall be credited no later than the January that immediately follows the Plan Year for which it is made.

 

5


7. Investments.

7.1 Plan Account . All Deferrals and Company Match and Retirement Contributions (if any) shall be credited to a Plan Account established in the Participant’s name. A Participant’s Plan Account is a bookkeeping device to track the amount of deferrals, Company Match and Retirement Contributions and earnings with respect thereto, the vested portion of which the Company owes the Participant. No assets shall be reserved or segregated in connection with any Plan Account, and no Plan Account shall be insured or otherwise secured.

7.2 Investment of Plan Account . A Participant’s Plan Account shall be deemed to be invested in the investment options and percentages that are selected by the Participant. The Plan Administrator shall determine and communicate to Participants the investment options available under the Plan which might not be the same investment options available under the VIP. If the Participant fails to make an investment election, his or her Plan Account will be deemed to be invested in a default fund that is specified by the Plan Administrator for the Plan. The Plan Account shall be adjusted to reflect the earnings, gains and losses, net of any allocable costs or expenses, such account would experience had it actually been invested in the specific funds at the relevant times. Participants may change their deemed investment elections under the Plan by notifying the Plan Administrator (or its delegate, or the Trustee of the rabbi trust that may be established for their Plan Account) of their change in investment election for their Plan Account. The Plan Administrator or its delegate shall set forth from time to time the procedures Participants are to use in making or changing their deemed investment elections for their Plan Accounts. The Company is not obligated to actually invest any assets in the investment funds selected by the Participant.

7.3 Valuation of Plan Accounts . The Plan Administrator or its delegate shall determine the value of each Participant’s Plan Account balance on each date that the deemed investment options available under the Plan are valued by the managers of such investment options, and the value of the deemed investment earnings, gains and losses on Deferrals and Company Match and Retirement Contributions (if any) shall be determined in the same manner and consistent with the valuations given by the managers of such investment options.

7.4 Determination of Amount . The Plan Administrator or its delegate shall verify the amount of Deferrals, Company Match and Retirement Contributions (if any), and earnings, gains and losses to be credited to each Participant’s Plan Account in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. This determination shall be final and conclusive upon all Participants and Beneficiaries hereunder, absent manifest error. As soon as reasonably practicable after the close of the Plan Year, the Plan Administrator or its delegate shall send to each Participant an itemized accounting statement which shall reflect the Participant’s Plan Account balance.

7.5 Effect of Plan Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the termination of either the Plan or the VIP shall terminate the liability of the Company to make Company Match or Retirement Contributions to the Plan with respect to

 

6


Compensation received after such plan termination. Termination of the Plan will also terminate the liability of the Company to make Deferrals to the Plan with respect to Compensation received after such plan termination at such time as is permitted by Code Section 409A and the applicable regulations and IRS guidance thereunder.

8. Vesting .

8.1 Vesting in Deferrals and Company Match . For purposes of determining a Participant’s vested interest in Company Match and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon credited to a Participant’s Plan Account, a Participant shall become vested in those Company Match and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon in accordance with the vesting provisions as set forth in Article 6 of the VIP, as amended from time to time, such provisions to be herein incorporated by reference. A Participant shall always be 100% vested in his Deferrals and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon.

8.2 Vesting in Retirement Contributions . For purposes of determining a Participant’s vested interest in Retirement Contributions and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon credited to a Participant’s Plan Account, a Participant shall become vested in those Retirement Contributions and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon in accordance with the vesting provisions as set forth in Section 6.1 of the VIP relating to retirement contributions made under the VIP, as amended from time to time, such provisions to be herein incorporated by reference. Thus a Participant shall become vested in his or her Retirement Contributions under this Plan and deemed investment earnings, gains and losses thereon if and when he or she becomes vested in his or her retirement contribution account in the VIP.

9. Distribution . For purposes of this Plan, a Participant’s “Distribution Event” shall mean the first to occur of the following events: the Participant’s death, permanent disability, or separation from service with the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, a Participant who separates from service with the Company in connection with a transfer of employment from the Company to an affiliate of the Company (including any affiliated companies that have not adopted the Plan as a participating employer) shall not be treated as having separated from service with the Company nor as having a Distribution Event for purposes of this Section 9. Such a Participant will be considered to have separated from service with the Company when he or she has terminated employment with the affiliate, the Company and all other affiliates of the Company.

 

  (a) Separation from Service . For purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant’s Pre-2005 Account, “separation from service” shall mean termination of employment (as that term was used and interpreted by the Plan Administrator under the terms of the Plan in effect prior to 2005). For purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant’s Post-2004 Account, “separation from service” shall have the meaning set forth in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) and Treasury Regulations thereunder and other applicable guidance from the Internal Revenue Service.

 

7


  (b) Permanent Disability . For purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant’s Pre-2005 Account, “permanent disability” or “permanently disabled” shall have the meaning used and interpreted by the Plan Administrator under the terms of the Plan in effect prior to 2005. For purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant’s Post-2004 Account, “permanent disability” or “permanently disabled” shall mean the Participant (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s employer. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, the terms “permanent disability” or “permanently disabled” shall have the meaning set forth in Code Sections 409A(a)(2)(A)(ii) and 409A(a)(2)(C) and Treasury Regulations thereunder and other applicable guidance from the Internal Revenue Service.

9.1 Distribution of Pre-2005 Account. The distribution of the Participant’s Pre-2005 Account shall be made in a single cash lump sum payment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Distribution Event occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may elect that in lieu of the foregoing, the Participant will receive either a single cash lump sum payment during the month of January which immediately follows the calendar year in which the Distribution Event occurs or his benefit payment in three (3) substantially equal annual cash installments. If installment payments are elected, the first installment shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable after the Distribution Event occurs, and the second and third payments shall be paid on the respective 1 year anniversary dates of the date of the Distribution Event. If a Participant wishes to receive his benefit payment in the January which immediately follows the calendar year in which the Distribution Event occurs or in three annual installments (as opposed to in an immediate lump sum payment), the Participant must make such an election (i) in the form and manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, (ii) at least six (6) months prior to the Participant’s Distribution Event, and (iii) in a calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the Distribution Event occurs. A distribution election (or change in election) that does not meet these requirements will not be valid or effective.

If a Participant dies before the distribution of his Plan benefit has been made or commenced, the Participant’s entire vested interest under the Plan shall be distributed within 60 days of the date of death to his Beneficiary in the form of an immediate single cash lump sum payment. In the event the Participant dies without a designated beneficiary (or a designated beneficiary that survives the Participant), the Plan benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s estate. If a Participant elects to receive his or her Plan Account in the form of installments and the Participant dies after such installment payments have commenced but before the Participant receives his or her entire benefits, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall continue to receive the Participant’s vested Plan Account in the form of installment payments under the installment schedule elected by the Participant.

 

8


9.2 Distribution of Post-2004 Account . Except as set forth below in this Section 9.2 or in Sections 9.3 or 9.4, the vested portion of a Participant’s Post-2004 Account shall be distributed in a single cash lump sum during the month of January immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Distribution Event occurs (where such Distribution Event is the first to occur of separation from service or permanent disability). A Participant may elect to receive the vested portion of his or her Post-2004 Account in a single cash lump-sum payable in the number of years (specified by the Participant and must be at least five (5) years) after the January immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant has a Distributable Event which is separation from service or permanent disability. To be effective, a Participant’s distribution delay election must be submitted to the Plan Administrator prior to the calendar year in which the Participant has the Distribution Event in the form and manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator. A Participant may only submit one distribution delay election and, once submitted, the election cannot be revoked or changed by the Participant for any reason. If the Participant dies prior to receiving his or her Post-2004 Account, the vested portion of such account shall be distributed to his or her Beneficiary in a single cash lump-sum payment within 60 days of the Participant’s death.

9.3 Cash-Outs of Small Plan Accounts . Notwithstanding anything in this Article 9 of the Plan to the contrary (other than Section 9.4 below), if the vested portion of a Participant’s Plan Account payable to any person under the terms of this Plan is less than or equal to the cash-out threshold set forth in Code Section 411(a)(11), as amended from time to time (currently $5,000), the Participant’s Plan Account shall be paid in a single cash lump sum payment as soon as reasonably practicable (and in no event later than 90 days) after a Distribution Event occurs.

9.4 Six Month Delay for Specified Employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time a Participant separates from service the Participant is considered a “specified employee” subject to the required six month delay in benefit payments under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), then any distribution of the Participant’s vested Post-2004 Account that would otherwise be made within the first six (6) months after such Participant’s separation from service shall be paid in a single lump sum on (or within 15 days after) the six month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service. Nothing in this Section 9.4 shall change the form or timing of benefit payout if a Participant who is a specified employee dies after separation from service and before the six month anniversary of such separation from service.

10. Loans and Withdrawals . Prior to the Participant’s permanent disability or separation from service with the Company, the Participant may not withdraw any amounts from his Plan Account. Participants may not borrow from or against their Plan Accounts.

11. Administration of Plan . The Pension Management Committee, which shall be the “Administrator” of the Plan for purposes of ERISA and the “Plan Administrator” for purposes of the Code, shall be responsible for the general administration of the Plan, for carrying out the provisions hereof, and for determining the amount of payments hereunder. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole and absolute discretionary authority and power to interpret, construe and carry out the provisions of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the authority and power (a) to determine all questions relating to the eligibility for and the amount of any benefit to be paid under the Plan, (b) to determine all questions pertaining to claims for benefits and

 

9


procedures for claim review, (c) to interpret and construe ambiguous Plan terms and resolve all other questions arising under the Plan, including any questions of construction or interpretation, and (d) to take such further action as the Plan Administrator shall deem necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan. Subject to the requirements of law, the Plan Administrator shall be the sole judge of the standard of proof required in any claim for benefits and in any determination of eligibility for a benefit. All decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties. The Plan Administrator may employ such attorneys, investment counsel, agents, and accountants and designate employees of the Company as it may deem necessary or advisable to assist it in carrying out its duties hereunder.

12. Amendment or Termination of the Plan .

12.1 Reservation of Rights . Univar USA Inc. may amend or terminate the Plan at any time by action of its Board of Directors, President or Pension Management Committee. No such action shall reduce the amount credited to any Participant’s Plan Account as of the effective date of such amendment or termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Board of Directors of Univar USA Inc. may adopt amendments that, at the time of adoption, are expected to significantly increase the cost of the Plan to the Company. In the event Univar USA Inc. terminates the Plan, Participants with existing Plan Account balances will automatically become 100% vested in their Plan Accounts.

12.2 Effect of Plan Termination . If Univar USA Inc. terminates the Plan, Participants shall receive a distribution of their Plan Accounts at the same time and in the same manner as if the Plan had not been terminated; provided however, that Univar USA Inc. may decide, in its sole discretion, to distribute Pre-2005 Accounts in a single cash lump-sum payment as soon as practicable (and in no event later than 90 days) following termination of the Plan.

13. Limitation of Rights . Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a commitment or agreement by the Company to any Employee hereunder to continue his employment with the Company for any period of time, in any position, or at any particular rate of compensation or compensation grade level. All Participants shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Plan had never been put into effect.

14. Participant’s Unsecured Rights . The benefits provided by this Plan are unfunded and unsecured. All benefits payable under this Plan are paid either from the general assets of the Company, or from the rabbi trusts established by Univar USA Inc. or its affiliates that are participating employers in this Plan (i.e., companies treated as the Company as herein defined). Univar USA Inc. and the participating employers listed on Appendix A hereto are jointly and severally liable for the payment of Plan benefits to Participants. Univar Delaware, Inc. has established a rabbi trust that will, absent the insolvency of Univar Delaware, Inc., pay Plan benefits to Participants employed (or last employed) by Univar Inc. or Univar Delaware, Inc. Univar USA Delaware, Inc. has established a rabbi trust that will, absent the insolvency of Univar USA Delaware, Inc., pay Plan benefits to Participants employed (or last employed) by Univar USA Inc. or Univar USA Delaware, Inc. or any affiliate of Univar USA Inc. other than Univar Inc. or Univar Delaware, Inc. Rabbi trust assets shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the company that established the trust should such company become insolvent.

 

10


Nothing contained in this Plan requires the Company to set aside or hold in trust any amounts or assets for the purpose of paying benefits to Participants. This Plan creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company to pay to the Participant or Beneficiary an amount equal to the vested portion of the value of the Participant’s Plan Account. The Participant shall be no more than a general unsecured creditor of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of the Company or any rabbi trust for payment of any obligations hereunder.

15. Claims Procedure .

15.1 Claims for Benefits .

 

  (a) Non-Disability Claims . The Plan Administrator or its delegate shall notify a person making a claim for non-disability benefits under this Plan (herein referred to as the “Claimant”) in writing, within ninety (90) days after it receives his written application for benefits, of his eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Plan and the amount of such benefits. If the Plan Administrator or its delegate determines that a Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth: (i) the specific reasons for such denial; (ii) a specific reference to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his claim, and a description of why it is needed; and (iv) an explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure, including the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review. . If the Plan Administrator or its delegate determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Plan Administrator or its delegate shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time of the initial review for up to an additional ninety-day period.

 

  (b) Disability Claims . The Plan Administrator shall determine Claimant’s rights to disability benefits under the Plan. In the event of a dispute over benefits, a Claimant may file a written claim for benefits with the Plan Administrator, provided that such claim is filed within 180 days of the date the Claimant receives notification of the Plan Administrator determination.

If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Committee shall provide the Claimant with a notice of denial, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth: (1) The specific reason for the denial; (2) Specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (3) Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit his or her claim for review, including a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures and a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review; (4) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (5) An explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and a statement that any specific rule, guideline, protocol or other specific criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination will be provided free of charge upon request.

 

11


The notice of denial shall be given within 45 days after the claim is received by the Plan Administrator. This period may be extended for up to 30 days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 45-day period, of the reason for the extension and the date by which a decision on the claim can be expected. If, prior to the end of the first 30-day extension period, the Plan Administrator determines that a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to an additional 30 days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant, prior to the expiration of the first 30-day extension period, of the reason for the extension and the date as of which a decision on the claim can be expected. With respect to any extension under this paragraph, the notice of extension shall explain the standards on which entitlement to a benefit issue is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim, and the additional information needed to resolve those issues. The Claimant shall be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information and the period for making the benefit determination shall be tolled from the date on which the notice of extension is sent to the Claimant until the date on which the Claimant responds to the request for additional information.

15.2 Appeals .

 

  (a) Non-Disability Appeals . If a Claimant is determined by the Plan Administrator or its delegate not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Plan Administrator by filing a written appeal for review with the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receipt of the denial notice issued by the Plan Administrator. The appeal shall state the specific reasons that the Claimant believes entitle him to benefits or to greater or different benefits. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the sixty (60) day period unless special circumstances require further time for processing, but in no event shall the decision on review be rendered more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the Plan Administrator received the request for review.. In the event the Plan Administrator confirms the denial of the application for benefits, in whole or in part, such notice shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, the specific reasons for such denial and specific references to the Plan provisions on which the decision was based, the Applicant’s right to receive upon request, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all relevant documents, records and other information to his claim, and his right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA. The Plan Administrator’s decision on appeal shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties.

 

  (b)

Disability Appeals . The Claimant and/or representative may appeal the denied claim and may (1) request a review upon written application to the Plan Administrator, (2) review pertinent documents, and (3) submit issues and comments in writing; provided

 

12


  that such appeal is made within 180 days of the date the Claimant receives notification of the denied claim. If written request for review is not made within such 180 day period, the Claimant shall forfeit his or her right to review.

Upon receipt of a request for review, the Plan Administrator shall issue a written decision reaffirming, modifying or setting aside its former action within 45 days after receipt of the written request for review, or 90 days if special circumstances (such as a hearing, if the Plan’s procedures provide for a hearing) require an extension. The Claimant shall be notified in writing of any such extension within 45 days following the request for review. A copy of the decision shall be furnished to the Claimant. The decision shall set forth the Plan Administrator’s reasons for the decision, pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based, a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits, a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA Section 502(a), and a copy of the specific rule, guideline, protocol or other specific criterion that was relied upon in making the decision (or a statement that such guideline or protocol will be provided free of charge upon request).

16. Miscellaneous .

16.1 Corporate Assets . All Deferrals, Company Match and Retirement Contributions and any earnings, gains and losses credited to a Participant’s Plan Account remain the assets and property of the Company (or, to the extent such amounts are held in a rabbi trust, assets and property of such trust), which shall be subject to distribution to the Participant only in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan. With the exception of the creation of rabbi trusts as described in Section 14 above, nothing contained in the Plan shall create, or be construed as creating a trust of any kind or any other fiduciary relationship between the Participant, the Company or any person. It is the intention of the Company and the Participants that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA, as amended.

16.2 No Present Interest . Subject to any federal statute to the contrary, no right or benefit under the Plan and no right or interest in any Participant’s Plan Account shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right or benefit under the Plan, or Participant’s Plan Account, shall be void. No right, interest, or benefit under the Plan or Participant’s Plan Account shall be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the Participant or Beneficiary. If the Participant or Beneficiary becomes bankrupt or attempts to alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right under the Plan or Participant’s Plan Account, such attempt shall be void and unenforceable.

16.3 ERISA Plan . The Plan is intended to be an unfunded program maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for “a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.

 

13


16.4 Gender, Singular and Plural . All pronouns and variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

16.5 Captions . The captions of the sections and subsections of the Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

16.6 Validity . If any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any other provisions of the Plan.

16.7 Waiver of Breach . The waiver by the Company of any breach of any provision of the Plan by the Participant shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the Participant.

16.8 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Plan Administrator under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by first class mail to the principal office of Univar USA Inc., directed to the attention of the Plan Administrator. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery, or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark.

16.9 Expenses . The expenses of administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

16.10 Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that the Company in its discretion deems necessary to be withheld from any payment to any Participant or Beneficiary hereunder, by reason of any present or future law.

17. Legally Binding . In the event of any consolidation, merger, acquisition or reorganization, the obligations of the Company under this Plan shall continue and be binding on the Company and its successors or assigns. The rights, privileges, benefits and obligations under the Plan are intended to be legal obligations of the Company and binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns.

18. Other Benefits . Nothing in this Plan shall diminish or impair the Participant’s eligibility, participation or benefit entitlement under any qualified retirement plan for employees of the Company, or any other benefit, insurance or compensation plan or agreement of the Company now or hereinafter in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, benefits paid under this Plan shall not be considered as salary, wages or other compensation for purposes of calculating the amount of benefits payable under any other benefit plan, program or arrangement sponsored by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates including, without limitation, any pension, profit sharing, life, disability or severance benefits.

19. Venue and Governing Law . In the event the Company, Plan Administrator or any Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary) initiates litigation related to

 

14


this Plan, it is agreed and understood that venue for such action will be in King County, Washington. It is further agreed and understood that this Plan shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Washington, or federal law to the extent it preempts Washington law.

20. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs . In the event that a dispute regarding benefits arises between the Plan Administrator and Participants and such dispute is resolved through arbitration or litigation in court, the prevailing party(ies) shall be entitled to their reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in such action.

21. Former Accounts of Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan. Effective as of July 1, 2002, accounts in the Ellis & Everard (US Holdings) Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (“E&E Plan”) were transferred to this Plan and the provisions of this Plan (including, without limitation, provisions regarding deemed investments and the form and timing of benefit distributions) will govern such transferred accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, participants in the E&E Plan who are currently receiving payment of their E&E Plan benefit in a series of fixed annual installments over five, ten or fifteen years shall continue to receive such installment payments over the applicable time period with respect to their transferred E&E Plan account. Participants in the E&E Plan shall have all rights under this Plan with respect to their transferred accounts and such accounts are fully vested and nonforfeitable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Univar USA Inc. hereby adopts and executes the foregoing Plan this 29 th day of May, 2014.

 

UNIVAR USA INC.
By  

/s/ David E. Flitman

Its President

 

15


APPENDIX A

AFFILIATED COMPANIES PARTICIPATING IN THE PLAN

 

Company

   Effective Date

ChemPoint.com, Inc.

   January 1, 2000

Univar Inc.

   July 4, 2002

Univar Delaware, Inc.

   July 1, 2004

Univar USA Delaware, Inc.

   July 1, 2004

Magnablend

   July 1, 2014

Exhibit 10.28

UNIVAR CANADA LTD.

SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS PLAN

AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JUNE 1, 2007

 

1. Purpose .

The purpose in establishing the Supplemental Benefits Plan (“Plan”) is to provide retirement benefits to specifically designated participants of the Univar Canada Ltd. Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”) under the terms of that Pension Plan without regard to limitations on benefits imposed under Section 147.1(2) of the Income Tax Act and Regulation 8504 which apply to the Pension Plan.

For purposes of this Supplemental Benefits Plan, any terms specifically defined in the Pension Plan shall have the same meaning in this Plan.

 

2. Effective Date .

This Plan was established effective June 25, 1993 and was amended effective May 7, 1996. The Plan was also restated effective May 7, 1996, August 15, 1997 and July 1, 2002. The effective date of this amended and restated Plan is June 1, 2007.

 

3. Participation .

This Plan shall include only those employees of the Company who (i) are eligible to receive a benefit under the Pension Plan; (ii) have benefits affected by the limitation on benefits payable from the Pension Plan; (iii) are working for the Company in Canada and are neither U.S. citizens nor U.S. residents; and (iv) have been specifically designated to participate in this Plan by the Pension Management Committee of Univar Canada Ltd. (“Company”). Such an employee shall be referred to hereinafter as a “Participant”. An employee’s designation as a Participant may be revoked at any time by the Pension Management Committee. Upon such revocation, the employee shall be entitled only to those benefits that may have accrued and become vested under the Plan at the time of such revocation. Employees of the Company who are citizens or residents of the United States or are working in the United States shall not actively participate in this Plan while they are U.S. citizens or residents or are working in the United States. Employees of the Company who are U.S. citizens or residents may be eligible to participate in the Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan for U.S. Citizens or Residents Working in Canada if they otherwise meet the requirements to participate in that plan. Only employees of the Company are eligible to participate in this Plan, and only pay earned and service for the Company while working in Canada other than as a U.S. citizen or resident shall be considered in determining benefits payable under this Plan. Service with and pay received from affiliates of the Company will not be considered under this Plan. Employees of a U.S. affiliate of the Company (‘‘U.S. Affiliate”) who were transferred from the Company to the U.S. Affiliate may be eligible to participate in the Univar


Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan for Former Employees Working in the United States if they otherwise meet the requirements to participate in that plan. The supplemental benefits with respect to the Pension Plan that were earned by Paul Hough, Victor Langley and Patrick Tole while they were working for a U.S. Affiliate (e.g., make· whole benefits, consideration of compensation earned in the United States) were not earned under this Plan, but instead were earned under the Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan for U.S. Citizens or Residents, and those benefits are being transferred to the Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan for Former Employees Working in the United States effective June 1 , 2007.

 

4. Benefit Determination Date .

Benefits shall be determined under this Plan as of the same date that benefits are determined under the Pension Plan.

 

5. Benefit Amount .

The initial benefits under this Plan determined as of the benefit determination date shall equal the difference, if any, between (a) and (b) below:

 

  (a) The monthly benefit for the life of the Participant, as calculated under the terms of the Pension Plan, without regard to the limitations described in Section 147.1(2) of the Income Tax Act and Regulation 8504 and including for Quebec Participants, if applicable, the monthly benefit for the life of the Quebec Participant that would have been paid from the Pension Plan if the Quebec Participant had not previously transferred or received a lump sum refund of his benefits under the Pension Plan;

 

  (b) The monthly benefit for the life of the Participant, as calculated under the terms of the Pension Plan, which includes limitations described in Section 147.1(2) of the Income Tax Act and Regulation 8504 and including for Quebec Participants, if applicable, the monthly benefit for the life of the Quebec Participant that would have been paid from the Pension Plan if the Quebec Participant had not previously transferred or received a lump sum refund of his benefits under the Pension Plan.

 

  (c) A Participant shall not become vested in the benefits accrued under this Plan unless and until he or she becomes vested in the benefits provided by the Pension Plan.

The initial benefits payable under this Plan shall be increased in the same manner and same percentage amount as any cost of living adjustment increases granted in respect of benefits payable from the Pension Plan.


6. Spouse’s Death Benefits .

If a death benefit is payable under the Pension Plan to a spouse of a Participant, that spouse is eligible to receive benefits under this Plan. The benefit shall be calculated in the same manner as under Section 5; that is, the death benefit under this Plan shall equal the difference, if any, between (a) and (b) below, plus any amounts described in (c) below:

 

  (a) the spouse’s death benefit calculated under the Pension Plan without regard to the limitations described in Section 147.1(2) of the Income Tax Act and Regulations 8504 and including for Quebec Participants, if applicable, the monthly benefit for the life of the Quebec Participant that would have been paid from the Pension Plan if the Quebec Participant had not previously transferred or received a lump sum refund of his benefits under the Pension Plan; and

 

  (b) the spouse’s death benefit as calculated under the terms of the Pension Plan which includes limitations described in Section 147.1(2) of the Income Tax Act and Regulation 8504 and including for Quebec Participants, if applicable, the monthly benefit for the life of the Quebec Participant that would have been paid from the Pension Plan if the Quebec Participant had not previously transferred or received a lump sum refund of his benefits under the Pension Plan.

If the Participant was not survived by a Spouse, the Participant’s surviving designated beneficiary or, if none, his estate, shall receive in an immediate lump sum payment the difference, if any, between (a) and (b) below:

 

  (a) the beneficiary’s death benefit calculated under Section 8.3 of the Pension Plan without regard to the limitations described in Section 147.1(2) of the Income Tax Act and Regulations 8504 and including for Quebec Participants, if applicable, the monthly benefit for the life of the Quebec Participant that would have been paid from the Pension Plan if the Quebec Participant had not previously transferred or received a lump sum refund of his benefits under the Pension Plan; and

 

  (b) the beneficiary’s death benefit calculated under Section 8.3 of the Pension Plan which includes limitations described in Section 147.1(2) of the Income Tax Act and Regulation 8504 and including for Quebec Participants, if applicable, the monthly benefit for the life of the Quebec Participant that would have been paid from the Pension Plan if the Quebec Participant had not previously transferred or received a lump sum refund of his benefits under the Pension Plan.

 

7. Creditable Pay and Service .

For purposes of calculating the benefits under Sections 5 and 6 above, only a Participant’s pay earned and service for the Company while an active Participant in this Plan working in Canada other than as a U.S. citizen or resident shall be considered. If a participant in the Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan for U.S. Citizens or Residents


Working in Canada is also a Participant in this Plan (e.g., because he or she ceases to be a U.S. citizen or resident), benefits accrued under this Plan shall be calculated in such a way that they supplement (and not duplicate) the benefits provided under the Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan for U.S. Citizens or Residents Working in Canada so that the aggregate of the benefits accrued under both such plans plus the Pension Plan equals the aggregate benefit amount that would have been accrued under the Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan for U.S. Citizens or Residents Working in Canada and the Pension Plan had all of the Participant’s pay and service for the Company in Canada been as a U.S. citizen or resident (with such benefit amounts being adjusted as if payments from all plans commenced on the same date).

 

8. Date and Form of Payment

Benefit payments under this Plan shall commence at the same time as the benefit under the Pension Plan commences. The benefit shall be paid in the same form as the benefit is paid under the Pension Plan and the actuarial equivalent assumptions used in determining the benefit in a given form shall be the same as are used to determine the benefit under the Pension Plan. If, pursuant to Section 9 of Pension Plan, a Participant elects to have the Commuted Value (as defined in the Pension Plan) of the Participant’s benefits under the Pension Plan transferred to another plan described in Section 9.3 of the Pension Plan, then the Commuted Value of his benefit under this Plan shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum at that time. The Company reserves the right to pay a lump sum amount in lieu of the monthly pension benefit set forth in Section 5 if such monthly pension benefit is less than $100. This lump sum amount shall be the actuarial equivalent of the monthly pension benefit payment calculated on the advice of the Pension Plan Actuary.

 

9. Re-Employment After Payments Begin

If a Participant is re-employed after benefits commence, the Participant’s benefits shall be suspended under this Plan. When the Participant retires for the final time, the benefit under this Plan shall be recalculated and adjusted in the same manner as the benefit is adjusted under the Pension Plan.

 

10. Termination and Amendment of the Plan .

This Plan shall continue in effect until terminated by resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors. In the event of such termination, all amounts accrued and vested to date of termination, based on service and earnings to that date, shall be payable pursuant to the terms of this Plan as if the Plan had not been terminated. The Plan may be amended from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, or by action of any committee, officer or employee of the Company to whom the Board of Directors has delegated authority to amend the Plan, including, without limitation, the Pension Management Committee. No amendment or terminating resolution shall reduce any vested benefit accrued to the date of the resolution amending or terminating the Plan. In the event of a plan termination, the Board of Directors, at its option, may accelerate the payment of benefits and may pay benefits in a single, actuarially-equivalent, lump-sum amount.


In the event of the termination of the Plan where there are insufficient assets in the Trust Fund, the Board of Directors of the Company shall allocate amounts to Participants in the following order of priority unless the Board of Directors by resolution passed at the time of any such termination, shall decide that such allocation shall be made in accordance with a different formula which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, constitutes a more equitable allocation bearing in mind all of the circumstances as they exist at the time of such termination, in which event such allocation shall be made in accordance with such different formula:

 

  (a) first: benefits in payment at the date of termination;

 

  (b) second: payment of benefits to those Participants eligible to retire under the Plan at the date of the termination;

 

  (a) third: payment of benefits to all other Participants not included in (a) or (b) above.

 

11. Source of Benefit Payments .

No Participant shall acquire any property interest in any assets of Univar Canada Ltd. or any affiliate thereof as a consequence of participating in this Plan. A Participant’s rights are limited to receiving payments as set forth in this Plan. Except to the extent of assets in the Trust described below, this Plan is unfunded, and to the extent that any Participant acquires a right to receive benefits, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of Univar Canada Ltd. Any funds of Univar Canada Ltd. available to pay benefits under the Plan shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of Univar Canada Ltd. and may be used for any purpose by Univar Canada Ltd.

The Trust Under Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan (“Trust”) has been created to provide for contributions by Univar Canada Ltd. to provide for contributions by Univar Canada Ltd to assist in funding Plan benefits. The assets of the Trust will not be subject to the claims of the creditors of Univar Canada Ltd. The Trust, and not Univar Canada Ltd., shall pay all expenses of the Trust and all taxes owed on income earned by the Trust on Trust assets. Univar Canada Ltd. shall pay all refundable taxes on contributions it makes to the Trust.

Contributions to the Trust of cash or other property (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) shall also be made by Univar Canada Ltd. in an amount sufficient to fund the actuarial present value (determined as of the time of contribution or letter of credit renewal) of benefits which are accrued by participants under the Plan. For purposes of determining the face amount of a letter of credit in which the Trustee is the beneficiary


needed to fund the Trust with respect to the actuarial present value of the accrued benefits under this Plan as of a given date, the actuarial assumptions used were the same actuarial assumptions used by Univar Canada Ltd. to determine the Accumulated Benefit Obligation (ABO) for Univar Canada Ltd. as required under FASB Statement Number 87 as of the Measurement Date immediately preceding or concurrent with such date, or equivalent assumptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining the amount of contributions (or the face amount of a letter of credit of which the Trustee is beneficiary) needed to fund the Trust, the amount shall be adjusted to take into account the fact that (i) the Company will withhold and remit to Canada Revenue Agency the refundable tax which is owed on its contributions to the Trust, (ii) the bank which issues a letter of credit with the Trustee named as beneficiary will withhold and remit to Canada Revenue Agency the refundable tax owed, if any, on any draw made by the Trustee on the letter of credit, and (iii) the Trust will receive tax refunds from Canada Revenue Agency of refundable taxes held in the Refundable Tax Account with respect to the benefits paid from the Trust. The actuary who determined the amount needed to fund the trust was the actuary engaged at the time by the Pension Plan.

As explained in more detail in the Trust, if a letter of credit is deposited with the Trustee (with the Trustee named as beneficiary of the letter of credit), the face amount of the letter of credit may change annually upon renewal of the letter of credit due, for example, to changes in actuarial assumptions or .the payment of benefits during the year being completed. Upon renewal, such amount will be calculated using the actuarial assumptions and adjustments described above, except that the assumptions and adjustments shall be those as of the Measurement Date immediately preceding or concurrent with the date of renewal of the letter of credit. If the Company should change the standard under which it prepares accounting disclosures, an approach consistent with the above and based on the accounting disclosures most recently used should be taken for calculating the face value of the letter of credit.

Contributions shall be made to the Trust at least annually on or before July 15 of each year. The face amount of a letter of credit which is used in funding the Trust shall be no less than the amount equal to the aggregate accrued liability of benefits owed to all Participants under the Plan projected to the twelfth (12th) month following the date as of which the accrued liability is calculated multiplied by one hundred and five percent (105%), less the amount of assets in the Trust and the Plan’s rights to refundable tax.

 

12. Pension Management Committee .

This Plan shall be administered by the Pension Management Committee, a committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Pension Management Committee (hereinafter “Committee”) shall have full discretion to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan, which interpretation or construction shall be final and binding on all parties. The Committee shall administer such terms and provisions in a uniform and non-discriminating manner.


13. Claims Procedure .

The following is the procedure for making claims under this Plan or appealing a decision made with respect to this Plan:

 

  (a) Filing Claim for Benefits

If a person does not receive the timely payment of the benefits which he or she believes are due under the Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Applicant”), the Applicant may make a claim for benefits. All claims for benefits under the Plan shall be made in writing and shall be signed by the Applicant. Claims shall be submitted to the Committee. Each claim shall be approved or disapproved within 90 days following the receipt of the information necessary to process the claim. In the event the Committee denies a claim for benefits in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the Applicant in writing of the denial of the claim, and notify the Applicant of the right to a review of the decision. Such notice shall also set forth the specific reason for such denial, the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the Plan’s appeals procedure. If no action is taken by the Committee on an Applicant’s claim within 90 days after receipt by the Committee, such claim shall be deemed to be denied for purposes of the following appeals procedure;

 

  (b) Appeals Procedure

Any Applicant whose claim for benefits is denied in whole or in part may appeal to the Committee for a review of the decision. Such appeal must be made within three months after the Applicant has received actual or constructive notice of the denial. An appeal must be submitted in writing within such period and must:

(i) request a review by the Committee of the claim for benefits under the Plan;

(ii) set forth all of the grounds upon which the Applicant’s request for review is based on and any facts in support thereof; and

(iii) set forth any issues or comments which the Applicant deems pertinent to the appeal.

The Committee shall act upon each appeal within 60 days after receipt unless special circumstances require an extension of the time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered by the Committee as soon as possible but not later than 120 days after


the appeal is received by the Committee. The Committee shall make full and fair review of each appeal and any written materials submitted by the Applicant in connection. The Committee may require the Applicant to submit such additional facts, documents or other evidence as the Committee in its discretion deems necessary or advisable in making its review. On the basis of its review, the Committee shall make an independent determination of the Applicant’s eligibility for benefits under the Plan. The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

 

14. Alienation .

The right of any person to receive payments under this Plan shall not be subject to any type of assignment or pledge, nor shall such right be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of such person.

 

15. Employee Benefit Statement .

Each employee covered by this Plan shall receive a statement each year which shows the total benefit payable under this Plan and the Pension Plan.

 

16. Withholding .

Benefit payments shall be subject to applicable federal or provincial withholding for taxes.

 

17. Successors .

In the event of any consolidation, merger, acquisition or reorganization, the obligations of Univar Canada Ltd. under this Plan shall continue and be binding on Univar Canada Ltd. and its successors or assigns.

 

18. Governing Law .

This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia.

This amended and restated plan is executed this 12 th day of June, 2007.

 

UNIVAR CANADA LTD.
By:  

  /s/ Joel Kallner

Its: Director

Exhibit 10.30

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

UNIVAR SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS PLAN

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2004)

WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (“Company”) amended and restated its Supplemental Benefits Plan (“Plan”) effective July 1, 2004; and

WHEREAS, the Company has the authority to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10; and

WHEREAS, the Company would like to amend the Plan to rename the Plan the “Univar Supplemental Retirement Benefits Plan”, and to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) which became effective January 1, 2005, with respect to benefits that become accrued or vested under the Plan after 2004.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective January 1, 2005:

1. The name of the Plan is changed to the “Univar Supplemental Retirement Benefits Plan”.

2. Section 1 of the Plan, Purpose , is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Purpose . The purpose in establishing this Univar Supplemental Retirement Benefits Plan (“Plan”) is to provide retirement compensation to a select group of participants of the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (hereinafter “Retirement Plan”) under the terms of that Retirement Plan without regard to limitations on benefits imposed under Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) which apply to the Retirement Plan. In addition, this Plan provides benefits to certain Retirement Plan participants who transfer to a Non-U.S. Affiliate of Univar USA Inc. as listed on Appendix P of the Retirement Plan.

3. Section 2 of the Plan, Effective Date , is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Effective Date . This Plan was established effective January 11, 1983 and has been known, from time to time, as the Univar Corporation Supplemental Benefits Plan, the Van Waters & Rogers Inc. Supplemental Benefits Plan, the VOPAK USA Inc. Supplemental Benefits Plan, the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Benefits Plan, and the Univar Supplemental Benefits Plan. The Plan was last amended and restated effective July 1, 2004, with the provisions of the amended and restated Plan applying only to those Participants who are employed by a Participating Employer on or after July 1, 2004. Participants who terminated employment before July 1, 2004 are subject to the provisions of the Plan as amended through June 30, 2004, which provisions are appended to this Plan as Exhibit A. Effective January 1, 2005, the Plan was amended to comply with Code Section 409A with respect to benefits that become accrued or vested after December 31, 2004.


4. Section 4 of the Plan, Benefit Determination Date , is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

For Participants who terminate employment with the Participating Employers and their affiliates prior to January 1, 2005, benefits shall be determined under this Plan as of the same date that benefits are determined under the Retirement Plan. For Participants who terminate employment with the Participating Employers and their affiliates in 2005 and whose Retirement Plan benefit payments commence in 2005, benefits shall be determined under this Plan as of the same date that benefits are determined under the Retirement Plan. For Participants who terminate employment with the Participating Employers and their affiliates after December 31, 2004 and whose Retirement Plan benefit payments commence after December 31, 2005, benefits that are accrued and vested under this Plan as of December 31, 2004 shall be determined under this Plan as of the same date that benefits are determined under the Retirement Plan, and benefits that accrue or become vested after December 31, 2004 (“Post-2004 Benefits”) shall be determined as of the date the payment of such Post-2004 Benefits is to commence (see Sections 7 and 8 below). For purposes of this Plan, the amount of benefits that are considered accrued as of December 31, 2004 shall be determined in accordance with applicable IRS guidance, including, without limitation, Q&A-17(a) of IRS Notice 2005-1 (to the extent it has not been superseded).

5. Section 5(c) of the Plan, Benefit Amount, is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(c) In addition to the difference between (a) and (b) above, this Plan shall provide “make-whole payments” described in Section 6(a)(ii) below to certain participants who transfer employment to a Non-U.S. Affiliate.

6. The last sentence of Section 5 of the Plan (beginning with the words “Notwithstanding the provisions …” and ending with the words “pursuant to Section 5”) is deleted.

7. The last two sentences of Section 6(a)(ii) of the Plan, Make-Whole for Transferees to Non-U.S. Affiliates , are replaced with the following language:

The amount of this make-whole payment with respect to benefits accrued under this Plan prior to January 1, 2005 shall be recalculated as of the beginning of each calendar year, and the amount of the Non-U.S. Benefit used in making this recalculation shall be redetermined using the applicable exchange rate in effect on the preceding December 31. This annual recalculation shall not be made with respect to benefits that accrue under this Plan after December 31, 2004. For Participants who terminate employment with the Participating Employers and their affiliates prior to January 1, 2005, this make-whole payment shall be paid in the same form and at the same time that the Participant’s benefit


under the Retirement Plan is paid. For Participants who terminate employment with the Participating Employers and their affiliates after December 31, 2004, this make-whole payment shall be paid in the same form and at the same time that the Participant’s Post-2004 Benefits under this Plan are paid.

8. The first sentence of Section 6.3(a)(iii), Currency Conversion Calculations Made After May 1, 1999 , is amended by changing any reference that is to 6(b) to a reference to 6(a).

9. Section 6(b) of the Plan, Transfers Occurring Prior to August 15, 1997 Where Terminations Occur After August 15, 1997 , is amended by changing any reference therein that is to Section 6(b) to a reference to 6(a), and any reference that is to 6(c) to a reference to 6(b).

10. Section 6(c) of the Plan, Transfers to or from U.S. Affiliates , is deleted.

11. Section 7 of the Plan, Spouse’s Death Benefit , is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Spouse’s Death Benefit . If a death benefit is payable under the Retirement Plan to a spouse of a Participant and as of the date of the Participant’s death benefit payments had not yet commenced to the Participant under this Plan with respect to the Participant’s entire benefit under this Plan (or the portion of the benefit accrued and vested as of December 31, 2004), that spouse is eligible to receive benefits under this Plan. The benefit shall be calculated in the same manner as under Section 5; that is, the death benefit under this Plan shall equal the difference, if any, between (a) the spouse’s death benefit calculated under the Retirement Plan without regard to the limitations described in Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17), and (b) the spouse’s death benefit as calculated under the terms of the Retirement Plan which includes limitations described in Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17). However, in calculating such death benefit, there shall be a reduction for the actuarial equivalent of the Post-2004 Benefits paid (and to be paid) to the Participant and spouse. In the event a Participant had transferred to or from a Non-U.S. Affiliate of a Participating Employer, the spouse’s benefit under this Plan shall be calculated in the same manner as set forth in Section 6 above, with the applicable reductions made because the benefits is a spousal benefit. If the Participant dies after benefit payments have commenced under this Plan, the Participant’s spouse (or former spouse, as applicable) shall receive benefits under this Plan with respect to the portion of the Plan benefits that had commenced payment only if and to the extent such benefit is being paid in the form of a joint and survivor annuity with such spouse (or former spouse) named as joint annuitant, or a period certain and life annuity with the spouse (or former spouse) named as a beneficiary. Death benefits payable with respect to Plan benefits accrued and vested as of December 31, 2004 shall be paid in the form and at the time that death benefits under the Retirement Plan are paid. Death benefits payable with respect to Post-2004 Benefits (i.e., which had not commenced as of the date of the Participant’s death) shall be paid as a single life annuity to the Participant’s surviving spouse commencing as soon as practicable after the Participant’s death.


12. Section 8 of the Plan, Date and Form of Payment , is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Date and Form of Payment . With respect to benefits that were accrued and vested as of December 31, 2004, benefit payments under this Plan shall commence at the same time as the benefit payments under the Retirement Plan commence. Such benefit shall be paid in the same form as the benefit is paid under the Retirement Plan and the actuarial equivalent assumptions used in determining the benefit in a given form shall be the same as are used to determine the benefit under the Retirement Plan. With respect to Post-2004 Benefits, Plan benefit payments shall commence as soon as practicable after the later of the date the Participant attains age 55 or separates from service with a Participating Employer and all affiliates thereof. Shortly before or after such date, the Participant will be permitted to choose the form of annuity payment in which such Post-2004 Benefits will be paid from the actuarially equivalent annuity forms of distribution available under the Retirement Plan at such time. For purposes of this Plan, the phrase “separation from service” shall be construed in a manner consistent with the meaning of the term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant shall have the option to make a one-time, irrevocable election to defer commencement of payment of his or her Post-2004 Benefits to a date that is at least five (5) years after the later of the date the Participant attains age 55 or separates from service with a Participating Employer and all affiliates thereof (“Election to Delay Payment”). In order to be valid and effective, the Election to Delay Payment must be received by the Committee (as defined in Section 12) prior to the time the Participant attains age 54. A Participant can change or withdraw a previously submitted Election to Delay Payment by contacting the Committee any time prior to attaining age 54 and asking for an existing Election to Delay Payment form to be cancelled and, if the Participant wants to make a new election, by submitting the new Election to Delay Payment form to the Committee prior to attaining age 54. Once a Participant attains age 54, the Participant cannot change an Election to Delay Payment form held by the Committee that is valid and in effect, nor can the Participant submit an Election to Delay Payment form if a valid and effective election is not currently held by the Committee. In the Election to Delay Payment, the Participant must request that his or her benefit payment commencement date for Post-2004 Benefits be the later of (i) a particular date that the Participant elects that is on or after the date the Participant will attain age 60, and (ii) a particular number of years after separation from service (the Participant elects the number of years, which must be at least five (5) years). Payment under a valid Election to Delay Payment shall commence as soon as practicable after the applicable date, but in no event sooner than five (5) years after payment would have commenced absent such Election to Delay Payment. The requirements for the Election to Delay Payment shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements set forth in Code Section 409A(a)(4)(C). In the event the Participant dies before benefit payments have commenced with respect to benefits accrued and vested on December 31, 2004 or Post-2004 Benefits, the form and timing of payment of any death benefits to a surviving spouse of the Participant with respect to such benefit shall be governed by Section 7 above, not this Section.


13. The last sentence of Section 10 of the Plan, Termination and Amendment of the Plan , (which begins with the words “In the event …” and ends with the words “… lump sum amount”), is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

In the event of such termination, no additional benefits shall accrue under the Plan, but benefits that were accrued on such termination date shall be paid at the time and in the manner set forth in Sections 7 and 8 above (i.e., the timing of benefit payment shall not be accelerated as a result of the termination).

14. The fourth and fifth sentences of the second paragraph of Section 11 of the Plan, Source of Benefit Payments , are amended in their entirety to read as follows:

Similarly, the Trust sponsored by Univar USA Delaware, Inc. will cover Participants whose last employment with the Univar Companies was with Univar USA Delaware, Inc. or Univar USA Inc. on or after July 1, 2004, but not those who were last employed by Univar Inc. or Univar Delaware Inc. (or Univar USA Inc. prior to July 1, 2004). The Trust sponsored by Univar USA Inc. will cover Participants who terminated employment with the Univar Companies prior to July 1, 2004.

15. The seventh (7 th ) sentence of the second paragraph of Section 11 of the Plan, Source of Benefit Payments , which begins with the words “Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants or beneficiaries who terminated employment…” and ends with the words “… entity other than Univar USA Inc.”, is deleted.

16. The second sentence of the fifth paragraph of Section 11 of the Plan, Source of Benefit Payments , is amended by removing the words “on or before July 15 of each year” from the end of that sentence.

17. Appendix A of the Plan, Non-U.S. Affiliates , is amended by changing the reference to “Van Waters & Rogers Ltd.” to “Univar Canada Ltd.”.

18. Appendix B of the Plan is deleted from the Plan.

This First Amendment is executed this 17 th day of May, 2005.

 

UNIVAR USA INC.
By  

    /s/ Warren T. Hill

Its President

Exhibit 10.31

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE

UNIVAR SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS PLAN

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2004)

WHEREAS, the Company has the authority to amend the Supplemental Retirement Benefits Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Section 10; and

WHEREAS, in April 2006 amendments were made to the employment agreements for Gary Pruitt, John Sammons, Patrick Tole and David Mahon to revise the methods for calculating their benefits under the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company would like to amend the Plan to reflect the revised terms for calculating benefits for the foregoing executives, and to add a provision to delay benefit payouts for six (6) months for certain specified employees who incur a separation from service to the extent such delay is requires by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of the respective effective dates set forth below:

1. Effective September 1, 2006, the name of the Plan is changed to the “Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan”.

2. Effective May 1, 2006, the following paragraph is added to the end of Section 5 of the Plan, Benefit Amount :

Notwithstanding the above in this Section 5 of the Plan, Univar USA, Inc. may amend the Plan at any time to provide different formulas and terms for determining the amount of benefit a Participant accrues under this Plan, and such different formulas and terms may result in more or less benefits being accrued by such Participant than what would be accrued under the terms above in this Section 5 above. Any change in the formulas and terms that result (or may result) in a reduction in benefits already accrued by a Participant under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted must be consented to by the Participant. The different formulas and terms that apply to a Participant shall be set forth in Appendix B hereto.

3. Effective January 1, 2005, the following paragraph is added to the end of Section 8 of the Plan, Date and Form of Payment , to read as follows:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time a Participant separates from service the Participant is considered a “specified employee” subject to the required six month delay in benefit payments under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), then any annuity payments for Post-2004 Benefits that would otherwise be paid under this Section 8 within the first six (6) months after such Participant’s separation from service shall be paid in a single lump sum on (or within 15 days after) the six month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service. After such six month anniversary, the Participant’s


annuity payments shall be made on the normal schedule as elected by the Participant. Nothing in this paragraph shall change the form or timing of benefit payout if a Participant who is a specified employee dies after separation from service and before the six month anniversary of such separation from service.

4. Effective May 1, 2006, the following is added as Appendix B to the Plan:

APPENDIX B

DIFFERENT BENEFIT FORMULAS AND TERMS FOR CERTAIN PARTICIPANTS

The following are different formulas and terms that apply to determine the benefits under this Plan for the Participants set forth below. Some of the formulas and terms only apply in certain circumstances, such as after certain types of terminations of employment. None of the following special formulas and terms shall apply to the calculation of the following Participants’ benefits that are actually accrued and paid from the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, although they will be used in calculating for purposes of this Plan the amount of benefits that would be accrued and payable to such Participants’ under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan if Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) did not apply to such plan. Benefits accrued by a Participant below under this Plan will be calculated by first determining the amount he would have accrued under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan if the following formulas and terms applied under such plan and the annual compensation limit under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) and annual benefit limit under Internal Revenue Code Section 415(b) did not apply. Second, the Participant’s actual accrued benefit under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan will be subtracted from the amount calculated pursuant to the preceding sentence, and the difference shall be the amount payable from this Plan.

The following formulas and terms for Mr. Pruitt, Mr. Sammons, Mr. Tole and Mr. Mahon apply only to the extent required by the respective employment agreements each of them has with Univar N.V. or Univar Inc. Thus, for example, in the event the required formulas or terms for calculating benefits under this Plan are changed through an amendment to an employment agreement, the formulas and terms under this Appendix B for the executive whose employment agreement was amended shall be considered amended in a like manner.

Gary E. Pruitt

For all purposes relating to Mr. Pruitt’s benefits under this Plan, he shall be treated as if he is two (2) years older than his actual age, regardless of the reason for his termination of employment.

In the event that Section 11.1(d) of the employment agreement between Mr. Pruitt and Univar N.V. dated July 1, 2002, as amended effective April 2, 2006 (hereinafter “Employment Agreement) applies due to the type of termination of Mr. Pruitt’s employment, the formulas and terms set forth in the following five subparagraphs shall apply in calculating his benefit under this Plan:


(1) Mr. Pruitt shall be treated as if he is five (5) years older than his actual age, and he shall be treated as if he had five (5) additional years of credited service for purposes of calculating his accrued benefit under the Plan, provided, however, that his assumed age will never be higher than 60 years of age and the credited years of service will never be more than it should have been if Mr. Pruitt had been employed with Univar Inc. until May 30, 2010.

(2) The “Earnings” used to calculate Mr. Pruitt’s retirement benefits under this Plan shall be as follows:

“Earnings” means the Employee’s base salary (including employee elective deferrals of base salary that are not includible in gross income under Code Sections 125 or 401(k) or deferrals to a nonqualified retirement plan). Earnings shall not include bonuses.

 

 

(3) The Accrued Benefit formula used to calculate Mr. Pruitt’s retirement benefits under this Plan shall be the formula stated in section 4.01 of the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan except that the second subsection (b)(i) (being the subsection effective for Participants who terminate employment with the Employer on or after August 1, 1999) shall be replaced with the following:

(b)(i) 3.4% of the Final Average Monthly Earnings minus .5% of the integration level multiplied by;

 

 

(4) In the event of Mr. Pruitt’s termination of employment under section 10(d) of his Employment Agreement, the definition of Final Average Monthly Earnings at Section 1.13 of the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan used in the calculation of Mr. Pruitt’s retirement benefits under this Plan shall be replaced with the following:

1.13 Final Average Monthly Earnings means one twelfth of the Participant’s annual rate of salary at time of termination of employment.

 

 

(5) When determining Mr. Pruitt’s retirement benefit under this Plan, in no event will the Final Average Earnings include Earnings received before July 1, 2002.

John P. Sammons

In calculating Mr. Sammons’ benefits under this Plan, he shall be treated as if he had thirty-six (36) additional months of credited service for purposes of calculating his accrued benefit under the Plan, regardless of the reason for his termination of employment with Univar Inc.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Univar Inc. terminates Mr. Sammons’ employment other than for Cause or Total Disability (as defined in his employment agreement


with Univar Inc. dated February 19, 2003, as amended effective April 11, 2006, hereinafter “Employment Agreement”) or if Mr. Sammons terminates his employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement), and if also such termination is within twenty-four (24) months immediately following of a Change in Control (as defined in the Employment Agreement), in lieu of assuming Mr. Sammons has the thirty-six (36) additional months of credited service as described in the immediately preceding paragraph, Mr. Sammons’ retirement benefit under this Plan shall be determined using (a) the greater of Mr. Sammons’ actual age or age 62 and (b) Mr. Sammons’ years of credited service shall be determined using the greater of his actual years of credited service or years of credited service based on assumed employment with Univar Inc. to age 65.

Patrick D. Tole

In the event Univar Inc. terminates Mr. Tole’s employment other than for Cause or Total Disability (as defined in his employment agreement with Univar Inc. dated February 19, 2003, as amended effective April 11, 2006, hereinafter “Employment Agreement”) or if Mr. Tole terminates his employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement), and if also such termination is within twenty-four (24) months immediately following of a Change in Control (as defined in the Employment Agreement), Mr. Tole’s retirement benefit under this Plan shall be determined using (a) the greater of Mr. Tole’s actual age or age 55 and (b) Mr. Tole’s years of credited service shall be determined using the greater of his actual years of credited service or years of credited service based on assumed employment with Univar Inc. to age 55.

David Mahon

In calculating Mr. Mahon’s benefits under this Plan, all of Mr. Mahon’s periods of employment with and compensation received from Vopak Industrial Services (aka Vopak Logistics) and Strategic Chemical Management Group, LLC from August 1, 1999 to June 30, 2002 shall be considered as periods of service with and compensation received from Univar USA Inc. or Univar Inc.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Univar Inc. terminates Mr. Mahon’s employment other than for Cause or Total Disability (as defined in his employment agreement with Univar Inc. dated October 29, 2004, as amended effective April 11, 2006, hereinafter “Employment Agreement”) or if Mr. Mahon terminates Mr. Mahon’s employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement), and if also such termination is within twenty-four (24) months immediately following of a Change in Control (as defined in the Employment Agreement), in addition to the service and compensation credit described in the immediately preceding paragraph, Mr. Mahon’s retirement benefit under this Plan shall be determined using (a) the greater of Mr. Mahon’s actual age or age 55 and (b) Mr. Mahon’s years of credited service shall be determined using the greater of his actual years of service or years of credited service based on assumed employment with Univar Inc. to age 55.

 


This Second Amendment is executed this 24 th day of August, 2006.

 

UNIVAR USA INC.
By  

/s/     Warren T Hill

           Warren T Hill, President

Exhibit 10.32

THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE

UNIVAR USA INC. SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2004)

WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (“Company”) has the authority to amend the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Section 10; and

WHEREAS, Univar Canada Ltd. (“Univar Canada”) sponsors the Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan for Former Employees Working in the United States (“Canadian Plan”), an unfunded nonqualified plan providing benefits to former employees of Univar Canada Ltd. who were transferred from Univar Canada to the Company, Univar, Inc. or certain other U.S. affiliates; and

WHEREAS, benefits that are accrued and vested under the Canadian Plan are paid by Univar Canada Ltd. from its general assets, and are not paid through a trust or other fund; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Univar, Inc. have promised to guarantee the payment of vested and accrued benefits to participants in the Canadian Plan to the extent Univar Canada Ltd. cannot and does not pay such benefits; and

WHEREAS, the Company would like to amend the Plan to provide for the guarantee and to have the guarantee covered by the rabbi trusts for the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective June 1, 2007:

1. The following paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph of Section 3 of the Plan, Participation :

Notwithstanding the foregoing, management and highly compensated employees of a Participating Employer (as defined below) who are accruing additional benefits in the Univar Canada Ltd. Supplemental Benefits Plan for Former Employees Working in the United States (“Canadian Plan”) while working in the United States for such Participating Employer shall be participants in this Plan entitled to the benefits as described in Appendix C hereto. In addition, Paul Hough and Victor Langley shall be participants in this Plan for the purpose of receiving those benefits described in Appendix C plus any benefits they previously accrued under this Plan. Participants in the Canadian Plan who are management and highly compensated employees of a Participating Employer but are not participants in this Plan pursuant to the terms of the first two paragraphs of this Section 3 shall be participants in this Plan only for the purpose of receiving from this Plan those benefits described in Appendix C, and shall not earn or receive benefits described in the remaining portions of this Plan document. Participants described in this paragraph shall collectively be referred to herein as “Canadian Plan Participants”. For Canadian Plan Participants who are also participants in this Plan pursuant to the terms of the first two paragraphs of this Section 3, the benefits described in Appendix C are in addition to any benefits they earn under the remaining portions of this Plan document.


2. The following paragraph is added to the end of Section 5 of the Plan, Benefit Amount :

Notwithstanding the above in this Section 5 of the Plan, Canadian Plan Participants are entitled to the benefits as described in Appendix C hereto. In addition, Paul Hough and Victor Langley receive any benefits they previously accrued under this Plan. Canadian Plan Participants who are not participants in this Plan pursuant to the terms of the first two paragraphs of this Section 3 shall not earn or receive benefits described in any portions of this Plan document other than Appendix C.

3. The following is added to the end of the Plan as Appendix C, BENEFITS FOR CANADIAN PLAN PARTICIPANTS:

APPENDIX C

BENEFITS FOR CANADIAN PLAN PARTICIPANTS

To the extent that, due to its insolvency or other financial or legal impediment, Univar Canada Ltd. cannot and does not pay a Canadian Plan Participant a benefit payment that is due and owing to the Canadian Plan Participant under the Canadian Plan, such payment shall be made under this Plan on or as soon as practicable after such payment would have been made by Univar Canada Ltd. under the Canadian Plan. Payment shall be made in Canadian dollars or, at the election of the Administrative Committee, in U.S. dollars. If payment is made in U.S. dollars, the amount of such payment shall be determined by converting the Canadian payment amount to U.S. dollars using the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate offered at the principal bank used by the employer paying the benefit on the business day immediately preceding the date the payment is made. The Canadian Plan shall comply with Code Section 409A with respect to the payment of benefits that are subject to 409A (e.g., not grandfathered out of 409A). Any benefit payments required to be made under this Appendix C shall be made by the employer that last employed the participant prior to his or her retirement from the Company and its affiliates, or from the appropriate rabbi trust. For example, should Patrick Tole retire from Univar, Inc., any payments required to be made to Patrick Tole will be made by Univar, Inc. or the rabbi trust sponsored by Univar Delaware, Inc. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments required to be made to Paul Hough or Victor Langley will be made by Univar USA Inc. or the rabbi trust sponsored by Univar USA Inc. As provided in the rabbi trust agreement, no benefits are paid by a rabbi trust while the sponsor of such trust is insolvent. Assets or a letter of credit sufficient to cover potential guarantee payments under this Appendix C shall be placed at least annually in the applicable rabbi trust.

This Third Amendment is executed this 11 th day of June, 2007.

 

UNIVAR USA INC.
By  

/s/ John R. Yanney

    Its President

Exhibit 10.34

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE

UNIVAR USA INC. SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2004)

WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (the “Company”) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Company has the authority to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to provide that Gary Pruitt shall receive a benefit payable in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity in a monthly amount equal to the difference between $70,879 and the amount of his vested accrued benefit that would be payable to him monthly under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (the latter amount calculated and adjusted per the terms of the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan as if such benefit were paid in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity commencing on the same date his benefit payments under this Plan commence) pursuant to the Univar N. V. written resolutions dated October 2007.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective December     , 2007:

1. Section 5 of the Plan, Benefit Amount , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, Mr. Gary Pruitt and his surviving spouse, if any, are entitled to the benefit as described in Appendix E hereto, and the benefit described in Appendix E shall be the only benefit Mr. Gary Pruitt and his surviving spouse, if any, will receive from this Plan.”

2. Section 7 of the Plan, Spouse’s Death Benefit , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, Mr. Gary Pruitt’s surviving spouse, if any, shall be entitled to a death benefit payable in the form of a single life annuity payable for her life in a monthly amount equal to the monthly amount payable to Mr. Gary Pruitt as described in Appendix E hereto. Such benefit shall be the only death benefit payable to Mr. Pruitt’s surviving spouse from this Plan upon Mr. Pruitt’s death.”

3. Section 8 of the Plan, Date and Form of Payment , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the entire benefit payable to Mr. Gary Pruitt pursuant to Appendix E shall be treated as if it were Post-2004 Benefits and paid in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity commencing as soon as practicable after he separates from service with a Participating Employer and all affiliates thereof.”


4. Appendix B of the Plan, DIFFERENT BENEFIT FORMULAS AND TERMS FOR CERTAIN PARTICIPANTS, is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“APPENDIX B

DIFFERENT BENEFIT FORMULAS AND TERMS FOR CERTAIN PARTICIPANTS

The following are different formulas and terms that apply to determine the benefits under this Plan for the Participants set forth below. Some of the formulas and terms only apply in certain circumstances, such as after certain types of terminations of employment. None of the following special formulas and terms shall apply to the calculation of the following Participants’ benefits that are actually accrued and paid from the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, although they will be used in calculating for purposes of this Plan the amount of benefits that would be accrued and payable to such Participants’ under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan if Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) did not apply to such plan. Benefits accrued by a Participant below under this Plan will be calculated by first determining the amount he would have accrued under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan if the following formulas and terms applied under such plan and the annual compensation limit under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) and annual benefit limit under Internal Revenue Code Section 415(b) did not apply. Second, the Participant’s actual accrued benefit under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan will be subtracted from the amount calculated pursuant to the preceding sentence, and the difference shall be the amount payable from this Plan.

The following formulas and terms for Mr. Sammons, Mr. Tole and Mr. Mahon apply only to the extent required by the respective employment agreements each of them has with Univar N.V. or Univar Inc. Thus, for example, in the event the required formulas or terms for calculating benefits under this Plan are changed through an amendment to an employment agreement, the formulas and terms under this Appendix B for the executive whose employment agreement was amended shall be considered amended in a like manner.

John P. Sammons

In calculating Mr. Sammons’ benefits under this Plan, he shall be treated as if he had thirty-six (36) additional months of credited service for purposes of calculating his accrued benefit under the Plan, regardless of the reason for his termination of employment with Univar Inc.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Univar Inc. terminates Mr. Sammons’ employment other than for Cause or Total Disability (as defined in his employment agreement with Univar Inc. dated February 19, 2003, as amended effective April 11, 2006, hereinafter “Employment Agreement”) or if Mr. Sammons terminates his employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement), and if also such termination is within twenty-four (24) months immediately following of a Change in Control (as


defined in the Employment Agreement), in lieu of assuming Mr. Sammons has the thirty-six (36) additional months of credited service as described in the immediately preceding paragraph, Mr. Sammons’ retirement benefit under this Plan shall be determined using (a) the greater of Mr. Sammons’ actual age or age 62 and (b) Mr. Sammons’ years of credited service shall be determined using the greater of his actual years of credited service or years of credited service based on assumed employment with Univar Inc. to age 65.

Patrick D. Tole

In the event Univar Inc. terminates Mr. Tole’s employment other than for Cause or Total Disability (as defined in his employment agreement with Univar Inc. dated February 19, 2003, as amended effective April 11, 2006, hereinafter “Employment Agreement”) or if Mr. Tole terminates his employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement), and if also such termination is within twenty-four (24) months immediately following of a Change in Control (as defined in the Employment Agreement), Mr. Tole’s retirement benefit under this Plan shall be determined using (a) the greater of Mr. Tole’s actual age or age 55 and (b) Mr. Tole’s years of credited service shall be determined using the greater of his actual years of credited service or years of credited service based on assumed employment with Univar Inc. to age 55.

David Mahon

In calculating Mr. Mahon’s benefits under this Plan, all of Mr. Mahon’s periods of employment with and compensation received from Vopak Industrial Services (aka Vopak Logistics) and Strategic Chemical Management Group, LLC from August 1, 1999 to June 30, 2002 shall be considered as periods of service with and compensation received from Univar USA Inc. or Univar Inc.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Univar Inc. terminates Mr. Mahon’s employment other than for Cause or Total Disability (as defined in his employment agreement with Univar Inc. dated October 29, 2004, as amended effective April 11, 2006, hereinafter “Employment Agreement”) or if Mr. Mahon terminates Mr. Mahon’s employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement), and if also such termination is within twenty-four (24) months immediately following of a Change in Control (as defined in the Employment Agreement), in addition to the service and compensation credit described in the immediately preceding paragraph, Mr. Mahon’s retirement benefit under this Plan shall be determined using (a) the greater of Mr. Mahon’s actual age or age 55 and (b) Mr. Mahon’s years of credited service shall be determined using the greater of his actual years of service or years of credited service based on assumed employment with Univar Inc. to age 55.”


5. The Plan is hereby amended by adding a new Appendix E to read as follows:

“APPENDIX E

BENEFIT FOR GARY E. PRUITT

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, Mr. Gary Pruitt shall be entitled to a monthly benefit from this Plan in an amount equal to the difference between $70,879 and the amount of his vested accrued benefit that would be payable to him monthly under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (the latter amount calculated and adjusted per the terms of the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan as if such benefit were paid in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity commencing on the same date his benefit payments under this Plan commence), such difference to be payable in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity with the woman who is his spouse at the time his monthly benefit payments commence to him under this Plan as joint annuitant. In calculating Mr. Pruitt’s benefit amount to be paid from this Plan, the $70,879 figure referenced in the immediately preceding sentence shall neither be increased nor decreased to take into account Mr. Pruitt’s age when benefit payments from this Plan begin (e.g., the $70,879 figure shall not be reduced if his benefit payments under this Plan commence before he has attained age 65, nor increased if they commence after he has attained age 65). In addition, the $70,879 figure shall not be decreased for the fact that the benefit will be paid in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity (e.g., the $70,879 figure will not be multiplied by 0.87, the reduction factor that is applied under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan to convert a single life annuity to a 100% joint and survivor annuity). Similarly, in the event Mr. Pruitt is not married when his benefit payments commence under this Plan, the $70,879 figure will not be increased to reflect the fact that the benefit will be paid over Mr. Pruitt’s life in the form of a single life annuity instead of in the form of a joint and survivor annuity. Benefit payments to Mr. Pruitt under this Plan will commence as soon as practicable after he separates from service with a Participating Employer and all affiliates thereof, and will be unaffected by the actual timing and form of payment of his benefits from the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan. Upon Mr. Pruitt’s death, if Mr. Pruitt is survived by the woman who was his spouse on the date when benefit payments commenced to him under this Plan, his surviving spouse shall continue to receive from this Plan for the rest of her life the same dollar amount per month that was being paid to Mr. Pruitt under this Plan prior to his death. If Mr. Pruitt dies before benefit payments have commenced to him under this Plan and he is survived by a spouse, such spouse shall receive a monthly benefit from this Plan in an amount equal to the difference between $70,879 and the amount of his vested accrued benefit that would have been payable to him monthly under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (the latter amount calculated and adjusted per the terms of the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan as if such benefit were paid in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity commencing on the day immediately preceding the date of his death). For purposes of calculating the benefit payable to Mr. Pruitt and his surviving spouse, if any, under this Plan, the reduction factor set forth in the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan that converts the normal accrued benefit payable in the form of a single life annuity to benefit payable in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity by multiplying the amount of the single life annuity by 0.87 shall apply for purposes of calculating the amount of Mr. Pruitt’s accrued benefit that would be paid monthly from the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity. In addition, for purposes of calculating the benefit payable to Mr. Pruitt and


his surviving spouse, if any, under this Plan, if Mr. Pruitt’s benefit payments under this Plan payments commence before or after the first of the month after he attains age 65 (or, in the case of the pre-retirement death benefit, Mr. Pruitt dies other than in the month in which he would attain age 65), then the early retirement reductions (or increases for retirement after age 65, as the case may be) set forth in the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan that convert his normal accrued benefit commencing at age 65 to a different benefit amount reflecting benefit commencement before or after his 65 th birthday shall apply for purposes of calculating the amount of Mr. Pruitt’s accrued benefit under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan that is subtracted from the $70,879 monthly figure described above. In no event will any survivor annuity be payable to any person other than the woman who is his spouse on the earlier of the date of his death or the date benefit payments commence to him under this Plan. All benefit payments shall be subject to (and reduced by) applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the benefit described in this Appendix E shall be the only benefit payable from this Plan to Mr. Pruitt and his surviving spouse, if any.

This Fifth Amendment is executed this 6 th day of December, 2007.

 

UNIVAR USA INC.
By  

/s/ John R. Yanney

Its President

I, Gary E. Pruitt, hereby consent to the foregoing changes being made to the Plan with respect to my Plan benefit.

 

/s/ Gary E. Pruitt

Gary E. Pruitt
Date Signed: December 4, 2007

Exhibit 10.35

UNIVAR USA INC. SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2004)

Sixth Amendment

WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (the “Company”) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective July 1, 2004 and as thereafter amended (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, as a result of the merger of CHEMCENTRAL Corporation (“CHEMCENTRAL”) into the Company (with the Company being the surviving entity) effective October 1, 2007, the Company became sponsor of the employee benefit plans that were sponsored by CHEMCENTRAL, including the CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 1999 and as thereafter amended (the “LCC Plan”); and

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 2008, the LCC Plan is merging with and into the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2007 (the “Univar Retirement Plan”) with the Univar Retirement Plan being the surviving plan and the provisions of the LCC Plan becoming Appendix T to the Univar Retirement Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company has the authority to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to provide that no individuals accruing a benefit or with accrued benefits under Appendix T of the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan shall accrue a benefit under the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, Section 3 of the Plan, Participation , is hereby amended by adding a new paragraph to the end thereof to read, effective January 1, 2008, as follows:

“Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no individual accruing (or with accrued) benefits under Appendix T of the Retirement Plan shall accrue a benefit or otherwise be a Participant in this Plan.”

This Sixth Amendment is executed this 19 th day of December, 2007.

 

UNIVAR USA INC.
By  

/s/ Frank J. Mirabelli

Its Senior Vice President

Exhibit 10.36

UNIVAR USA INC. SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2004)

Seventh Amendment

WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (the “Company”) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective July 1, 2004 and as thereafter amended (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, Appendix B sets forth special rules regarding additional age and service credit for Patrick D. Tole (“Executive”) in the event Univar Inc. terminates his employment for reasons other than Cause or Total Disability or he voluntarily terminates his employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause, provided such termination occurs within 24 months after a change in control of Univar Inc.; and

WHEREAS, for purposes of Appendix B and the employment agreement between Executive and Univar Inc., a change in control of Univar Inc. occurred on October 11, 2007; and

WHEREAS, the Company has the authority to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the portion of Appendix B of the Plan applicable to Executive to revise the terms of Executive’s additional age and service credit, the time benefit payments commence and the form of benefit payment;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective as of the date this Amendment is executed:

1. The first paragraph that immediately follows Section 5(d) of the Plan, Benefit Amount , is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Notwithstanding the above in this Section 5 of the Plan or the provisions of this Plan regarding the form and timing of distribution of Plan benefits, Univar USA Inc. may amend the Plan at any time to provide different formulas and terms for determining the amount of benefit a Participant accrues under this Plan, as well as the terms regarding form and timing of benefit payment under this Plan, and such different formulas and terms may result in more or less benefits being accrued by such Participant than what would be accrued under the terms above in this Section 5 above, and for payment being commenced and paid at a time and in a form different than otherwise provided in the body of this Plan document. Any change in the formulas and terms that result (or may result) in a reduction in benefits already accrued by a Participant under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted must be consented to by the Participant. The different formulas and terms that apply to a Participant shall be set forth in Appendix B hereto.


2. The following sentence is added to the end of the second paragraph of Appendix B:

The following shall also set forth special rules for the Participants set forth below regarding the form and timing of payment of their Plan benefits.

3. The section of Appendix B of the Plan relating to Executive is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Patrick D. Tole

If Univar Inc. terminates Mr. Tole’s employment other than for Cause or Total Disability, or if Mr. Tole (“Executive”) terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason in the absence of Cause (as defined in his employment agreement with Univar Inc. dated February 19, 2003, as amended effective April 11, 2006, May 9, 2006, October 11, 2007 and June 10, 2008, hereinafter “Employment Agreement”), or if Executive’s employment with Univar Inc. terminates due to his death, and if such termination occurs no later than October 10, 2009 and Executive satisfies the release condition set forth in the first sentence of Section 5.2 of his Employment Agreement, Executive’s retirement benefit under this Plan shall be determined using the following age and service credits and paid at the time and in the form described in the following paragraph:

Executive’s retirement benefit under this Plan shall be determined as if Executive were age 55 plus the number of whole months between April 1, 2008 and the date of his actual termination of employment and Executive had credited service as if he had worked for Univar Inc. until attaining age 55 plus the number of whole months between April 1, 2008 and the date of his actual termination of employment. Monthly benefit payments under this Plan shall commence on the later of January 1, 2009 or the first day of the month after Executive terminates employment with Univar Inc. and shall be payable in the form of annuity (e.g., single life annuity, 100% joint and survivor annuity) irrevocably elected by Executive with respect to his Plan benefit prior to the earlier of December 31, 2008 or the date of his termination of employment with Univar Inc. The timing and form of benefit commencing on the later of January 1, 2009 or the first day of the month after Executive terminates employment with Univar Inc. shall apply to Executive’s entire accrued benefit under this Plan (including amounts accrued prior to January 1, 2005), and such timing and form shall not be tied to the timing and form of benefit payments from the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (“US Pension”). Commencing on the later of January 1, 2009 or the first day of the month after Executive terminates employment with Univar Inc. and ending with the month in which Executive actually turns age 55 (or, if earlier, upon his death), monthly payments from this Plan shall include amounts that would have been payable per month from the US Pension had Executive been age 55 and commenced receiving benefit payments from that plan on the later of January 1, 2009 or the first day of the month after Executive terminates employment with Univar Inc. in the form of annuity irrevocably elected by Executive with respect to his Plan benefit prior to the earlier of his termination of employment with Univar Inc. or December 31, 2008. Executive agrees that his benefit payments under the


US Pension shall not commence prior to the earlier of his death or the first of the month following his attainment of age 55. In the event Executive fails to make a timely election of the form of annuity payment of his Plan benefit, such benefit shall be paid in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity with his spouse as joint annuitant.

In the event Executive’s employment with Univar Inc. terminates and Executive is not entitled to have his Plan benefit amount, timing and form determined pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph (e.g., the termination occurs after October 10, 2009), Executive’s Plan benefit shall be calculated and paid as follows:

Executive’s benefit under this Plan shall be calculated based on his actual age and credited service at the time benefit payments commence from this Plan (without any additions of age or service credit for periods of time after his termination of employment). Benefit payments from this Plan (including amounts accrued and vested as of December 31, 2004 as well as amounts that are accrued or become vested thereafter) shall commence on the first day of the month following the later of his termination of employment with Univar Inc. or attainment of age 55, and shall be payable in the form of annuity (e.g., single life annuity, 100% joint and survivor annuity) irrevocably elected by Executive with respect to his Plan benefit prior to the earlier of December 31, 2008 or the date of his termination of employment with Univar Inc. In the event Executive fails to make a timely election of the form of annuity payment of his Plan benefit, such benefit shall be paid in the form of a 100% joint and survivor annuity with his spouse as joint annuitant.

This Seventh Amendment is executed this 19 th day of June, 2008.

 

UNIVAR USA INC.

By

 

/s/ Gary Pruitt

Its President

Exhibit 10.37

UNIVAR USA INC. SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2004)

Eighth Amendment

WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (the “Company”) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective July 1, 2004 and as thereafter amended (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Plan provides supplemental retirement benefits to certain individuals who participate in the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (other than Appendix T of such plan); and

WHEREAS, the Company also sponsors and maintains the Chemcentral Corporation Retirement Benefit Replacement Plan (“Chemcentral Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Chemcentral Plan provides supplemental retirement benefits to certain individuals who participate in Appendix T of the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to merge the Chemcentral Plan into the Plan (with the Plan being the surviving plan) effective December 31, 2008; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to clarify (and in the case of the benefits under the Chemcentral Plan, amend) the timing of benefit distributions consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to reflect the additional prior service credit granted to Richard Orth; and

WHEREAS, the Company has the authority to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan and to amend the Chemcentral Plan pursuant to Section 5 of the Chemcentral Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, effective December 31, 2008, the Chemcentral Plan is hereby merged into the Plan with the Plan being the surviving plan; and

FURTHERMORE, effective December 31, 2008, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1. The Plan is hereby amended to change the phrase “as soon as practicable” to read “as soon as practicable (and in no event later than 90 days)” in each case where such phrase occurs. The foregoing does not apply to Appendix F where the phrase “as soon as practicable” is already followed by such parenthetical.


2. Section 1 of the Plan, Purpose , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof:

In addition, to the extent set forth in Appendix F hereto, this Plan shall pay benefits to certain individuals with accrued benefits under Appendix T of the Retirement Plan. Such individuals shall not accrue any benefits under portions of this Plan other than Appendix F, and only the provisions of Appendix F, the last paragraph of Section 8, and Sections 9 through 18 of this Plan shall apply to their benefits hereunder.

3. The last paragraph of Section 3 of the Plan, Participation , is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no individual accruing (or with accrued) benefits under Appendix T of the Retirement Plan shall accrue a benefit or otherwise be a Participant in this Plan except as provided in Appendix F hereto. Any vested benefits accrued under Appendix F shall be determined and paid in accordance only with the provisions of Appendix F, the last paragraph of Section 8, and Sections 9 through 18 of this Plan, and not in accordance with any other provisions of the Plan.

4. The following sentence is added to the end of the first paragraph of Section 5 that immediately follows Section 5(d) of the Plan, Benefit Amount , and to the second paragraph of Appendix B of the Plan, DIFFERENT BENEFIT FORMULAS AND TERMS FOR CERTAIN PARTICIPANTS:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment to Appendix B can be adopted after December 31, 2008 that would change the form or timing of payment of benefits under this Plan except to the extent such amendment complies with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

5. Section 8 of the Plan, Date and Form of Payment , is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof:

In this Plan (including, without limitation, Appendix F), the phrase “as soon as practicable (and in no event later than 90 days)” means that a vested Plan benefit will be paid or commenced as soon as the administrator of the Plan can practicably get such payment made or commenced (but in no event later than 90 days), and the Participant or Beneficiary shall have no ability to control or influence when during that 90 day period the payment is made. In the event such 90 day period crosses from one calendar year to the next, the Participant or Beneficiary shall have no ability to designate the calendar year in which the payment will be made. For example, where the Plan says a benefit payment will be made or commenced “as soon as practicable” after a Participant’s separation from service, the benefit will be paid or commenced no later than 90 days after the Participant’s separation from service.


6 Appendix B of the Plan, Different Benefits Formulas and Terms for Certain Participants , is amended to add the following language to the end thereof:

Richard D. Orth

In calculating Mr. Orth’s benefits under this Plan (i.e., for purposes of the calculation under Plan Section 5(a) but not 5(b)), he shall be treated as if he had twenty-one (21) additional years of credited service for purposes of calculating his accrued benefit under the Plan (to reflect Richard D. Orth’s additional service credit granted pursuant to his employment agreement with Univar when it acquired Olympic Chemical Corporation).

7. The first sentence of Appendix C, Benefits for Canadian Plan Participants, is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

To the extent that, due to its insolvency or other financial or legal impediment, Univar Canada Ltd. cannot and does not pay a Canadian Plan Participant a benefit payment that is due and owing to the Canadian Plan Participant under the Canadian Plan, such payment shall be made under this Plan within the time period when such payment would have been made by Univar Canada Ltd. under the Canadian Plan had Univar Canada Ltd. been able to make the payment.

8. The Plan is hereby amended by adding a new Appendix F to the end of the Plan to read as follows:

APPENDIX F

BENEFITS FOR CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS WITH ACCRUED BENEFITS UNDER

APPENDIX T OF THE RETIREMENT PLAN

( The Former CHEMCENTRAL Corporation Consolidated Retirement Plan )

1. Participation . Participants with accrued benefits in the Chemcentral Corporation Retirement Benefit Replacement Plan (“Chemcentral Plan”) as of December 31, 2008 shall have such accrued benefits (to the extent they are or become vested) paid through this Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan (“Plan”) in accordance with this Appendix F. In addition, this Plan shall provide benefits to any participant in the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan (“Retirement Plan”) who accrues a benefit after December 31, 2008 under Appendix T of the Retirement Plan and whose benefit under Appendix T of the Retirement Plan (i) is impacted (i.e., limited) by Sections 401(a)(17) (the annual compensation limit) or 415 (the maximum annual benefit limit) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), or (ii) is calculated without taking into account deferrals of compensation under the Chemcentral Executive Deferral Compensation Plan prior to January 1, 2008, or (iii) did not include prior service with Southwest Solvent pursuant to Section 3.3(f)(iii) of Appendix T because the individual was considered a highly compensated employee under Code Section 414(q). The foregoing shall be considered Participants in the Plan for purposes of this Appendix F, the last paragraph of Section 8, and Sections 9 through 18 of the Plan. Any vested benefits accrued under this Appendix F shall be determined and paid in accordance only with the provisions of Appendix F, the last paragraph of


Section 8, and Sections 9 through 18 of this Plan, and not in accordance with any other provisions of the Plan (e.g., Sections 1 through 9 or Appendices A through E). The benefits provided under this Appendix F are subject to Code Section 409A, and the provisions of this Appendix F shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

2. Benefit Accruals . A Participant’s defined benefit pension replacement benefit shall be equal to the excess of: (i) the amount of retirement benefit which otherwise would have been provided for him (or in the event of his death, his beneficiary) under Appendix T of the Retirement Plan, determined without regard to the limitations of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (and by taking into account any amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2008 under the Chemcentral Executive Deferral Compensation Plan); over (ii) the amount of retirement benefit actually provided for the Participant or his beneficiary under Appendix T of the Retirement Plan. For purposes of determining a Participant’s defined benefit pension replacement benefit under this Section 2, the amount of retirement benefit calculated under subsection (i) above shall be determined taking into account the additional service that would have been credited to him under Section 3.3(f) of Appendix T of the Retirement Plan if Section 3.3(f)(iii) did not apply.

3. Vesting in Benefits . A Participant (or his or her beneficiary) shall only be vested in and entitled to receive a benefit from this Plan to the extent the Participant is vested in his or her benefits accrued under Appendix T of the Retirement Plan.

4. Beneficiary . A Participant may from time to time designate a beneficiary for his or her vested benefits under the Plan (“Beneficiary”) to whom such vested benefits will be paid in the event of his or her death before complete distribution of such vested benefits. The Participant shall designate the Beneficiary by completing and submitting a form or using an electronic designation method acceptable to Univar and its outside Plan administrator. The designation must be submitted prior to the Participant’s death to be valid. In the absence of an effective designation or if a designated Beneficiary does not survive the Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his or her estate.

5. Calculation and Payment of Benefits . Except as provided in Sections 6 and 7 below, Payment of vested benefits accrued under this Appendix F shall be paid in seven substantially equal annual installments to the Participant (or, in the case of a Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary) commencing as soon as practicable (and in no event later than 90 days) after the earlier of the date the Participant dies or separates from service with Univar USA Inc. and its affiliates. The first installment shall be paid as soon as practicable (and in no event later than 90 days) after the Participant dies or separates from service with Univar USA Inc. and its affiliates (whichever occurs first), and subsequent installments shall be paid on the successive six annual anniversaries of the date the Participant separated from service or died (whichever occurred first). The installments shall be substantially equal, and the actuarial lump sum present value of the installment payments as of the date the first installment is to be paid shall equal the actuarial lump sum present value on such commencement date of the Participant’s vested accrued benefit as determined under Sections 1 and 2 above. The actuarial factors used to calculate actuarial equivalencies in order to determine the amount of the installment payments (or, in the case of payments under Section 6 below, the amount of a lump sum payment) shall be a discount rate of 8.00% per year and applicable mortality table under Code Section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I).


6. Elections Prior to 2009 For Lump Sum Payments . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants with vested Plan benefits who separated from service prior to January 1, 2009 and prior to January 1, 2009 elected to receive their first of 7 annual installments in 2008 and the actuarially equivalent present value of their remaining 6 installments in January 2009 shall receive their first 1/7 th installment by December 31, 2008 and the actuarially equivalent present value of their six remaining installments in January 2009. Participants with vested Plan benefits who were employed with Univar USA Inc. or an affiliate thereof on December 31, 2008 and prior to January 1, 2009 elected to receive their vested Plan benefits in the form of a single actuarially equivalent lump sum shall receive such lump sum payment as soon as practicable (and in no event later than 90 days) after they separate from service with Univar USA Inc. and its affiliates. In the event of the Participant’s death prior to receipt of the lump sum payment of vested benefits described in this Section 6, such lump sum shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary as soon as practicable (and in no event later than 90 days) after the Participant’s death.

7. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A . For purposes of this Plan, “separation from service” shall have the same meaning as under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i). Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, in the event the Participant is considered a “specified employee” subject to the required six month delay in benefit payments under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), then any benefits that would otherwise be paid under this Plan as a result of the Participant’s separation from service (as opposed to death) within the first six (6) months after such Participant’s separation from service shall be paid in a single lump sum on (or within 15 days after) the six month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service. After such six month anniversary, the Participant’s installment payments shall be made on the normal schedule.

8. Tax Withholding . Payments under this Plan shall be reduced for applicable tax withholdings.

This Eighth Amendment is executed this 23 rd day of December, 2008.

 

UNIVAR USA INC.
By  

/s/ Gary Pruitt

Its President

Exhibit 10.38

UNIVAR USA INC. SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2004)

Ninth Amendment

WHEREAS, Univar USA Inc. (the “Company”) sponsors and maintains the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective July 1, 2004 and as thereafter amended (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to reflect the freeze of accrued benefits and cessation of benefit accruals on December 31, 2009 for all active participants under the Univar USA Inc. Retirement Plan; and

NOW, THEREFORE, effective December 31, 2009, Section 3 of the Plan, Participation , is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraph to the end thereof:

“Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, effective December 31, 2009, accrued benefits under this Plan are frozen for those Participants whose benefits under the Retirement Plan are frozen as of December 31, 2009 pursuant to the terms of the Retirement Plan (including, without limitation, the terms of Appendix T of the Retirement Plan), and no additional benefits shall accrue for such Participants under this Plan after December 31, 2009.”

This Ninth Amendment is executed this 21 st day of December, 2009.

 

UNIVAR USA INC.
By  

/s/ Dave Strizzi

Its President

Exhibit 10.47

June 23, 2015

Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC

375 Park Avenue, 18 th  Floor

New York, NY 10152

Facsimile: (212) 407-5252

Attention: Theresa Gore

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010 (the “ CD&R Consulting Agreement ”), among Univar Inc. (the “ Company ”), Univar USA Inc. (“ Opco ”) and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“ CD&R ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the CD&R Consulting Agreement.

Upon the terms and conditions of this letter agreement, the parties hereby agree to terminate the CD&R Consulting Agreement pursuant to Section 4(c) thereof, in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of shares of its common stock pursuant to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197085) (the “ IPO ”). In connection with and as consideration for such termination, the Company and Opco, jointly and severally, agree to pay in cash a fee of $13.1 million to CD&R (the “ CD&R Termination Fee ”) on the closing date of the Company’s IPO and, in consideration thereof, CD&R will waive any right to any Transaction Fee in connection with the IPO. Upon the payment of the CD&R Termination Fee, the CD&R Consulting Agreement will terminate,  provided  that Section 3 thereof shall survive solely as to any portion of any Consulting Fee, Transaction Fee or Expenses accrued, but not paid or reimbursed, prior to such termination. The termination of the CD&R Consulting Agreement shall not affect the Indemnification Agreement which shall survive such termination.

The CD&R Consulting Agreement is being terminated in reliance upon, and subject to, the concurrent termination of the Monitoring Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among the Company, Opco and CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., and the Implementation and Facilitation Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among the Company, Opco and each of CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited and CVC European Equity Tandem GP Limited, in consideration of a fee in an amount equal to the CD&R Termination Fee and on terms substantially identical to this letter agreement.

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, with each executed counterpart constituting an original, but all together one and the same instrument. This letter agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement


among the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and supersedes and replaces any prior understanding, agreement or statement of intent, in each case written or oral, of any kind and every nature with respect hereto. This letter agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed within that state.

[Remainder of the page left intentionally blank.]

 

2


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding and agreement, please sign and return this letter agreement, whereupon this letter agreement shall constitute a binding agreement with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

Sincerely,
UNIVAR INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Landsman

Name:   Stephen Landsman
Title:   General Counsel
UNIVAR USA INC.
By:  

        /s/ Stephen Landsman

Name:   Stephen Landsman
Title:   General Counsel

 

Acknowledged and agreed as of the date first above written:
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE, LLC
By:  

            /s/ Theresa A. Gore

Name:   Theresa A. Gore
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement Terminating CD&R Consulting Agreement]

Exhibit 10.48

June 23, 2015

CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited

22 Grenville Street

St Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX

Channel Islands

Attention: Carl Hansen

CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited

22 Grenville Street

St Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX

Channel Islands

Attention: Carl Hansen

CVC European Equity Tandem GP Limited

22 Grenville Street

St Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX

Channel Islands

Attention: Carl Hansen

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Implementation and Facilitation Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010 (the “ CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement ”) among the Univar Inc. (the “ Company ”), Univar USA Inc. (“ Opco ”) and each of CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited and CVC European Equity Tandem GP Limited (together the “ CVC Managers ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement.

Upon the terms and conditions of this letter agreement, the parties hereby agree to terminate the CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement pursuant to Section 4(c) thereof, in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of shares of its common stock pursuant to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197085) (the “ IPO ”). Reference is made to the Monitoring Agreement, dated November 30, 2010 (the “ CVC Monitoring Agreement ”) among the Company, Opco and CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l (“ CVC ”). In connection with and as consideration for termination of the CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement and the CVC Monitoring Agreement, the Company and Opco, jointly and severally, agree to pay in cash a fee of $13.1 million to CVC (the “ CVC Termination Fee ”), on the closing date of the Company’s IPO and, in consideration thereof, the CVC Managers will waive any right to any Facilitation and Implementation Fee in connection with the IPO. Upon the payment of the CVC Termination Fee, the CVC Implementation


and Facilitation Agreement will terminate,  provided  that Section 3 thereof shall survive solely as to any portion of any Facilitation and Implementation Fee or Expenses accrued, but not paid or reimbursed, prior to such termination. The termination of the CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement shall not affect the Indemnification Agreement which shall survive such termination.

The CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement is being terminated in reliance upon, and subject to, the concurrent termination of (i) the Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among the Company, Opco and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, in consideration of a fee in an amount equal to the CVC Termination Fee and on terms substantially identical to this letter agreement, and (ii) the CVC Monitoring Agreement.

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, with each executed counterpart constituting an original, but all together one and the same instrument. This letter agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and supersedes and replaces any prior understanding, agreement or statement of intent, in each case written or oral, of any kind and every nature with respect hereto. This letter agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed within that state.

[Remainder of the page left intentionally blank.]

 

2


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding and agreement, please sign and return this letter agreement, whereupon this letter agreement shall constitute a binding agreement with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

Sincerely,
UNIVAR INC.
By:  

              /s/ Stephen Landsman

Name:   Stephen Landsman
Title:   General Counsel
UNIVAR USA INC.
By:  

              /s/ Stephen Landsman

Name:   Stephen Landsman
Title:   General Counsel

 

Acknowledged and agreed as of the date first above written:
CVC EUROPEAN EQUITY IV (AB) LIMITED
By:  

              /s/ Carl John Hansen

Name:   Carl John Hansen
Title:   Director
CVC EUROPEAN EQUITY IV (CDE) LIMITED
By:  

              /s/ Carl John Hansen

Name:   Carl John Hansen
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement Terminating CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement]


CVC EUROPEAN EQUITY TANDEM GP LIMITED
By:  

              /s/ Carl John Hansen

Name:   Carl John Hansen
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement Terminating CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement]

Exhibit 10.49

June 23, 2015

CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l

20, Avenue Monterey

L-2163 Luxembourg, Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg

Facsimile: + 352 26 47 8367

Attention: Emanuela Brero

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Monitoring Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010 (the “ CVC Monitoring Agreement ”), among Univar Inc. (the “ Company ”), Univar USA Inc. (“ Opco ”) and CVC Capital Partners Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l (“ CVC ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the CVC Monitoring Agreement.

Upon the terms and conditions of this letter agreement, the parties hereby agree to terminate the CVC Monitoring Agreement pursuant to Section 4(c) thereof, in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of shares of its common stock pursuant to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-197085) (the “ IPO ”). Reference is made to the Implementation and Facilitation Agreement, dated November 30, 2010 (the “ CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement ”) among the Company, Opco and each of CVC European Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited and CVC European Equity Tandem GP Limited (together the “ CVC Managers ”). In connection with and as consideration for the termination of the CVC Monitoring Agreement and the CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement, the Company and Opco, jointly and severally, agree to pay in cash a fee of $13.1 million to CVC (the “ CVC Termination Fee ”), on the closing date of the Company’s IPO and, in consideration thereof, the CVC Managers will waive any right to any Facilitation and Implementation Fee (as defined in the CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement) in connection with the IPO. Upon the payment of the CVC Termination Fee, the CVC Monitoring Agreement will terminate,  provided  that Section 3 thereof shall survive solely as to any portion of any Monitoring Fee or Expenses accrued, but not paid or reimbursed, prior to such termination. The termination of the CVC Monitoring Agreement shall not affect the Indemnification Agreement which shall survive such termination.

The CVC Monitoring Agreement is being terminated in reliance upon, and subject to, the concurrent termination of (i) the Consulting Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among the Company, Opco and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, in consideration of a fee in an amount equal to the CVC Termination Fee and on terms substantially identical to this letter agreement, and (ii) the CVC Implementation and Facilitation Agreement.


This letter agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, with each executed counterpart constituting an original, but all together one and the same instrument. This letter agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and supersedes and replaces any prior understanding, agreement or statement of intent, in each case written or oral, of any kind and every nature with respect hereto. This letter agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed within that state.

[Remainder of the page left intentionally blank.]

 

2


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding and agreement, please sign and return this letter agreement, whereupon this letter agreement shall constitute a binding agreement with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

Sincerely,
UNIVAR INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Landsman

Name:   Stephen Landsman
Title:   General Counsel
UNIVAR USA INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen Landsman

Name:   Stephen Landsman
Title:   General Counsel

Acknowledged and agreed as of the

date first above written:

 

CVC CAPITAL PARTNERS ADVISORY COMPANY
(LUXEMBOURG) S.À.R.L
By:  

/s/ Emanuela Brero

Name:   Emanuela Brero
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement Terminating CVC Monitoring Agreement]

Exhibit 10.57

Univar Canada Ltd.

9800 Richmond, BC

V6X 1W5 Canada

CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into by and between Univar Canada (“Company”) and Michael Hildebrand (called “Employee” or “I” below), to be effective the date executed by the parties.

Conflict of Interest

“Conflicting Organization” means any person, firm, partnership, association, syndicate, company, corporation or organization (other than Univar, its subsidiaries, related companies, successors or assigns) engaged in or about to engage in researching, developing, producing, marketing or selling a product, process or service which resembles or competes with a product, process or service produced or provided by Univar.

You acknowledge that you are employed by Univar in a position of responsibility and trust, and agree that during your employment, you will not engage in any activity or otherwise put yourself in a position which conflicts with Univar’s business interests, including, without limitation, investing or participating in any Conflicting Organization (other than an investment of less than five per cent of the shares of a corporation traded on a registered stock exchange) except with the prior written authorization of Univar.

Non-Competition

You covenant and agree with Univar that:

(a) you will not, for a period of one year from the date of termination of employment with Univar anywhere within Canada, directly or indirectly, whether as a partner, member, shareholder, director, officer or representative of any firm, association, syndicate, partnership, company or corporation, or as a principal, agent, advisor, consultant, proprietor, employer, employee, manager or in any other capacity whatsoever:

(i) carry on, or be engaged in, concerned with or interested in, financially or otherwise, directly or indirectly, or advise, lend money to, guarantee the debts or obligation of, or permit your name to be used or employed by, any Conflicting Organization; or

take any act the probable result of which would be detrimental to Univar or would cause the relations between Univar and any of its clients, customers, supplies, employees or others to be impaired.

Non-Solicitation

You covenant and agree with Univar that:

(a) you will not, for a period of one year from the date of termination of employment with Univar, directly or indirectly, whether as a partner, member, shareholder, director, officer or representative of any firm, association, syndicate, partnership, company or corporation, or as a principal, agent, advisor, consultant, proprietor, employer, employee, manager or in any other capacity whatsoever, solicit or attempt to solicit:


(i) any employee of Univar to leave the employee of Univar; or,

(ii) any client, customer or supplier of Univar with whom you dealt with at any time in the last two years of your employment with Univar to do business with a Conflicting Organization;

(b) each provision of this section is declared to constitute a separate and distinct covenant and if any provision in this section is determined to be void or unenforceable in whole or in part, it shall be deemed not to affect or impair the validity of any other covenant or provision in this section or contract;

(c) you hereby acknowledge and agree that the restrictions contained in this section are reasonable, valid and commensurate with the protection of the legitimate interests of Univar and hereby waive all defenses to the strict enforcement of the provisions in this section by Univar; and

(d) a breach of any of the covenants in this section would result in damages to Univar and Univar could not adequately be compensated for such damages by a monetary award and therefor, in the event of such breach, in addition to all other remedies available to Univar at law or in equity, Univar shall be entitled as a matter of right to apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to be granted relief by way of restraining order, injunction, decree or otherwise, as may be appropriate to ensure compliance with the provisions of this section.

I accept the offer of promotion to Vice President and agree to follow all provisions outlined above.

 

Michael J. Hildebrand    /s/ Michael J. Hildebrand    Oct 15, 2010

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF UNIVAR INC.

 

Entity Name   

State or Other

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

Univar Australia Pty Ltd    Australia
Univar Belgium NV    Belgium
Van Eyck Chemie NV    Belgium
Univar Brasil Ltda.    Brazil
Agchem Expert Ltd.    Canada
Univar Canada Ltd.    Canada
Bluestar Distribution Inc.    Canada
Brownsville Holdings Inc.    Canada
Future Transfer Co. Inc.    Canada
JHL Holdings Inc.    Canada
Univar China Ltd    China
Univar Czech sro    Czech Republic
Arrow Chemical, Inc.    Delaware
ChemCare Acquisition LLC    Delaware
Key Chemical, Inc.    Delaware
Univar Delaware, Inc.    Delaware
Univar Holdco III LLC    Delaware
Univar Holdco LLC    Delaware
Univar International Holdings LLC    Delaware
Univar USA Delaware, Inc.    Delaware
Univar A/S    Denmark
Univar Egypt LLC    Egypt
Univar Oy    Finland
SCI Fonjac    France
SCI Jacquot    France
Univar France SNC    France
Univar SAS    France
Univar GmbH    Germany
Univar Hellas EPE    Greece
Univar (Hong Kong) Limited    Hong Kong
Univar Hungary Sales Limited Liability Co    Hungary
Distrupol Ireland Limited    Ireland
Ellis & Everard Finance    Ireland
Univar Ireland Ltd.    Ireland
Univar SpA    Italy
Univar Distribution (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd    Malaysia
Sistemas Ecologicos Para el control de Plagas SA de CV    Mexico
Univar Corporativo SA de CV    Mexico
Univar de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
Quimicompuestos, SAPI de CV    Mexico
Servitas Calidad SA de CV    Mexico
UnivarMEA SARL    Morocco
ChemPoint.com-EMEA B.V.    Netherlands
Distrupol B.V.    Netherlands
Univar BV    Netherlands
Univar China B.V.    Netherlands
Univar Netherlands Holding B.V.    Netherlands
Univar Zwijndrecht N.V.    Netherlands
Univar AS    Norway


Entity Name   

State or Other

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

Weaver Town Oil Services, Inc.    Pennsylvania
Weavertown Transport Leasing, Inc.    Pennsylvania
Univar Poland Sp.zo.o    Poland
Univar Iberia SA    Portugal
Univar South-East Europe S.r.l.    Romania
Univar LLC    Russian Federation
Juffali-Univar Saudi Arabia Chemicals Company, LLC    Saudi Arabia
Univar Asia-Pacific Holdings Pte Ltd    Singapore
Univar Singapore PTE LTD    Singapore
Basic Chemical Solutions (Proprietary) Limited    South Africa
Univar Services (PTY) Ltd.    South Africa
Univar Iberia SA (Spain)    Spain
Distrupol Nordic AB    Sweden
Univar AB    Sweden
UVX Scandinavia AB    Sweden
Univar AG    Switzerland
Magnablend, Inc.    Texas
Univar Tunisia SARL    Tunisia
Univar Kimya Sanayi ve D1s Ticaret Limited Sirketi    Turkey
Univar Middle East-Africa FZE    United Arab Emirates
Cravenhurst Properties Limited    United Kingdom
Distrupol Limited    United Kingdom
Ellis & Everard (Overseas) Ltd    United Kingdom
Ellis & Everard (UK Holdings) Ltd.    United Kingdom
Ellis & Everard Distribution Limited    United Kingdom
Fiske Food Limited    United Kingdom
Marnic Limited    United Kingdom
Polymer Technologies Ltd.    United Kingdom
Ulixes Limited    United Kingdom
Ulixes UKCOII Limited    United Kingdom
Univar Europe Limited    United Kingdom
Univar Limited    United Kingdom
Univar Specialty Consumables Limited    United Kingdom
Univar UK Holdings Limited    United Kingdom
Univar UK Limited    United Kingdom
ChemPoint.com Inc.    Nevada
Olympic Chemical Corporation    Washington
Univar USA Inc.    Washington

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-205176) pertaining to the Univar Inc. 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, and the Univar Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan of our report dated March 3, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Univar Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2015.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 3, 2016

Exhibit 31.1

UNIVAR INC.

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT, AS AMENDED,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, J. Erik Fyrwald, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Univar Inc.

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Not applicable;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

March 3, 2016

 

/s/ J. ERIK FYRWALD

J. Erik Fyrwald

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

149

Exhibit 31.2

UNIVAR INC.

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT, AS AMENDED,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Carl J. Lukach, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Univar Inc.

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Not applicable;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

March 3, 2016

 

/s/ CARL J. LUKACH

Carl J. Lukach

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

150

EXHIBIT 32.1

UNIVAR INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and in connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, I, J. Erik Fyrwald, President, Chief Executive Officer of Univar Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ J. ERIK FYRWALD

J. Erik Fyrwald

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

March 3, 2016

This certification accompanies the Report and shall not, except to the extent required by the Exchange Act, be deemed filed by the Company. A signed original of this certification has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or it staff upon request.

 

151

EXHIBIT 32.2

UNIVAR INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and in connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, I, Carl J. Lukach, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Univar Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ CARL J. LUKACH

Carl J. Lukach

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 3, 2016

This certification accompanies the Report and shall not, except to the extent required by the Exchange Act, be deemed filed by the Company. A signed original of this certification has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or it staff upon request.

 

152